path: root/source/da/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide.po

#. extracted from helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-11-20 13:02+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-11-04 16:22+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jesper <jesper.hertel@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Language: da\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Pootle 2.5.1\n"
"X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1415118164.000000\n"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Positioning Objects"
msgstr "Placering af objekter"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147828\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>objects;anchoring options</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>positioning;objects (guide)</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>anchors;options</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames;anchoring options</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pictures;anchoring options</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>centering;images on HTML pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>objekter;forankringsindstillinger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>placere;objekter (guide)</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forankringer;indstillinger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rammer;forankringsindstillinger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>billeder;forankringsindstillinger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>centrere;billeder på HTML-sider</bookmark_value>"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147828\n"
"45\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"anchor_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp\" name=\"Positioning Objects\">Positioning Objects</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"anchor_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp\" name=\"Placering af objekter\">Placering af objekter</link></variable>"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3147251\n"
"46\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can use anchors to position an object, graphic, or frame in a document. An anchored item remains in place, or moves when you modify the document. The following anchoring options are available:"
msgstr "Du kan bruge ankre til at placere et objekt, grafik eller en ramme i et dokument. Et forankret element forbliver på plads, eller flytter når du ændrer dokumentet. De følgende forankringsindstillinger er tilgængelige:"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3145599\n"
"47\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Anchoring"
msgstr "Forankring"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3145622\n"
"48\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Effect"
msgstr "Effekt"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3145650\n"
"49\n"
"help.text"
msgid "As character"
msgstr "Som tegn"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3151181\n"
"50\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased."
msgstr "Forankrer det valgte element som et tegn i den aktuelle tekst. Hvis højden for det valgte element er større end den valgte skrifttypestørrelse, vil højden af linjen, som indeholder elementet, blive forøget."

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_idN10674\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To center an image on an HTML page, insert the image, anchor it \"as character\", then center the paragraph."
msgstr "For at centrere et billede på en HTML-side skal du indsætte billedet, forankre det \"som tegn\" og så centrere afsnittet."

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3151212\n"
"51\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To character"
msgstr "Til tegn"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3151235\n"
"52\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Anchors the selected item to a character."
msgstr "Forankrer det valgte element til et tegn."

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3155071\n"
"53\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To paragraph"
msgstr "Til afsnit"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3155094\n"
"54\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the current paragraph."
msgstr "Forankrer det valgte element til det aktuelle afsnit."

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3155122\n"
"55\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To page"
msgstr "Til side"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3155144\n"
"56\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the current page."
msgstr "Forankrer det valgte element til den nuværende side."

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3145674\n"
"57\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To frame"
msgstr "Til ramme"

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3145697\n"
"58\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame."
msgstr "Forankrer det valgte element til den omgivende ramme."

#: anchor_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"anchor_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3145715\n"
"59\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you insert an object, graphic, or frame, an anchor icon appears where the item is anchored. You can position an anchored item by dragging the item to another location. To change the anchoring options of an item, right-click the item, and then choose an option from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Anchor</item>         submenu."
msgstr "Når du indsætter et objekt, grafik eller en ramme, dukker et ankerikon op, der hvor elementet bliver forankret. Du kan placere et forankret element ved at trække elementet til en anden placering. For at ændre indstillinger for forankringen af et element skal du højreklikke på elementet og så vælge en indstilling fra undermenuen <item type=\"menuitem\">Forankring</item>."

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator"
msgstr "Omarrangering af et dokument ved brug af Navigator"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149973\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>headings;rearranging</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>rearranging headings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>moving;headings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>demoting heading levels</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>promoting heading levels</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Navigator;heading levels and chapters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>arranging;headings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>outlines;arranging chapters</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>overskrifter;omarrangere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>omarrangere overskrifter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>flytte;overskrifter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sænke overskriftsniveauer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hæve overskriftsniveauer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Navigator;overskriftsniveauer og kapitler</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>arrangere;overskrifter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dispositioner;arrangere kapitler</bookmark_value>"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149973\n"
"58\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"arrange_chapters\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp\" name=\"Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator\">Arranging Chapters in the Navigator</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"arrange_chapters\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp\" name=\"Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator\">Arrangere kapitler i Navigatoren</link></variable>"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3147795\n"
"59\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can move headings and subordinate text up and down in a document text by using the Navigator. You can also promote and demote heading levels. To use this feature, format the headings in your document with one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. To use a custom paragraph style for a heading, choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>, select the style in the <emph>Paragraph Style </emph>box, and then double-click a number in the <emph>Levels </emph>list."
msgstr "Du kan flytte overskrifter og underordnet tekst op og ned i en dokumenttekst ved at bruge Navigator. Du kan også flytte overskrifter et niveau op eller ned. For at bruge denne mulighed, formater overskrifterne i dit dokument med en af de foruddefinerede afsnitstypografier for overskrifter. For at anvende en brugerdefineret afsnitstypografi til en overskrift, vælg <emph>Funktioner - Dispositionsnummerering</emph> vælg typografien i feltet <emph>Afsnitstypografi</emph>, og dobbeltklik så på et tal i listen <emph>Niveauer</emph>."

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3145652\n"
"62\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly move the text cursor to a heading in the document, double-click the heading in the <emph>Navigator </emph>list."
msgstr "For hurtigt at flytte tekstmarkøren til en overskrift i dokumentet, dobbeltklik på overskriften i listen i <emph>Navigator</emph>."

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3155461\n"
"60\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To dock the <emph>Navigator</emph>, drag the title bar to the edge of the workspace. To undock the <emph>Navigator</emph>, double-click its frame."
msgstr "For at fastgøre <emph>Navigator</emph>, træk titellinjen til kanten af arbejdsområdet. For at frigøre <emph>Navigator</emph>, dobbeltklik på dens ramme."

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151184\n"
"70\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Move a Heading Up or Down in the Document"
msgstr "For at flytte en overskrift opad eller nedad i dokumentet"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id0915200809400790\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Ensure that all heading levels are shown in the Navigator. By default all levels are shown. See steps below how to change the heading levels that are shown."
msgstr "Vær sikker på at alle overskriftsniveauer vises i Navigator. Som standard vises alle niveauer. Se trin forneden om hvordan man ændrer, hvilke overskriftsniveauer der vises."

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3151206\n"
"71\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Standard Bar</emph>, click the<emph> Navigator</emph> icon <image id=\"img_id5211883\" src=\"cmd/sc_navigator.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id5211883\">Icon</alt></image> to open the <emph>Navigator</emph>."
msgstr "På <emph>Standardlinjen</emph> skal du klikke på ikonet <emph>Navigator</emph><image id=\"img_id5211883\" src=\"cmd/sc_navigator.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id5211883\">Ikon</alt></image> for at åbne <emph>Navigatoren</emph>."

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3151238\n"
"72\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Navigator</emph>, click the <emph>Content View </emph>icon <image id=\"img_id3156338\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20244.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156338\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr "På <emph>Navigator</emph>, klik på ikonet <emph>Indholdsvisning</emph> ikon <image id=\"img_id3156338\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20244.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156338\">Ikon</alt></image>."

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3155089\n"
"74\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gør et af følgende:"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3155114\n"
"63\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag a heading to a new location in the <emph>Navigator </emph>list."
msgstr "Træk en overskrift til en ny placering i listen i <emph>Navigator</emph>."

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3155139\n"
"75\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click a heading in the <emph>Navigator </emph>list, and then click the <emph>Promote Chapter</emph><image id=\"img_id4217546\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20174.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id4217546\">Icon</alt></image> or <emph>Demote Chapter </emph>icon <image id=\"img_id6505788\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20171.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id6505788\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr "Klik på en overskrift i listen i <emph>Navigator</emph>, og klik så på ikonet <emph>Kapitel op</emph><image id=\"img_id4217546\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20174.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id4217546\">Ikon</alt></image>eller <emph>Kapitel ned</emph> ikon <image id=\"img_id6505788\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20171.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id6505788\">Ikon</alt></image>."

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3145758\n"
"64\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To move the heading without the subordinate text, hold down Ctrl while you drag or click the <emph>Promote Chapter </emph>or <emph>Demote Chapter </emph>icons."
msgstr "For at flytte overskriften uden den underordnede tekst skal du holde Ctrl nede, mens du trækker eller klikker på et af ikonerne <emph>Kapitel op</emph> eller <emph>Kapitel ned</emph>."

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155402\n"
"76\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Promote or Demote the Level of a Heading"
msgstr "For at hæve eller sænke niveauet af en overskrift"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3155424\n"
"77\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the heading in the <emph>Navigator </emph>list."
msgstr "Vælg overskriften i listen i <emph>Navigator</emph>."

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_idN1081C\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Promote Level </emph><image id=\"img_id5564488\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20172.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id5564488\">Icon</alt></image> or <emph>Demote Level </emph>icon <image id=\"img_id3159363\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20173.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3159363\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr "Klik på ikonet <emph>Niveau op</emph><image id=\"img_id5564488\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20172.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id5564488\">Ikon</alt></image> eller <emph>Niveau ned</emph> ikon <image id=\"img_id3159363\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20173.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3159363\">Ikon</alt></image>."

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155525\n"
"78\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Number of Heading Levels That Are Displayed"
msgstr "For at ændre antallet af overskriftsniveauer der bliver vist"

#: arrange_chapters.xhp
msgctxt ""
"arrange_chapters.xhp\n"
"par_id3151352\n"
"79\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Heading Levels Shown </emph>icon <image id=\"img_id3151310\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20236.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151310\">Icon</alt></image>, and then select a number from the list."
msgstr "Klik på ikonet <emph>Viste overskriftsniveauer</emph> ikon <image id=\"img_id3151310\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20236.png\" width=\"0.564cm\" height=\"0.564cm\"><alt id=\"alt_id3151310\">Ikon</alt></image>, og vælg så et tal fra listen."

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type"
msgstr "Oprettelse af punktopstillede lister, mens du skriver"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147407\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; lists, while typing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>bullet lists;creating while typing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lists;automatic numbering</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>numbers;lists</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic bullets/numbers; AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>bullets; using automatically</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraphs; automatic numbering</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>nummerering; lister, mens du skriver</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>punktopstillinger;oprette under skrivning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lister;automatisk nummerering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tal;lister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatisk nummerering; funktionen Autokorrektur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>punkttegn; anvende automatisk</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatiske punkttegn</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afsnit; automatisk nummerering</bookmark_value>"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147407\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"auto_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type\">Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"auto_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Oprettelse af punktopstillede lister, mens du skriver\">Oprettelse af punktopstillede lister, mens du skriver</link></variable>"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3155525\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] can automatically apply numbering or bullets as you type."
msgstr "$[officename] kan automatisk anvende nummerering eller punkttegn, mens du indtaster."

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154243\n"
"28\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Enable Automatic Numbering and Bulleting"
msgstr "For at aktivere automatisk punktopstilling"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3152830\n"
"29\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab, and then select “Apply numbering – symbol”."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner - Autokorrekturindstillinger</item>, klik på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Indstillinger</item>, og vælg så <emph>Anvend Nummerering - ikon</emph>."

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3152867\n"
"30\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect</emph>, and ensure that <emph>While Typing</emph> is selected."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Autokorrektur</emph>, og vær sikker på at <emph>Under skrivning</emph> er valgt."

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id2357860\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The automatic numbering option is only applied to paragraphs that are formatted with the \"Default\", \"Text body\", or \"Text body indent\" paragraph style."
msgstr "Automatisk nummerering anvendes kun på afsnit, som er formateret med afsnitstypografierne \"Standard\", \"Brødtekst\", eller \"Brødtekst indrykning\"."

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3152897\n"
"21\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a Numbered or Bulleted List While You Type"
msgstr "For at oprette en punktopstillet liste mens du skriver"

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3147773\n"
"22\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type 1., i., or I. to start a numbered list. Type * or - to start a bulleted list. You can also type a right parenthesis after the number instead of a period , for example, 1) or i)."
msgstr "Skriv 1., i., eller I. for at starte en nummereret liste. Tast * eller - for at starte en punktopstilling. Du kan også skrive en højreparentes efter tallet i stedet for et punktum, for eksempel, 1) eller i)."

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3147794\n"
"23\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a space, type your text, and then press Enter. The new paragraph automatically receives the next number or bullet."
msgstr "Skriv et mellemrum, indtast din tekst og tryk så på Enter. Det nye afsnit får automatisk det næste nummer eller punkttegn."

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3147814\n"
"31\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press Enter again to finish the list."
msgstr "Tryk Enter igen for at afslutte listen."

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3147287\n"
"25\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can start a numbered list with any number."
msgstr "Du kan starte en nummereret liste med ethvert tal."

#: auto_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3154083\n"
"27\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Numbering/Bullets\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06050000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Numbering/Bullets\">Formater - Punktopstilling</link>"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Turning Off AutoCorrect"
msgstr "Deaktivering af Autokorrektur"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154250\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text;turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>uppercase;changing to lowercase</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters after periods</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>quotation marks;changing automatically</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>words;automatic replacement on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lines;automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>underlining;quick</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>borders; automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic changes on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changes;automatic</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;turning off</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>slå automatisk rettelse fra</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst;slå automatisk rettelse fra</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>store bogstaver;skifte til små bogstaver</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>store bogstaver;skifte til små bogstaver efter punktum</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>anførselstegn;skifte automatisk</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ord;automatisk erstatning til/fra</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>linjer;automatisk tegning til/fra</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>understregning;hurtig</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kanter; automatisk tegning til/fra</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatiske ændringer til/fra</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ændringer;automatisk</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Autokorrekturfunktion;slå fra</bookmark_value>"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147812\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"auto_off\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp\" name=\"Turning Off AutoFormat and AutoCorrect\">Turning Off AutoCorrect</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"auto_off\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp\" name=\"Turning Off AutoFormat and AutoCorrect\">Deaktivering af Autokorrektur</link></variable>"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3147833\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "By default, $[officename] automatically corrects many common typing errors and applies formatting while you type."
msgstr "Som standard retter $[officename] automatisk mange almindelige tastefejl og tildeler formatering, mens du taster."

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_idN1081B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly undo an automatic correction or completion, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z."
msgstr "For hurtigt at fortryde en automatisk rettelse eller færdiggørelse, tryk på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z."

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_idN10846\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To turn off most AutoCorrect features, remove the check mark from the menu <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - While Typing</emph>."
msgstr "For at slå de fleste Autokorrekturegenskaber fra, skal du fjerne fluebenet fra menuen <emph>Formater - Autokorrektur - Under skrivning</emph>."

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147251\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Remove a Word from the AutoCorrect List"
msgstr "For at fjerne et ord fra Autokorrekturlisten"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3147274\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner - Autokorrektur - Indstillinger</item>."

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3145596\n"
"23\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Replace</emph> tab."
msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <emph>Erstat</emph>."

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3145620\n"
"15\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> list, select the word pair that you want to remove."
msgstr "Vælg i listen <emph>Autokorrektur</emph>, ordparret som du vil fjerne."

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3145645\n"
"24\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Delete</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>Slet</emph>."

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145668\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Stop Replacing Quotation Marks"
msgstr "For at stoppe erstatning af anførselstegn"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3151196\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner - Autokorrektur - Indstillinger</item>."

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3151220\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Localized Options</emph> tab"
msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <emph>Lokaliseringsindstillinger</emph>"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3151245\n"
"25\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Clear the \"Replace\" check box(es)."
msgstr "Ryd afkrydsningsfelterne \"Erstat\"."

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155076\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Stop Capitalizing the First Letter of a Sentence"
msgstr "For ikke at gøre det første bogstav i en sætning stort"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3155099\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools – AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner - Autokorrektur - Indstillinger</item>."

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3155123\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab."
msgstr "Klik på fanebladet<emph>Indstillinger</emph>."

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3155148\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Clear the \"Capitalize first letter of every sentence\" check box."
msgstr "Ryd afkrydsningsfeltet \"Første bogstav i sætninger med stort\"."

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155401\n"
"17\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Stop Drawing a Line When You Type Three Identical Characters"
msgstr "For at stoppe tegning af en linje, når du skriver tre identiske tegn"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3155415\n"
"22\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] automatically draws a line when you type three of the following characters and press Enter: - _ = * ~ #"
msgstr "$[officename] tegner automatisk en linje, når du skriver tre af de følgende tegn og trykker på Enter: - _ = * ~ #"

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3155439\n"
"19\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner - Autokorrektur - Indstillinger</item>."

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3155463\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab."
msgstr "Klik på fanebladet<emph>Indstillinger</emph>."

#: auto_off.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_off.xhp\n"
"par_id3155488\n"
"27\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Clear the \"Apply border\" check box."
msgstr "Ryd afkrydsningsfeltet \"Anvend kant\"."

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Automatically Check Spelling"
msgstr "Automatisk kontrol af stavning"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154265\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>spellcheck;AutoSpellcheck on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic spellcheck</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>checking spelling;while typing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>words;disabling spellcheck</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>stavekontrol;automatisk stavekontrol til/fra</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatisk stavekontrol</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kontrollere stavning;mens du skriver</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ord;deaktivere stavekontrol</bookmark_value>"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154265\n"
"31\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"auto_spellcheck\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp\" name=\"Automatically Check Spelling\">Automatically Check Spelling</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"auto_spellcheck\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp\" name=\"Automatisk kontrol af stavning\">Automatisk kontrol af stavning</link></variable>"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3154664\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can have $[officename] automatically check spelling while you type and underline possible misspelt words with a red wavy line."
msgstr "Du kan få $[officename] til at kontrollere stavningen automatisk, imens du taster, og understrege muligt forkert stavede ord med en rød bølget linje."

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154678\n"
"41\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Check Spelling Automatically While You Type"
msgstr "For at kontrollere stavning automatisk, mens du taster"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3155531\n"
"42\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Activate the <emph>AutoSpellcheck </emph>icon on the Standard bar."
msgstr "Klik på ikonet <emph>Automatisk stavekontrol</emph> på værktøjslinjen Standard."

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3155569\n"
"33\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click a word with a red wavy underline, and then choose a suggested replacement word from the list, or from the <emph>AutoCorrect </emph>submenu."
msgstr "Højreklik på et ord med en rød bølget understregning, og vælg så et foreslået erstatningsord fra listen eller fra undermenuen <emph>Autokorrektur</emph>."

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3147759\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you choose a word from the <item type=\"menuitem\">AutoCorrect</item> submenu, the underlined word and the replacement word are automatically added to the AutoCorrect list for the current language. To view the AutoCorrect list, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools – AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Replace</item> tab."
msgstr "Hvis du vælger et ord fra undermenuen <item type=\"menuitem\">Autokorrektur</item>, vil det understregede ord og erstatningsordet automatisk tilføjes til listen autokorrekturlisten for det aktuelle sprog. For at se autokorrekturlisten, vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner - Autokorrekturindstillinger</item>, og klik så på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Erstat</item>."

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3147819\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also add the underlined word to your custom dictionary by choosing <emph>Add</emph>."
msgstr "Du kan også tilføje det understregede ord til din brugerdefinerede ordbog ved at vælge <emph>Tilføj</emph>."

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147220\n"
"32\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Exclude Words From the Spellcheck"
msgstr "For at udelukke ord fra stavekontrollen"

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3147263\n"
"35\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the words that you want to exclude."
msgstr "Marker de ord, som du vil udelade."

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3147282\n"
"36\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the Language control on the Status bar to open a menu."
msgstr "Klik på sprogkontrolelementet på statuslinjen for at åbne en menu."

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3145602\n"
"38\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose “None (Do not check spelling)”."
msgstr "Vælg \"Ingen (kontroller ikke stavning)\"."

#: auto_spellcheck.xhp
msgctxt ""
"auto_spellcheck.xhp\n"
"par_id3145648\n"
"40\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp\" name=\"Creating a new dictionary.\">Creating a new dictionary.</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp\" name=\"Oprettelse af en ny ordbog.\">Oprettelse af en ny ordbog.</link>"

#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List"
msgstr "Tilføjelse af undtagelser til Autokorrekturliste"

#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"bm_id3152887\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; adding exceptions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>exceptions; AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>abbreviations</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>capital letters;avoiding after specific abbreviations</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>Autokorrekturfunktion; tilføje undtagelser</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>undtagelser; Autokorrekturfunktion</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forkortelser</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>store bogstaver;undgå efter specifikke forkortelser</bookmark_value>"

#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"hd_id3152887\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"autocorr_except\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp\" name=\"Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List\">Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"autocorr_except\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp\" name=\"Tilføjelse af undtagelser til Autokorrekturliste\">Tilføjelse af undtagelser til Autokorrekturliste</link></variable>"

#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"par_id3154254\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can prevent AutoCorrect from correcting specific abbreviations or words that have mixed capital letters and lowercase letters."
msgstr "Du kan forhindre Autokorrektur i at rette specifikke forkortelser eller ord, som har blandede store og små bogstaver."

#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"par_id3155576\n"
"13\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Exceptions</item> tab."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner - Autokorrekturindstillinger</item>, og klik så på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Undtagelser</item>."

#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"par_id3147762\n"
"18\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gør et af følgende:"

#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"par_id3147786\n"
"19\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the abbreviation followed by a period in the <emph>Abbreviations (no subsequent capital) </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr "Skriv forkortelsen efterfulgt af et punktum i feltet <emph>Forkortelser (Der startes ikke med stort begyndelsesbogstav efter)</emph> og klik på <emph>Ny(t)</emph>."

#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"par_id3147812\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the word in the <emph>Words with TWo INitial CApitals </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr "Skriv ordet i feltet <emph>Ord, som BEgynder med to STore BOgstaver</emph> og tryk på <emph>Ny(t)</emph>."

#: autocorr_except.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autocorr_except.xhp\n"
"par_id3144875\n"
"17\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly undo an AutoCorrect replacement, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z. This also adds the word or abbreviation that you typed to the AutoCorrect exceptions list."
msgstr "For hurtigt at fortryde en Autokorrekturerstatning, tryk på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z. Dette tilføjer også ordet eller forkortelsen, som du indtastede, til Autokorrekturs undtagelsesliste."

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using AutoText"
msgstr "Brug af Autotekst"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155521\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>AutoText</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>networks and AutoText directories</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lists;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>printing;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;text blocks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text blocks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>blocks of text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>Autotekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>netværk og Autotekstkataloger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lister;Autotekst genveje</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>udskrive;Autotekst genveje</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indsætte;tekstblokke</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstblokke</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>blokke af tekst</bookmark_value>"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155521\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"autotext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp\" name=\"Using AutoText\">Using AutoText</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"autotext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp\" name=\"Brug af Autotekst\">Brug af Autotekst</link></variable>"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3150534\n"
"27\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In $[officename] Writer, you can store text - also containing graphics, tables, and fields - as AutoText, so that you can quickly insert the text later on. If you want, you can also store formatted text."
msgstr "I $[officename] Writer, kan du lagre tekst - også med grafik, tabeller og felter - som Autotekst, så du hurtigt kan indsætte teksten senere. Hvis du vil, kan du også lagre formateret tekst."

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155539\n"
"48\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To To Create an AutoText Entry"
msgstr "For at oprette et Autotekstelement"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3155560\n"
"47\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text, text with graphics, table, or field that you want to save as an AutoText entry. A graphic can only be stored if it is anchored as a character and is preceded and followed by at least one text character."
msgstr "Vælg teksten, teksten med grafik, tabellen eller feltet, som du vil gemme som et Autotekst-element. Grafik kan kun lagres, hvis det er forankret som et tegn og der er mindst ét teksttegn foran og efter."

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3155581\n"
"57\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose               <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit - AutoText</item>."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Rediger - Autotekst</item>."

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3147761\n"
"58\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the category where you want to store the AutoText."
msgstr "Marker kategorien hvor du vil lagre Autoteksten."

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3147779\n"
"59\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name that is longer than four characters. This allows you to use the <emph>Display remainder of name as suggestion while typing</emph> AutoText option. If you want, you can modify the proposed shortcut."
msgstr "Skriv et navn som er længere end fire tegn. Dette giver dig mulighed for at bruge Autotekstindstillingen <emph>Vis resten af navnet som tip under skrivning</emph>. Hvis du vil, kan du ændre den foreslåede genvej."

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3147807\n"
"60\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>AutoText</emph> button, and then choose <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på knappen <emph>Autotekst</emph> og vælg så <emph>Ny</emph>."

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_idN10732\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Close</emph> button."
msgstr "Klik på knappen <emph>Luk</emph>."

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147282\n"
"39\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert an AutoText Entry"
msgstr "For at indsætte et Autotekstelement"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3145597\n"
"61\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert an AutoText entry."
msgstr "Klik i dit dokument, hvor du vil indsætte et Autotekst-element."

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3145615\n"
"28\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - AutoText\"><emph>Edit - AutoText</emph></link>."
msgstr "Vælg <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - AutoText\"><emph>Rediger - Autotekst</emph></link>."

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3145644\n"
"38\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the AutoText that you want to insert, and then click               <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>."
msgstr "Marker Autoteksten som du vil indsætte, og klik så på <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt</item>."

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3145668\n"
"30\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also type the shortcut for an AutoText entry, and then press F3, or click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">AutoText</item>         icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> bar, and then choose an AutoText entry."
msgstr "Du kan også skrive genvejen for et Autotekst-element og så trykke F3 eller klikke på pilen ved siden af ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Autotekst</item> på værktøjslinjen<item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt</item> og så vælge et Autotekst-element."

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3155090\n"
"43\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly enter a %PRODUCTNAME Math formula, type <item type=\"literal\">fn</item>, and then press F3. If you insert more than one formula, the formulae are sequentially numbered. To insert dummy text, type <item type=\"literal\">dt</item>, and then press F3."
msgstr "For hurtigt at indtaste en %PRODUCTNAME Math formel, skal du skrive <item type=\"literal\">fn</item>, og så trykke F3. Hvis du indsætter mere end en enkelt formel, bliver formlerne nummereret sekventielt. For at indsætte dummytekst, skal du skrive <item type=\"literal\">dt</item> og så trykke F3."

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155115\n"
"45\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Print a List of AutoText Entries"
msgstr "For at udskrive en liste af Autotekst-elementer"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3155136\n"
"44\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Funktioner - Makroer - Administrer makroer - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>."

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3155160\n"
"62\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Macro from</emph> tree control, select %PRODUCTNAME Macros - Gimmicks - AutoText."
msgstr "I træstrukturen <emph>Makro fra</emph>, vælg %PRODUCTNAME Makroer - Gimmicks - Autotekst."

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3151277\n"
"63\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select \"Main\" in the <emph>Existing macros in: AutoText</emph> list and then click <emph>Run</emph>. A list of the current AutoText entries is generated in a separate text document."
msgstr "Vælg \"Main\" og klik så på <emph>Udfør</emph>. En liste med de aktuelle Autotekst-elementer genereres i et separat tekstdokument."

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3151304\n"
"64\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Filer - Udskriv</emph>."

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151327\n"
"49\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using AutoText in Network Installations"
msgstr "Brug af Autotekst i netværksinstallationer"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3151355\n"
"50\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can store AutoText entries in different directories on a network."
msgstr "Du kan gemme Autotekst-elementer i forskellige biblioteker på et netværk."

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3151370\n"
"51\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For example, you can store \"read-only\" AutoText entries for your company on a central server, and user-defined AutoText entries in a local directory."
msgstr "For eksempel kan du lagre skrivebeskyttede Autotekst-elementer for dit firma på en central server og brugerdefinerede Autotekst-elementer i et lokalt bibliotek."

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3151390\n"
"52\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The paths for the AutoText directories can be edited in the configuration."
msgstr "Stierne til Autotekst-bibliotekerne kan redigeres i konfigurationen."

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3154960\n"
"53\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Two directories are listed here. The first entry is on the server installation and the second entry is in the user directory. If there are two AutoText entries with the same name in both directories, the entry from the user directory is used."
msgstr "To biblioteker bliver listet her. Det første er på serverinstallationen og den anden er i brugerkataloget. Hvis der er to Autotekst-elementer med det samme navn i begge biblioteker, vil elementet fra brugerkataloget blive brugt."

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3154995\n"
"42\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - AutoText\">Edit - AutoText</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp\" name=\"Rediger - Autotekst\">Rediger - Autotekst</link>"

#: autotext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"autotext.xhp\n"
"par_id3155012\n"
"46\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\" name=\"Word Completion\">Word Completion</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\" name=\"Ordfuldførelse\">Ordfuldførelse</link>"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics"
msgstr "Angiv baggrundsfarver eller baggrundsgrafik"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149346\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>backgrounds;text objects</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>words;backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>text;backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; backgrounds</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>backgrounds;selecting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>baggrunde;tekstobjekter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ord;baggrunde</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afsnit;baggrunde</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst;baggrunde</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabeller; baggrunde</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>celler; baggrunde</bookmark_value>"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149346\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"background\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/background.xhp\" name=\"Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics\">Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"background\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/background.xhp\" name=\"Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics\">Angive baggrundsfarver eller baggrundsgrafik</link> </variable>"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id7355265\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can define a background color or use a graphic as a background for various objects in $[officename] Writer."
msgstr "Du kan angive en baggrundsfarve eller bruge en grafik som baggrund for forskellige objekter i $[officename] Writer."

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147653\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Background To Text Characters"
msgstr "For at tildele en baggrund til tekst"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3150669\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the characters."
msgstr "Marker tegnene."

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3155390\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Tegn</emph>."

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3153665\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Background</emph> tab, select the background color."
msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <emph>Baggrund</emph>, og vælg baggrundsfarven."

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153541\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Background To a Paragraph"
msgstr "For at tildele en baggrund til et afsnit"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3145119\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the paragraph or select several paragraphs."
msgstr "Placer markøren i afsnittet eller marker flere afsnit."

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3158430\n"
"9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Afsnit</emph>."

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3151245\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic."
msgstr "Vælg en baggrundsfarve eller en baggrundsgrafik på fanebladet <emph>Baggrund</emph>."

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id0104201010554939\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To select an object in the background, hold down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key and click the object. Alternatively, use the Navigator to select the object."
msgstr "For at vælge et objekt i baggrunden hold <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> nede og klik på objektet. Eller brug Navigatoren til at vælge objektet."

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149294\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Background To All or Part of a Table"
msgstr "For at tildele en baggrund til hele eller dele af en tabel"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3154346\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the table in your text document."
msgstr "Placer markøren i tabellen i tekstdokumentet."

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3148664\n"
"13\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Table Properties</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Tabel - Tabelegenskaber</emph>."

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3154938\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic."
msgstr "Vælg en baggrundsfarve eller en baggrundsgrafik på fanebladet <emph>Baggrund</emph>."

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3156280\n"
"15\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>For</emph> box, choose whether the color or graphic should apply to the current cell, the current row or the whole table. If you select several cells or rows before opening the dialog, the change applies to the selection."
msgstr "I feltet <emph>For</emph>, vælg om farven eller grafikken skal gælde for den aktuelle celle, den aktuelle række eller hele tabellen. Hvis du vælger flere celler eller rækker før du åbner dialogen, gælder ændringen for markeringen."

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151041\n"
"31\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You may also use an icon to apply a background to table parts."
msgstr "Du kan også bruge et ikon for at tilføj en baggrund til dele af en tabel."

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3150767\n"
"32\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply a background color to cells, select the cells and click the color on the <emph>Background Color</emph> toolbar."
msgstr "For at tildele en baggrundsfarve til celler, vælg cellerne og klik farven på værktøjslinjen <emph>Baggrundsfarve</emph>."

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3147084\n"
"33\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply a background color to a text paragraph within a cell, place the cursor into the text paragraph, then click the color on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Background Color</item> toolbar."
msgstr "For at tildele en baggrundsfarve til et tekstafsnit indenfor en celle, placer markøren inde i tekstafsnittet, klik så på farven på værktøjslinjen <item type=\"menuitem\">Baggrundsfarve</item>."

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_idN10A56\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/02/02160000.xhp\">Highlighting icon</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/02/02160000.xhp\">Fremhævelsesikon</link>"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id3156180\n"
"30\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030600.xhp\" name=\"Background tab page\">Background tab page</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030600.xhp\" name=\"Background tab page\"><emph>Baggrund</emph> faneblad</link>"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id4922025\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/background.xhp\">Watermarks</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/background.xhp\">Vandmærker</link>"

#: background.xhp
msgctxt ""
"background.xhp\n"
"par_id478530\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Page Backgrounds as Page Styles</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Sidebaggrunde som sidetypografier</link>"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Defining Borders for Characters"
msgstr "Definerer kanter for tegn"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"bm_id3156136\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>characters;defining borders</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>borders; for characters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames; around characters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;character borders</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tegn;definerer kanter</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>kanter; for tegn</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames; around characters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>definering;kanter om tegn borders</bookmark_value>"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"hd_id3116136\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"border_character\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Characters\">Defining Borders for Characters</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"border_character\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Characters\">Definerer kanter for tegn</link> </variable>"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3148413\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If two adjacent text ranges' all border properties are identical (same style, width, color, padding and shadow), then those two ranges will be considered to be part of the same border group and rendered within the same border in the document."
msgstr "Hvis to tilstødende tekstområders kantegenskaber er identiske (samme typografi, bredde, farve, afstand og skygge), vil disse to områder blive betragtet som en og kun en kantgruppe, og derfor vist med samme kant i dokumentet."

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"hd_id3110503\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set a Predefined Border Style"
msgstr "For at indstille en foruddefineret kanttype"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3118661\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the range of characters around which you want to add a border."
msgstr "Vælg det tekstområde som du ønsker at vise en kant omkring."

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3118473\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character - Borders</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Tegn - Kanter</emph>."

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3110171\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select one of the default border styles in the <emph>Default</emph> area."
msgstr "Vælg en af standard kanttypografier i området <emph>Standard</emph>."

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3151046\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
msgstr "Vælg en linjetypografi, bredde og farve for den valgte kant i området <emph>Linje</emph>. Disse indstillinger gælder for alle kantlinjer som er en del af den valgte kanttypografi."

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3152172\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the selected characters in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined."
msgstr "Vælg en afstand mellem kantlinjerne og de markerede tegn i området <emph>Afstand til indhold</emph>. Du kan kun ændre afstand til grænser, som har en defineret kant."

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3111023\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph> for at anvende ændringerne."

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"hd_id3142068\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set a Customized Border Style"
msgstr "For at sætte en tilpasset kanttype"

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3118613\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the range of characters around which you want to add a border."
msgstr "Marker det område af tegn, som du ønsker at tilføje en kant omkring."

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3111663\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character - Borders</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Tegn - Kanter</emph>."

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3110541\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge."
msgstr "I området <emph>Brugerdefineret</emph> kan du vælge den eller de kant(er) du ønsker skal fremgå i et almindeligt layout. Klik på en kant i forhåndsvisningen for at slå den pågældende kant til eller fra."

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3119149\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
msgstr "Vælg en linjetypografi, bredde og farve for den markerede kanttypografi i området <emph>Linje</emph>. Disse indstillinger gælder for alle kantlinjer som er en del af den valgte kanttypografi."

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3116282\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeat the last two steps for every border edge."
msgstr "Gentag de sidste to trin for hver kant i rammen."

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3111041\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the selected characters in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined."
msgstr "Vælg afstand mellem kantlinjen og de markerede tegn i området <emph>Afstand til indhold</emph>. Du kan kun ændre afstanden hvis der er defineret en kant."

#: border_character.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_character.xhp\n"
"par_id3141606\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph> for at anvende ændringerne."

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Defining Borders for Objects"
msgstr "Definere kanter for objekter"

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"bm_id3146957\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>objects; defining borders</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>borders; for objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames; around objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>charts;borders</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pictures;borders</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>OLE objects;borders</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;object borders</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>objekter; definere kanter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rammer; for objekter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rammer; omkring objekter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>diagrammer;rammer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>billeder;rammer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>OLE-objekter;rammer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>definere;objektrammer</bookmark_value>"

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"hd_id3146957\n"
"17\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"border_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Objects\">Defining Borders for Objects</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"border_object\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp\" name=\"Definere kanter for objekter\">Definere kanter for objekter</link></variable>"

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3146797\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In Writer, you can define borders around OLE objects, plug-ins, diagrams/charts, graphics and frames. The name of the menu to be used depends on the object selected."
msgstr "I Writer kan du definere rammer omkring OLE-objekter, Plugins, diagrammer, grafik og rammer. Navnet fra menuen, der skal bruges, afhænger af det valgte objekt."

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145673\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set a Predefined Border Style"
msgstr "For at indstille en foruddefineret kanttype"

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3155388\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the object for which you want to define a border."
msgstr "Vælg det objekt, som du vil definere en kant for."

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3149578\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon on the <emph>OLE-Object</emph> toolbar or <emph>Frame</emph> toolbar to open the <emph>Borders</emph> window."
msgstr "Klik på ikonet <emph>Kanter</emph> på værktøjslinjen <emph>OLE-objekt</emph> eller værktøjslinjen <emph>Ramme</emph> for at åbne vinduet <emph>Kanter</emph>."

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3159176\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click one of the predefined border styles. This replaces the current border style of the object with the selected style."
msgstr "Klik på en af de foruddefinerede kanttyper. Dette erstatter den nuværende kanttypografi for objektet med den valgte typografi."

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"hd_id3152474\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set a Customized Border Style"
msgstr "For at sætte en tilpasset kanttype"

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3153896\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the table cells that you want to modify."
msgstr "Marker tabelcellerne som du vil ændre."

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3156344\n"
"9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - (object name) – Borders</item>.<br/>Replace (object name) with the actual name of the object type you selected."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - (objektnavn) - Kanter</item>. <br/>Erstat (objektnavn) med navnet på den objekttype du markerede."

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3148797\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge."
msgstr "I området <emph>Brugerdefineret</emph> skal du vælge de kanter, som du ønsker, der skal optræde i et almindeligt layout. Klik på en kant i forhåndsvisningen for at ændre valget af en kant."

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3152933\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
msgstr "Vælg en stregtype og farve for den valgte kanttype i området <emph>Streg</emph>. Disse indstillinger gælder for alle kantlinjer, som er inkluderet i den valgte kanttype."

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3125865\n"
"13\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeat the last two steps for every border edge."
msgstr "Gentag de sidste to trin for hver kant i rammen."

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3150447\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to Contents</emph> area."
msgstr "Vælg afstanden mellem kantlinjerne og sideindholdet i området <emph>Afstand til indhold</emph>."

#: border_object.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_object.xhp\n"
"par_id3154908\n"
"15\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph> for at anvende ændringerne."

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Defining Borders for Pages"
msgstr "Definere kanter for sider"

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"bm_id3156136\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>pages;defining borders</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>borders; for pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames; around pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;page borders</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sider;definere kanter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kanter; for sider</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rammer; omkring sider</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>definere;siderammer</bookmark_value>"

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156136\n"
"15\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"border_page\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Pages\">Defining Borders for Pages</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"border_page\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp\" name=\"Defining Borders for Pages\">Definere kanter for sider</link> </variable>"

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3148473\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In Writer, you define borders for <emph>page styles</emph>, not individual pages. All changes made to borders apply to all pages that use the same page style. Note that page style changes cannot be undone by the Undo function in $[officename]."
msgstr "I Writer kan du definere rammer for <emph>sidetypografier</emph>, ikke for individuelle sider. Alle ændringer, der bliver lavet på kanter anvendes på alle sider, der bruger den samme sidetypografi. Bemærk at sidetypografiændringer ikke kan fortrydes med fortryd funktionen i $[officename]."

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150503\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set a Predefined Border Style"
msgstr "For at indstille en foruddefineret kanttype"

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3148491\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Side - Kanter</emph>."

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3150771\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select one of the default border styles in the <emph>Default</emph> area."
msgstr "Vælg en af standard-kanttypografierne i området <emph>Standard</emph>."

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3154046\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
msgstr "Vælg en linjetypografi samt bredde og farve for den markerede kanttypografi i området <emph>Linje</emph>. Disse indstillinger gælder for alle kantlinjer som er indeholdt i den valgte kanttypografi."

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3152472\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined."
msgstr "Vælg afstanden mellem kantlinjer og sideindholdet i området <emph>Afstand til indhold</emph>. Du kan kun ændre afstande til kanter som har en kantlinje defineret."

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3156023\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph> for at anvende ændringerne."

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145068\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set a Customized Border Style"
msgstr "For at sætte en tilpasset kanttype"

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3148663\n"
"9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Side - Kanter</emph>."

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3150541\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge."
msgstr "I området <emph>Brugerdefineret</emph> skal du vælge de kanter, som du ønsker, der skal optræde i et almindeligt layout. Klik på en kant i forhåndsvisningen for at ændre valget af en kant."

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3159149\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a line style, width and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style."
msgstr "Vælg en linjetypografi, bredde og farve for den valgte kanttypografi i området <emph>Linje</emph>. Disse indstillinger er gældende for alle kantlinjer som er med i den pågældende kanttypografi."

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3156282\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeat the last two steps for every border edge."
msgstr "Gentag de sidste to trin for hver kant i rammen."

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3151041\n"
"13\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area. You can only change distances to edges that have a border line defined."
msgstr "Vælg afstanden mellem kantlinjerne og sidens indhold i området <emph>Afstand til indhold</emph>. Du kan kun ændre afstanden for kanter, som har en kantlinje defineret."

#: border_page.xhp
msgctxt ""
"border_page.xhp\n"
"par_id3145606\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph> for at anvende ændringerne."

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "User Defined Borders in Text Documents"
msgstr "Brugerdefinerede kanter i tekstdokumenter"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"bm_id6737876\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>borders;for text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells;borders in text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;table borders in Writer</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames;around text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;defining borders</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>kanter;for teksttabeller</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>celler;kanter i teksttabeller</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>definere;tabelkanter i Writer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rammer;om teksttabeller</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tabeller;definere kanter</bookmark_value>"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"hd_id3614917\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"borders\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp\">User Defined Borders in Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"borders\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp\">Brugerdefinerede kanter i tekstdokumenter</link></variable>"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1069368\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can apply a variety of different cell borders to selected cells in a Writer table and to the whole table. Other objects in text documents can have user defined borders, too. For example, you can assign borders to page styles, to frames, and to inserted pictures or charts."
msgstr "Du kan anvende et udvalg af forskellige kanter til udvalgte celler i en Writer-tabel eller til hele tabellen. Andre objekter i tekstdokumenter kan også have brugerdefinerede kanter. For eksempel kan du tildele kanter til sidetypografier, til rammer og til indsatte billeder eller diagrammer."

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id6527298\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the cell or a block of cells in a Writer table."
msgstr "Marker en celle eller et område af celler i en Writer tabel."

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id6129947\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Table properties</item>."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Tabel - Tabelegenskaber</item>."

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id8141117\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the dialog, click the <emph>Borders</emph> tab."
msgstr "Klik på fanen <emph>Kanter</emph> i dialogen."

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id6016418\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose the border options you want to apply and click OK."
msgstr "Vælg de kantindstillinger, du vil anvende og klik på OK."

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id5282448\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The options in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> area can be used to apply multiple border styles."
msgstr "Valgmulighederne under <emph>Linjeplacering</emph> kan bruges til at anvende flere kanttyper."

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"hd_id3547166\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Selection of cells"
msgstr "Markering af celler"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1108432\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Depending on the selection of cells, the area looks different."
msgstr "Afhængig af markeringen af celler ser området forskelligt ud."

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id2422559\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Selection"
msgstr "Markering"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1053498\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Line arrangement area"
msgstr "Linjeplaceringsområde"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1076998\n"
"help.text"
msgid "One cell selected in a table that has more than one cells, or cursor inside a table with no cell selected"
msgstr "Hvis en enkelt celle er valgt i en tabel med flere celler eller hvis markøren er placeret inde i en celle, uden at nogen celle er valgt"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id4240241\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id1058992\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_1.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id1058992\">one cell border</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id1058992\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_1.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id1058992\">en enkelt cellekant</alt></image>"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id162053\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A one cell table, the cell is selected"
msgstr "En tabel med en celle, hvor cellen er valgt"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id5021820\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id7366557\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_2.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id7366557\">one selected cell border</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id7366557\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_2.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id7366557\">en enkelt valgt cellekant</alt></image>"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id3549607\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Cells in a column selected"
msgstr "Celler i en kolonne valgt"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id2544328\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id2298654\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_3.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id2298654\">column selected border</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id2298654\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_3.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id2298654\">kolonne valgte kant</alt></image>"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1636402\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Cells in a row selected"
msgstr "Celler i en række valgt"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id7450483\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id9033783\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_4.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id9033783\">row selected border</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id9033783\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_4.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id9033783\">række valgt kant</alt></image>"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id5741752\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A whole table of 2x2 or more cells selected"
msgstr "En tabel som består af 2x2 eller flere celler, hvor hele tabellen er valgt"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id570085\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id4776757\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_5.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id4776757\">block selected border</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id4776757\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_5.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.7791in\"><alt id=\"alt_id4776757\">blok valgt kant</alt></image>"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"hd_id5044099\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Default settings"
msgstr "Standardindstillinger"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id626544\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click one of the <emph>Default</emph> icons to set or reset multiple borders."
msgstr "Klik på et af <emph>Standard</emph>ikonerne for at sætte eller nulstille flere kanter."

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id292062\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The thin gray lines inside an icon show the borders that will be reset or cleared."
msgstr "De tynde grå linjer inde i ikonet viser, hvilke kanter der bliver nulstillet eller slettet."

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1361735\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The dark lines inside an icon show the lines that will be set using the selected line style and color."
msgstr "De mørke linjer inde i ikonet viser, hvilke kanter der vil få tildelt den valgte linjestil og farve."

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id82399\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The thick gray lines inside an icon show the lines that will not be changed."
msgstr "De tykke grå linjer inde i ikonet viser, hvilke kanter der vil forblive uændrede."

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"hd_id7144993\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Examples"
msgstr "Eksempler"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id5528427\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a block of about 8x8 cells, then choose <emph>Format - Cells - Borders</emph>."
msgstr "Marker et område på omkring 8x8 celler, og vælg derefter <emph>Formater - Celler - Kanter</emph>."

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id4194158\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id8221076\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_ca_5.png\" width=\"1.2209in\" height=\"0.2445in\"><alt id=\"alt_id8221076\">default icons for borders</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id8221076\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_ca_5.png\" width=\"1.2209in\" height=\"0.2445in\"><alt id=\"alt_id8221076\">standardikoner for rammer</alt></image>"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id7253028\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the left icon to clear all lines. This removes all outer borders and all inner lines."
msgstr "Klik på det venstre ikon for at slette alle kanter. Dette fjerner både rammen og alle indre linjer."

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id9441206\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the second icon from the left to set an outer border and to remove all other lines."
msgstr "Klik på det andet ikon fra venstre til sætte de ydre kanter og fjerne alle andre linjer."

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id7276833\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the rightmost icon to set an outer border. The inner lines are not changed."
msgstr "Klik på ikonet længst til højre for at sætte en ydre kant. De inderste kanter ændres ikke."

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id5273293\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Now you can continue to see which lines the other icons will set or remove."
msgstr "Nu kan du fortsætte med at se, hvilke linjer de øvrige ikoner vil sætte eller fjerne."

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"hd_id5110019\n"
"help.text"
msgid "User defined settings"
msgstr "Brugerdefinerede indstillinger"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1820734\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>User defined</emph> area, you can click to set or remove individual lines. The preview shows lines in three different states."
msgstr "I området <emph>Brugerdefineret</emph> kan du klikke for at sætte eller fjerne individuelle linjer. Forhåndsvisningen viser linjer i tre forskellige udgaver."

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id7093111\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeatedly click an edge or a corner to switch through the three different states."
msgstr "Gentagne klik på en kant eller et hjørne skifter mellem de forskellige udgaver."

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id3673818\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Line types"
msgstr "Stregtyper"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id2593768\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Image"
msgstr "Billede"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id2055421\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr "Betydning"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id9836115\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A black line"
msgstr "En sort streg"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id6485793\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id1237525\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id1237525\">solid line for border</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id1237525\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id1237525\">ubrudt linje som kant</alt></image>"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1454512\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A black line sets the corresponding line of the selected cells. The line is shown as a dotted line when you choose the 0.05 pt line style. Double lines are shown when you select a double line style."
msgstr "En sort linje sætter den tilsvarende linje i de valgte celler. Linjen vises som en punkteret linje, når du vælger stilen 0,05 pt. Dobbelte linjer vises, når du vælger en stil med dobbelte streger."

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id4618671\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A gray line"
msgstr "En grå streg"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1239356\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id2688680\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_7.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id2688680\">gray line for border</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id2688680\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_7.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id2688680\">grå linje som kant</alt></image>"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id9474166\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A gray line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will not be changed. No line will be set or removed at this position."
msgstr "En grå linje vises, når den tilsvarende linje i de valgte celler ikke vil blive ændret. Ingen linje vil blive sat eller fjernet på denne placering."

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1545457\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A white line"
msgstr "En hvid streg"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id1681875\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id7340617\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_8.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id7340617\">white line for border</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id7340617\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_8.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id7340617\">hvid linje som kant</alt></image>"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id2316660\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A white line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will be removed."
msgstr "En hvid linje vises, når den tilsvarende linje i de valgte celler vil blive fjernet."

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"hd_id5908688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Examples"
msgstr "Eksempler"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id5118564\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a single cell in a Writer table, then choose <emph>Table - Table properties - Borders</emph>."
msgstr "Marker en enkelt celle i en Writer-tabel, vælg derefter <emph>Tabel - Tabelegenskaber - Kanter</emph>."

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id244758\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a thick line style."
msgstr "Vælg en tyk linjetype."

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id7741325\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To set a lower border, click the lower edge repeatedly until you see a thick line."
msgstr "For at sætte en nedre kant skal du klikke på den nederste kant flere gange, indtil du ser en tyk linje."

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id542313\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id4273506\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id4273506\">setting thick lower border</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id4273506\" src=\"res/helpimg/border_wr_6.png\" width=\"1.4071in\" height=\"1.2555in\"><alt id=\"alt_id4273506\">sætter en tyk nedre kant</alt></image>"

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id2210760\n"
"help.text"
msgid "All cells in a Writer table have at least a left and a lower line by default. Most cells on the table perimeter have more lines applied by default."
msgstr "Alle celler i en tabel i Writer har mindst en venstre- og bundlinje. De fleste celler i tabellens ydergrænse har som standard flere linjer."

#: borders.xhp
msgctxt ""
"borders.xhp\n"
"par_id5400860\n"
"help.text"
msgid "All lines that are shown in white in the preview will be removed from the cell."
msgstr "Alle linjer, som vises med hvid farve i forhåndsvisningen, vil blive fjernet fra cellen."

#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Calculating in Text Documents"
msgstr "Beregning i tekstdokumenter"

#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149909\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating; in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formulas; calculating in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>references;in Writer tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>beregne; i tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formler; beregne i tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>referencer;i Writer-tabeller</bookmark_value>"

#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149909\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp\" name=\"Calculating in Text Documents\">Calculating in Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp\" name=\"Beregning i tekstdokumenter\">Beregning i tekstdokumenter</link></variable>"

#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"par_id3149949\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert a calculation directly into a text document or into a text table."
msgstr "Du kan indsætte en beregning direkte ind i et tekstdokument eller ind i en teksttabel."

#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"par_id3149972\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the calculation, and then press F2. If you are in a table cell, type an equals sign =."
msgstr "Klik i dokumentet, hvor du vil indsætte beregningen, og tryk så F2. Hvis du er i en tabelcelle, indtast et lighedstegn =."

#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"par_id3155547\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the calculation that you want to insert, for example, <item type=\"literal\">=10000/12</item>, and then press Enter."
msgstr "Indtast beregningen, som du vil indsætte, for eksempel <item type=\"literal\">=10000/12</item>, og tryk så på Enter."

#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"par_id3155565\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula</item>         icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item>, and then choose a function for your formula."
msgstr "Du kan også klikke ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Formel</item> på <item type=\"menuitem\">Formellinjen</item>, og så vælge en funktion til din formel."

#: calculate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate.xhp\n"
"par_id8316904\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To reference cells in a Writer text table, enclose the cell address or the cell range in angle brackets. For example, to reference cell A1 from another cell, enter =<A1> into the cell."
msgstr "For at referere til celler i en teksttabel i Writer, skal cellens  adresse eller celleområdet skrives i kantede parenteser. Hvis du for eksempel vil referere til en celle A1 fra en anden celle, skal du skrive =<A1> i cellen."

#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document"
msgstr "Beregning og indsættelse af resultatet af en formel i et tekstdokument"

#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147692\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>pasting;results of formulas</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>clipboard;calculating in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formulas;pasting results in text documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>indsætte;resultater af formler</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>udklipsholder;beregne i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formler;indsætte resultater i tekstdokumenter</bookmark_value>"

#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147692\n"
"35\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_clipboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp\" name=\" Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document\"> Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_clipboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp\" name=\"Beregning og indsættelse af resultatet af en formel i et tekstdokument\">Beregning og indsættelse af resultatet af en formel i et tekstdokument</link></variable>"

#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3156366\n"
"36\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If your text already contains a formula, for example \"12+24*2\", $[officename] can calculate, and then paste the result of the formula in your document, without using the <emph>Formula Bar</emph>."
msgstr "Hvis din tekst allerede indeholder en formel, for eksempel \"12+24*2\", kan $[officename] beregne og derefter indsætte formlens resultat i dit dokument uden at bruge <emph>Formellinjen</emph>."

#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3154250\n"
"37\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the formula in the text. The formula can only contain numbers and operators and cannot contain spaces."
msgstr "Marker formlen i teksten. Formlen kan kun indeholde tal og operatorer og må ikke indeholde mellemrum."

#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3155496\n"
"38\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Calculate</emph>, or press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Plus Sign (+)."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Funktioner - Beregn</emph>, eller tryk<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Plustegn (+)."

#: calculate_clipboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_clipboard.xhp\n"
"par_id5172582\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor where you want to insert the result of the formula, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit - Paste</item>, or press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V.<br/>The selected formula is replaced by the result."
msgstr "Placer markøren der hvor du vil indsætte resultatet af formlen, og vælg derefter <item type=\"menuitem\">Rediger - Indsæt</item>, eller tryk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V.<br/>Den markerede formel erstattes af resultatet."

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Calculating Cell Totals in Tables"
msgstr "Beregning af celletotaler i tabeller"

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147400\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating;sums in text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>totals in text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;calculating sums</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>table cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sums of table cell series</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>beregne;summer i teksttabeller</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>totaler i teksttabeller</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tabeller;beregne summer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>celler;beregne summer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tabelceller;beregne summer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>summer af serier af tabelceller</bookmark_value>"

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147400\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_intable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Cell Totals in Tables\">Calculating the Sum of a Series of Table Cells</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_intable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Cell Totals in Tables\">Beregner summen af en række tabelceller</link></variable>"

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"par_id3154243\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Table</emph>, and insert a table with one column and more than one row into a text document."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Tabel</emph>, og indsæt en tabel med en kolonne og mere end en række i et tekstdokument."

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"par_id3154203\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a number in each cell of the column, but leave the last cell in the column empty."
msgstr "Skriv et tal i hver celle af kolonnen, men lad den sidste celle i kolonnen være tom."

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"par_id3154222\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the last cell of the column, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Sum</item> icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table Bar</item>.<br/>The               <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item> appears with the entry \"=sum\"."
msgstr "Placer markøren i den sidste celle af kolonnen og klik så på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sum</item> på værktøjslinjen <item type=\"menuitem\">Tabel</item>.<br/> Værktøjslinjen <item type=\"menuitem\">Formel</item> vises med indtastningen \"=sum\"."

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147775\n"
"15\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the first cell of the series you want to sum up, drag to the final cell, and then release.<br/>$[officename] inserts a formula for calculating the sum of the values in the current column."
msgstr "Klik i den første celle af dem, du vil addere, træk til den sidste celle og slip så.<br/>$[officename] indsætter en formel til at beregne summen af værdierne i den aktuelle kolonne."

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"par_id3150507\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press Enter, or click <emph>Apply</emph> in the Formula bar. <br/>The sum of the values in the current column is entered in the cell."
msgstr "Tryk Enter eller klik <emph>Anvend</emph> i Formellinjen. <br/>Summen af værdierne i den aktive kolonne fremkommer i cellen."

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"par_id3150533\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you enter a different number anywhere in the column, the sum is updated as soon as you click in the last column cell."
msgstr "Hvis du indtaster et andet tal hvor som helst i kolonnen, bliver summen opdateret, så snart du klikker i den sidste kolonnecelle."

#: calculate_intable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intable.xhp\n"
"par_id3155533\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Similarly, you can also quickly calculate the sum of a row of numbers."
msgstr "Tilsvarende kan du også hurtigt beregne summen af en række med tal."

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents"
msgstr "Beregning af komplekse formler i tekstdokumenter"

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147406\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>formulas; complex formulas in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>calculating;formulas/mean values</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>formler;komplekse formler i tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>beregne;formler/middelværdier</bookmark_value>"

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147406\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_intext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents\">Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_intext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp\" name=\"Beregning af komplekse formler i tekstdokumenter\">Beregning af komplekse formler i tekstdokumenter</link></variable>"

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"par_id3145245\n"
"25\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can use predefined functions in a formula, and then insert the result of the calculation into a text document."
msgstr "Du kan bruge foruddefinerede funktioner i en formel og så indsætte resultatet af beregningen i et tekstdokument."

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"par_id3152901\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For example, to calculate the mean value of three numbers, do the following:"
msgstr "For eksempelvis at beregne middelværdien af tre tal, skal du gøre følgende:"

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"par_id3145078\n"
"27\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the formula, and then press F2."
msgstr "Klik i dokumentet, der hvor du vil indsætte formlen, og tryk så F2."

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"par_id3156382\n"
"28\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula</item>               icon, and choose \"Mean\" from the Statistical Functions list."
msgstr "Klik på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Formel</item>, og vælg \"Middelværdi\" fra listen over statistiske funktioner."

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"par_id3149692\n"
"30\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the three numbers, separated by vertical slashes (|)."
msgstr "Indtast de tre tal, adskilt af lodrette streger (|)."

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"par_id3149481\n"
"32\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>. The result is inserted as a field into the document."
msgstr "Tryk <emph>Enter</emph>. Resultatet bliver indsat som et felt i dokumentet."

#: calculate_intext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext.xhp\n"
"par_id3149823\n"
"35\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To edit the formula, double-click the field in the document."
msgstr "For at redigere formlen, dobbeltklik i feltet i dokumentet."

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table"
msgstr "Visning af resultatet af en tabelberegning i en anden tabel"

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"bm_id3153899\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating;in text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; performing calculations in</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>beregne;i teksttabeller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>teksttabeller; udføre beregninger i</bookmark_value>"

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153899\n"
"49\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_intext2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp\" name=\"Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table\">Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_intext2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp\" name=\"Visning af resultatet af en tabelberegning i en anden tabel\">Visning af resultatet af en tabelberegning i en anden tabel</link></variable>"

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3154250\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can perform a calculation on cells in one table and display the result in a different table."
msgstr "Du kan lave en beregning på celler i en tabel og vise resultatet i en anden tabel."

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3150508\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open a text document, insert a table with multiple columns and rows, and then insert another table consisting of one cell."
msgstr "Åbn et tekstdokument, indsæt en tabel med flere kolonner og rækker og indsæt så en anden tabel bestående af en enkelt celle."

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3150528\n"
"50\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter numbers into some of the cells of the large table."
msgstr "Indtast tal i nogle af cellerne på den store tabel."

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3155532\n"
"29\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the table with the single cell, and then press F2."
msgstr "Placer markøren i tabellen med den enkelte celle og tryk så på F2."

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3155551\n"
"30\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type=\"literal\">=SUM</item>."
msgstr "I <item type=\"menuitem\">Formellinjen</item>, skal du indtaste den funktion, som du vil udføre, for eksempel, <item type=\"literal\">=SUM</item>."

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3155577\n"
"31\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in a cell in the larger table that contains a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number."
msgstr "Klik i en celle i den største tabel, som indeholder et tal, tryk på plustegnet (+) og klik så i en anden celle, som indeholder et tal."

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3155598\n"
"32\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>."
msgstr "Tryk på <emph>Enter</emph>."

#: calculate_intext2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_intext2.xhp\n"
"par_id3147776\n"
"51\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want, you can format the table to behave as normal text. Insert the table into a frame, and then anchor the frame as a character. The frame remains anchored to the adjacent text when you insert or delete text."
msgstr "Hvis du vil, kan du formatere tabellen til at opføre sig som normal tekst. Du skal indsætte tabellen i en ramme, og så forankre rammen som et tegn. Rammen forbliver forankret til den tilstødende tekst, når du indsætter eller sletter tekst."

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Calculating Across Tables"
msgstr "Beregning på tværs af tabeller"

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154248\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>calculating; across multiple text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;calculating across</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>beregne; på tværs af flere teksttabeller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabeller;beregne på tværs</bookmark_value>"

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154248\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"calculate_multitable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp\" name=\"Calculating Across Tables\">Calculating Across Tables</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"calculate_multitable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp\" name=\"Beregning på tværs af tabeller\">Beregning på tværs af tabeller</link></variable>"

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147773\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can perform calculations that span across more than one table in a text document."
msgstr "Du kan udføre beregninger, som spænder over mere end en enkelt tabel i et tekstdokument."

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147795\n"
"13\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open a text document, insert two tables, and type numbers in a few cells in both tables."
msgstr "Åbn et tekstdokument, indsæt to tabeller og skriv tal i nogle få celler i begge tabeller."

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147815\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place your cursor in an empty cell in one of the tables."
msgstr "Placer din markør i en tom celle i en af tabellerne."

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147833\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press F2."
msgstr "Tryk F2."

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147228\n"
"17\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type=\"literal\">=SUM</item>."
msgstr "I <item type=\"menuitem\">Formellinjen</item>, skal du indtaste den funktion, som du vil udføre, for eksempel, <item type=\"literal\">=SUM</item>."

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147254\n"
"18\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in a cell containing a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number."
msgstr "Klik i en celle der indeholder et tal, tryk plustegnet (+) og klik så i en anden celle, der indeholder et tal."

#: calculate_multitable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"calculate_multitable.xhp\n"
"par_id3147274\n"
"19\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <emph>Enter</emph>."
msgstr "Tryk på <emph>Enter</emph>."

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Captions"
msgstr "Brug af billedtekster"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147691\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting; captions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>captions; inserting and editing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing;captions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>objects; captioning</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; labeling</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames; labeling</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>charts; labeling</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text frames; labeling</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>draw objects; inserting captions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>legends, see also captions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>indsætte; billedtekster</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>billedtekster; indsætte og redigere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>redigere;billedtekster</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objekter; billedtekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabeller; beskrive</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rammer; beskrive</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>diagrammer; beskrive</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstrammer; beskrive</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tegneobjekter; indsætte billedtekster</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>beskrivelser, se også billedtekster</bookmark_value>"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150537\n"
"39\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"captions\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Using Captions\">Using Captions</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"captions\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Bruge billedtekster\">Bruge billedtekster</link></variable>"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3153156\n"
"22\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In text documents, you can add continuously numbered captions to graphics, tables, frames, and drawing objects."
msgstr "I tekstdokumenter kan du føje fortløbende nummererede billedtekster til grafik, tabeller, rammer og tegneobjekter."

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3153172\n"
"36\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can edit the text and the number ranges for different types of captions."
msgstr "Du kan rediger teksten og nummereringsintervallet for forskellige slags billedtekster."

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3153186\n"
"37\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you add a caption to a picture or to an object, the object and the caption text are placed together in a new frame. When you add a caption to a table, the caption text is inserted as a paragraph next to the table. When you add a caption to a frame, the caption text is added to the text inside the frame, either before or after the existing text."
msgstr "Når du føjer en billedtekst til et billede eller til et objekt, bliver objektet og billedteksten placeret sammen i en ny ramme. Når du føjer en billedtekst til en tabel, bliver billedteksten indsat som et afsnit ved siden af tabellen. Når du føjer en billedtekst til en ramme, bliver billedteksten tilføjet teksten inde i rammen enten før eller efter den eksisterende tekst."

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_idN10713\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To move both the object and the caption, drag the frame that contains these items. To update the caption numbering after you move the frame, press F9."
msgstr "For at flytte både objektet og billedteksten, skal du trække rammen som indeholder disse punkter. For at opdatere billedtekstens nummerering efter du har flyttet rammen, skal du trykke F9."

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155541\n"
"23\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To define a caption proceed as follows:"
msgstr "For at angive en billedtekst gør følgende:"

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3155567\n"
"24\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the item that you want to add a caption to."
msgstr "Marker det element, som du vil tilføje en billedtekst til."

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3155586\n"
"25\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Billedtekst</emph>."

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3147765\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the options that you want, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>. If you want, you can also enter different text in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Category</item>               box, for example <item type=\"literal\">Figure</item>."
msgstr "Vælg de ønskede indstillinger og klik så på <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>. Hvis du ønsker det, kan du også indtaste en anden tekst i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Kategori</item>, for eksempel <item type=\"literal\">Figur</item>."

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3147254\n"
"27\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can edit caption text directly in the document."
msgstr "Du kan redigere billedtekst direkte i dokumentet."

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3147271\n"
"28\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A caption is formatted with the paragraph style that matches the name of the caption category. For example, if you insert a \"Table\" caption, the \"Table\" paragraph style is applied to the caption text."
msgstr "En billedtekst er formateret med den afsnitstypografi, som svarer til navnet på billedtekstens kategori. Hvis du for eksempel indsætter en \"Tabel\"-billedtekst, bliver afsnitstypografien \"Tabel\" anvendt på billedteksten."

#: captions.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions.xhp\n"
"par_id3145671\n"
"45\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, frame, or table. Choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>."
msgstr "$[officename] kan automatisk tilføje en billedtekst, når du indsætter et objekt, grafik, en ramme eller en tabel. Vælg <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Autobilledtekst</emph>."

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions"
msgstr "Tilføjelse af kapitelnumre til billedtekster"

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147684\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>captions; adding chapter numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>objects; captioning automatically</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>numbering; captions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic numbering;of objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>chapter numbers in captions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;chapter numbers in captions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>billedtekster; tilføje kapitelnumre</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objekter; automatisk billedtekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>nummerering; billedtekster</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatisk nummerering;af objekter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kapitelnumre i billedtekster</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indsæt;kapitelnumre i billedtekster</bookmark_value>"

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147684\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"captions_numbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp\" name=\"Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions\">Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"captions_numbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp\" name=\"Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions\">Tilføjelse af kapitelnumre til billedtekster</link> </variable>"

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3147395\n"
"15\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can include chapter numbers in captions."
msgstr "Du kan inkludere kapitelnumre i billedtekster."

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3147408\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Ensure that the text in your document is organized by chapters, and that the chapter titles and, if you want, the section titles, use one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. You must also assign a numbering option to the heading paragraph styles."
msgstr "Du skal sikre dig, at teksten i dit dokument er organiseret i kapitler, og at kapiteltitler og eventuelle sektionstitler bruger en af de foruddefinerede afsnitstypografier for overskrifter. Du skal også tildele en nummereringsindstilling til overskrifternes afsnitstypografier."

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3154249\n"
"17\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the item that you want to add a caption to."
msgstr "Marker det element, som du vil tilføje en billedtekst til."

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3150503\n"
"18\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Billedtekst</emph>."

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3150527\n"
"19\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a caption title from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Category</item>               box, and select a numbering style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item>               box. <br/>You also can enter a caption text in this dialog. If you want, enter text in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Caption</item>               box."
msgstr "Vælg en billedteksttitel fra feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Kategori</item> og vælg en nummereringstypografi i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering</item>. <br/>Du kan også indtaste en billedtekst i denne dialog. Hvis du ønsker det, kan du indtaste tekst i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Billedtekst</item>."

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3153166\n"
"39\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Options</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>Indstillinger</emph>."

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3153190\n"
"45\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item>               box, select the number of heading levels to include in the chapter number."
msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Niveau</item> skal du vælge det antal overskriftsniveauer, som skal inkluderes i kapitelnummeret."

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3155553\n"
"46\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the character that you want to separate the chapter number(s) from the caption number in the               <item type=\"menuitem\">Separator</item> box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "Skriv det tegn, som du vil bruge til at adskille kapitelnummeret fra nummeret på billedteksten i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Skilletegn</item>, og klik så på <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3155586\n"
"40\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Caption</emph> dialog, click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "I feltet <emph>Billedtekst</emph>, klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3147226\n"
"43\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, or table. Choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>."
msgstr "$[officename] kan automatisk tilføje en billedtekst, når du indsætter et objekt, grafik eller en tabel. Vælg <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Autobilledtekst</emph>."

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3145567\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp\" name=\"Caption dialog\">AutoCaption dialog</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp\" name=\"Caption dialog\">Autobilledtekstdialog</link>"

#: captions_numbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"captions_numbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3145574\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Chapter numbering\">Chapter numbering</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Kapitelnummerering\">Kapitelnummerering</link>"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page"
msgstr "Oprettelse af en sidetypografi baseret på den aktuelle side"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"bm_id3146875\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>headers; inserting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>footers; inserting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>page styles; changing from selection</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>new page styles from selection</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sidehoveder; indsætte</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sidefødder; indsætte</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sidetypografier; ændre fra markering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>nye sidetypografier fra markering</bookmark_value>"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"hd_id3146875\n"
"21\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"change_header\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page\">Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"change_header\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp\" name=\"Oprettelse af en sidetypografi baseret på den aktuelle side\">Oprettelse af en sidetypografi baseret på den aktuelle side</link></variable>"

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3153584\n"
"22\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can design a page layout and then create a page style based on it."
msgstr "Du kan designe et sidelayout og derefter oprette en sidetypografi baseret på det."

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3154245\n"
"24\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For example, you can create a page style that displays a particular header, and another page style that displays a different header."
msgstr "For eksempel kan du oprette en sidetypografi, som viser et bestemt sidehoved, og en anden sidetypografi, som viser et andet sidehoved."

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3150503\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open a new text document, choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "Åbn et nyt tekstdokument, vælg <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph>, og klik så på ikonet <emph>Sidetypografier</emph>."

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3150532\n"
"27\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and select <emph>New Styles from Selection</emph> from the submenu."
msgstr "Klik på ikonet <emph>Ny typografi fra markeringen</emph> og marker <emph>Ny typografi fra markeringen</emph> fra undermenuen."

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3153153\n"
"31\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name for the page in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style name</item>               box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "Skriv et navn på siden i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Typografinavn</item> og klik så på <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3153184\n"
"32\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click the name in the list to apply the style to the current page."
msgstr "Dobbeltklik navnet på listen for at anvende typografien til den aktuelle side."

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3155541\n"
"33\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Header</emph>, and choose the new page style from the list."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Sidehoved</emph>, og vælg den nye sidetypografi fra listen."

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3155572\n"
"34\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the text that you want in the header. Position the cursor into the main text area outside of the header."
msgstr "Skriv den tekst, som du ønsker i sidehovedet. Placer markøren i hovedtekstområdet udenfor sidehovedet."

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3155592\n"
"25\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Manuelt skift</emph>."

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3147771\n"
"28\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>               area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Page break</item> and then select “Default” from the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item>               box."
msgstr "I området <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> skal du vælge <item type=\"menuitem\">Sideskift</item> og så vælge \"Standard\" fra feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>."

#: change_header.xhp
msgctxt ""
"change_header.xhp\n"
"par_id3147810\n"
"29\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeat steps 2-6 to create a second custom page style with a different header."
msgstr "Gentag trin 2-6 for at oprette en anden brugerdefineret sidetypografi med et andet sidehoved."

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Outline Numbering"
msgstr "Dispositionsnummerering"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147682\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>outlines;numbering</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting;heading numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>chapter numbering</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>headings; numbering/paragraph styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>numbering;headings</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>dispositioner;nummerering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slette;overskriftsnumre</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kapitelnummerering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>overskrifter; nummerering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>nummerering;overskrifter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>overskrifter; egne afsnitstypografier</bookmark_value>"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147682\n"
"22\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"chapter_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Outline Numbering\">Outline Numbering</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"chapter_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Dispositionsnummerering\">Dispositionsnummerering</link></variable>"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3155605\n"
"23\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can modify the heading hierarchy or assign a level in the hierarchy to a custom paragraph style. You can also add chapter and section numbering to heading paragraph styles. By default, the \"Heading 1\" paragraph style is at the top of the outline hierarchy."
msgstr "Du kan ændre overskriftshierarkiet eller tildele et niveau i hierarkiet til en brugerdefineret afsnitstypografi. Du kan også tilføje kapitel- og sektionsnummerering til typografier for afsnitsoverskrifter. Som standard er afsnitstypografien \"Overskrift 1\" øverst i dispositionshierarkiet."

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155626\n"
"35\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Add Automatic Numbering to a Heading Style"
msgstr "For at føje automatisk nummerering til en overskriftstypografi"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3154255\n"
"36\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Outline Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item>               tab."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner - Dispositionsnummerering</item>, og klik så på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering</item>."

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3155891\n"
"37\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paragraph Style</item>               box, select the heading style that you want to add chapter numbers to."
msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Afsnitstypografi</item> vælges den overskriftstypografi, som du vil føje kapitelnumre til."

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3150513\n"
"25\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the               <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbers</item> box, select the numbering style that you want to use, and then click               <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Tal</item> skal du vælge den nummereringstypografi, som du vil bruge, og så klikke på <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN107CE\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Remove Automatic Outline Numbering From a Heading Paragraph"
msgstr "For at fjerne automatisk dispositionsnummerering fra et overskriftsafsnit"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN107D5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click at the beginning of the text in the heading paragraph, after the number."
msgstr "Klik ved begyndelsen af teksten i overskriftsafsnittet, efter tallet."

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN107D9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press the <item type=\"keycode\">Backspace</item> key to delete the number."
msgstr "Tryk på <item type=\"keycode\">Backspace</item>-tasten for at slette tallet."

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155552\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Use a Custom Paragraph Style as a Heading"
msgstr "For at anvende en brugerdefineret afsnitstypografi som en overskrift"

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3155571\n"
"38\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Outline Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item>               tab."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner - Dispositionsnummerering</item>, og klik så på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering</item>."

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3147758\n"
"27\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the custom style in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box."
msgstr "Vælg den brugerdefinerede typografi i feltet <emph>Afsnitstypografi</emph>."

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3147782\n"
"39\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the heading level that you want to assign to the custom paragraph style in the               <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> list."
msgstr "Klik på overskriftsniveauet, som du ønsker at tildele til den brugerdefinerede afsnitstypografi, i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Niveau</item>."

#: chapter_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"chapter_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3147808\n"
"28\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Conditional Text"
msgstr "Betinget tekst"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155619\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>matching conditional text in fields</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>if-then queries as fields</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>conditional text; setting up</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; conditional text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;conditions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>opfyld betinget tekst i felter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hvis-så forespørgsler som felter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>betinget tekst; opsætning</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekst; betinget tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>definere;betingelser</bookmark_value>"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155619\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"conditional_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text\">Conditional Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"conditional_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp\" name=\"Betinget tekst\">Betinget tekst</link></variable>"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155879\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can set up fields in your document that display text when a condition that you define is met. For example, you can define the conditional text that is displayed in a series of reminder letters."
msgstr "Du kan konfigurere felter i dit dokument som viser tekst, når en betingelse, som du bestemmer, er opfyldt. For eksempel kan du definere den betingede tekst, som bliver vist i en række rykkerbreve."

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155895\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Setting up conditional text in this example is a two-part process. First you create a variable, and then you create the condition."
msgstr "Konfigurering af betinget tekst i dette eksempel er en to-delt proces. Først opretter du en variabel, derefter opretter du betingelsen."

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153175\n"
"61\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Define a Conditional Variable"
msgstr "For at definere en betinget af variabel"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3153185\n"
"62\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The first part of the example is to define a variable for the condition statement."
msgstr "Første del af eksemplet er at definere en variabel for betingelsessætningen."

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155566\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - Other</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Variables</item> tab."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Felter - Andre</item>, og klik så på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Variable</item>."

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3147759\n"
"9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Set variable\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>               list."
msgstr "Klik på \"Definer variabel\" i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>."

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3147784\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name for the variable in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box, for example <item type=\"literal\">Reminder</item>."
msgstr "Skriv et navn på variablen i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Navn</item>, for eksempel <item type=\"literal\">Påmindelse</item>."

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3147810\n"
"57\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Text\" in the               <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item> list."
msgstr "Klik på \"Tekst\" i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item>."

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id7748344\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter <item type=\"literal\">1</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Value</item> box, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>.<br/>The Format list now displays a \"General\" format."
msgstr "Indtast <item type=\"literal\">1</item> i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Værdi</item>, og klik så på <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt</item>.<br/>Listen Formater viser nu et \"Standard\" format."

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145645\n"
"63\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Define a Condition and the Conditional Text"
msgstr "For at definere en betingelse og den betingede tekst"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3145659\n"
"64\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The second part of the example is to define the condition that must be met, and to insert a placeholder for displaying the conditional text in your document."
msgstr "Den anden del af eksemplet er at definere den betingelse, der skal være opfyldt, og at indsætte en pladsholder til visning af den betingede tekst i dit dokument."

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3151193\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor where you want to insert the conditional text in your text."
msgstr "Placer markøren, hvor du vil indsætte den betingede tekst i din tekst."

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3151212\n"
"65\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - Other</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Felter - Andre</item>, og klik så på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner</item>."

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3151250\n"
"13\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Conditional text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>               list."
msgstr "Klik på \"Betinget tekst\" i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>."

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155936\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Reminder EQ \"3\"</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item>               box. In other words, the conditional text will be displayed when the variable in the field that you defined in the first part of this example is equal to three."
msgstr "Skriv <item type=\"literal\">Påmindelse EQ \"3\"</item> i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Betingelse</item>. Med andre ord vil den betingede tekst blive vist, når variablen i feltet, som du definerede i starten af dette eksempel, er lig med tre."

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155969\n"
"15\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The quotation marks enclosing the \"3\" indicate that the variable that you defined in the first part of this example is a text string."
msgstr "Anførselstegnene om \"3\" angiver at variablen, som du definerede i starten af dette eksempel, er en tekststreng."

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3150446\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the text that you want to display when the condition is met in the <emph>Then</emph> box. There is almost no limit to the length of the text that you can enter. You can paste a paragraph into this box."
msgstr "Skriv den tekst, som du vil vise, når betingelsen er opfyldt, i feltet <emph>Så</emph>. Der er næsten ingen grænse for længden af den tekst, som du kan indtaste. Du kan indsætte et afsnit i denne boks."

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3150473\n"
"17\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>Indsæt</emph>, og klik så på <emph>Luk</emph>."

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155073\n"
"66\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Display the Conditional Text"
msgstr "For at vise den betingede tekst"

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155086\n"
"67\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In this example, the conditional text is displayed when the value of the conditional variable is equal to 3."
msgstr "I dette eksempel vises den betingede tekst, når værdien af den betingede variabel er lig med 3."

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155110\n"
"19\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place your cursor in front of the field that you defined in the first part of this example, and then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>."
msgstr "Placer din markør foran feltet, som du definerede i starten af dette eksempel, og vælg så <emph>Rediger - Felter</emph>."

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155136\n"
"68\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Replace the number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Value</item>               box with 3, and then click               <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr "Erstat tallet i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Værdi</item> med 3, og klik så på <item type=\"menuitem\">Luk</item>."

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155168\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the field does not automatically update, press F9."
msgstr "Hvis feltet ikke automatisk opdateres, tryk på F9."

#: conditional_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3145714\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of conditional operators\">List of conditional operators</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"Liste over betingelsesoperatorer\">Liste over betingelsesoperatorer</link>"

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Conditional Text for Page Counts"
msgstr "Betinget tekst til sideantal"

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"bm_id3153108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>page counts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>conditional text;page counts</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sideantal</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>betinget tekst; sideantal</bookmark_value>"

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153108\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"conditional_text2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp\" name=\"Conditional Text for Page Counts\">Conditional Text for Page Counts</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"conditional_text2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp\" name=\"Betinget tekst til sideantal\">Betinget tekst til sideantal</link></variable>"

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3156228\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can create a conditional text field that displays the word \"pages\" instead of \"page\" in conjunction with a page count field if your document contains more than one page."
msgstr "Du kan oprette et betinget tekstfelt, som viser ordet \"sider\" i stedet for \"side\" i forbindelse med et sideantalsfelt, hvis dit dokument indeholder mere end én side."

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3156257\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the page count."
msgstr "Placer markøren i dit dokument, der hvor du vil indsætte sideantallet."

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3150513\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - Page Count</item>, and then enter a space."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Felter - Sideantal</item>, og indtast så et mellemrum."

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3150537\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - Other</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Felter - Andre</item>, og klik så på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner</item>."

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3153166\n"
"9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Conditional text\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>               list."
msgstr "Klik på \"Betinget tekst\" i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>."

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3145256\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Page > 1</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box."
msgstr "Skriv <item type=\"literal\">Side > 1</item> i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Betingelse</item>."

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3145280\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Pages</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Then</item> box."
msgstr "Skriv <item type=\"literal\">Sider</item> i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Så</item>."

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3145305\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type <item type=\"literal\">Page</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Else</item> box."
msgstr "Skriv <item type=\"literal\">Side</item> i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Ellers</item>."

#: conditional_text2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"conditional_text2.xhp\n"
"par_id3155535\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>Indsæt</emph>, og klik så på <emph>Luk</emph>."

#: delete_from_dict.xhp
msgctxt ""
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary"
msgstr "Fjerne ord fra en brugerdefineret ordbog"

#: delete_from_dict.xhp
msgctxt ""
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>user-defined dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>custom dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting;words in user-defined dictionaries</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>brugerordbøger; fjerne ord fra</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tilpassede ordbøger; fjerne ord fra</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fjerne;ord i brugerordbøger</bookmark_value>"

#: delete_from_dict.xhp
msgctxt ""
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147688\n"
"13\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"delete_from_dict\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp\" name=\"Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary\">Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"delete_from_dict\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp\" name=\"Fjernelse af ord fra en brugerdefineret ordbog\">Fjernelse af ord fra en brugerdefineret ordbog</link></variable>"

#: delete_from_dict.xhp
msgctxt ""
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
"par_id3153417\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - Sprogindstillinger - Skrivehjælp</emph>."

#: delete_from_dict.xhp
msgctxt ""
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
"par_id3151391\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit in the <item type=\"menuitem\">User-defined</item>               list, and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit</item>."
msgstr "Vælg den brugerdefinerede ordbog, som du vil redigere, i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Brugerdefineret</item>, og klik så på <item type=\"menuitem\">Rediger</item>."

#: delete_from_dict.xhp
msgctxt ""
"delete_from_dict.xhp\n"
"par_id3154233\n"
"17\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the word that you want to delete in the <emph>Word</emph> list, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg det ord, som du vil slette, i listen <emph>Ord</emph>, og klik så på <emph>Slet</emph>."

#: dragdroptext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moving and Copying Text in Documents"
msgstr "Flytning og kopiering af tekst i dokumenter"

#: dragdroptext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155919\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections;moving and copying</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>moving; text sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>copying; text sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pasting;cut/copied text sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>mouse;moving and copying text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sektioner; flytte og kopiere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>flytte; tekstsektioner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kopiere; tekstsektioner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indsætte;udklippede/kopierede tekstsektioner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>mus;flytte og kopiere tekst</bookmark_value>"

#: dragdroptext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155919\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"dragdroptext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp\" name=\"Moving and Copying Text in Documents\">Moving and Copying Text in Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"dragdroptext\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp\" name=\"Flytning og kopiering af tekst i dokumenter\">Flytning og kopiering af tekst i dokumenter</link></variable>"

#: dragdroptext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
"par_id3152994\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to move or copy."
msgstr "Vælg den tekst, som du vil flytte eller kopiere."

#: dragdroptext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
"par_id3155606\n"
"21\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gør et af følgende:"

#: dragdroptext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
"par_id3154236\n"
"13\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To move the selected text, drag the text to a different location in the document and release. While you drag, the mouse pointer changes to include a gray box.<br/><image id=\"img_id3153148\" src=\"res/helpimg/movedata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153148\">Mouse cursor moving data</alt></image>"
msgstr "For at flytte den markerede tekst, træk teksten til et andet sted i dokumentet og slip. Mens du trækker, ændres musemarkøren til at indeholde en grå kasse.<br/><image id=\"img_id3153148\" src=\"res/helpimg/movedata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153148\">Musemarkør ved flytning af data</alt></image>"

#: dragdroptext.xhp
msgctxt ""
"dragdroptext.xhp\n"
"par_id3154257\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To copy the selected text, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you drag. The mouse pointer changes to include a plus sign (+).<br/><image id=\"img_id3152868\" src=\"res/helpimg/copydata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152868\">Mouse cursor copying data</alt></image>"
msgstr "For at kopiere den markerede tekst, skal du holde <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> nede, mens du trækker. Musemarkøren ændrer sig til at indeholde et plustegn (+).<br/><image id=\"img_id3152868\" src=\"res/helpimg/copydata.png\" width=\"0.3335in\" height=\"0.3335in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3152868\">Musemarkør ved kopiering af data</alt></image>"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages"
msgstr "Skiftende sidetypografier på ulige og lige sider"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"bm_id3153407\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles; left and right pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>blank pages with alternating page styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>empty page with alternating page styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages; left and right pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting; even/odd pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>title pages; page styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>First Page page style</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Left Page page style</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>right pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>even/odd pages;formatting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sidetypografier; venstre- og højresider</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>blanke sider med skiftende sidetypografier</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tom side med skiftende sidetypografier</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sider; venstre- og højresider</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatering; lige/ulige sider</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>titelsider; sidetypografier</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Første sides sidetypografi</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Venstreside sidetypografi</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>højresider</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lige/ulige sider:formatering</bookmark_value>"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153407\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"even_odd_sdw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp\" name=\"Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages\">Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"even_odd_sdw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp\" name=\"Skiftende sidetypografier på ulige og lige sider\">Skiftende sidetypografier på ulige og lige sider</link></variable>"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3154265\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3155876\" src=\"cmd/sc_designerdialog.png\" width=\"0.1862in\" height=\"0.1862in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155876\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3155876\" src=\"cmd/sc_designerdialog.png\" width=\"0.1862in\" height=\"0.1862in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155876\">Ikon</alt></image>"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3147126\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] can automatically apply alternating page styles on even (left) and odd pages (right) in your document. For example, you can use page styles to display different headers and footers on even and odd pages. The current page style is displayed in the <emph>Status Bar</emph> at the bottom of the workplace."
msgstr "$[officename] kan automatisk anvende skiftende sidetypografier på lige (venstre) og ulige sider (højre) i dit dokument. Du kan for eksempel bruge sidetypografier til at vise forskellige sidehoveder og -fødder på lige og ulige sider. Den aktuelle sidetypografi vises i <emph>Statuslinjen</emph> nederst i arbejdsområdet."

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"hd_id8194219\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set Up Alternating Page Styles"
msgstr "For at definere skiftende sidetypografier"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3150526\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item>               icon."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Typografier og formatering</item>, og klik så på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidetypografier</item>."

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3153153\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click \"Left Page\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "I listen af sidetypografier, højreklik på \"Venstre side\" og vælg <emph>Modificer</emph>."

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3153179\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab."
msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <emph>Administration</emph>."

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3145267\n"
"17\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select \"Right Page\" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg \"Højre side\" i feltet <emph>Næste typografi</emph>, og klik så på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3145299\n"
"9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click \"Right Page\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "I listen over sidetypografier, højreklik på \"Højre side\" og vælg <emph>Modificer</emph>."

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3155529\n"
"18\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select \"Left Page\" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg \"Venstre side\" i feltet <emph>Næste typografi</emph>, og klik så på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3155561\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Go to the first page in your document, and double-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles in the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr "Gå til den første side i dit dokument, og dobbeltklik \"Højre side\" på listen af sidetypografier i vinduet Typografier og formatering."

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3155588\n"
"19\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add a header to one of the page styles, choose         <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the header to. In the header frame, type the text that you want to use as the header."
msgstr "For at føje et sidehoved til én af sidetypografierne, skal du vælge <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Sidehoved</item>, og så vælge den sidetypografi, som du vil føje sidehovedet til. Skriv den tekst, som du vil bruge som sidehoved, i sidehovedets ramme."

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3147772\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add a footer to one of the page styles, choose         <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Footer</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the footer to. In the footer frame, type the text that you want to use as a footer."
msgstr "For at føje en sidefod til én af sidetypografierne, skal du vælge <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Sidefod</item>, og så vælge den sidetypografi, som du vil føje sidefoden til. Skriv den tekst, som du vil bruge som sidefod, i sidefodens ramme."

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3147254\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you do not want to have a header or a footer on the title page of your document, apply the \"First Page\" style to the title page."
msgstr "Hvis du ikke vil have et sidehoved eller en sidefod på titelsiden i dit dokument, skal du anvende typografien \"Første Side\" til titelsiden."

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"hd_id888698\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Suppress the Printout of Empty Pages"
msgstr "For at undertrykke udskrift af tomme sider"

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3394573\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If two even or two odd pages directly follow each other in your document, Writer will insert an empty page by default. You can suppress those automatically generated empty pages from printing and from exporting to PDF."
msgstr "Hvis to lige eller to ulige sider følger umiddelbart efter hinanden i dit dokument, vil Writer som standard indsætte en tom side. Du kan undertrykke disse automatisk genererede tomme sider ved udskrivning og ved eksport til PDF."

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id7594225\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Udskriv</emph>."

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id8147221\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Remove the check mark from <emph>Print automatically inserted blank pages</emph>."
msgstr "Ryd feltet <emph>Udskriv automatisk indsatte tomme sider</emph>."

#: even_odd_sdw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"even_odd_sdw.xhp\n"
"par_id3145596\n"
"13\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\">Insert Break dialog</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Dialogen Indsæt skift\">Dialogen Indsæt skift</link>"

#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Converting a Field into Text"
msgstr "Konvertering af et felt til tekst"

#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154079\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>fields; converting into text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>converting;fields, into text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>replacing;fields, by text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing;fields, into text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>felter; konvertere til tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>konvertere;felter, til tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>erstatte;felter, med tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>ændre;felter, til tekst</bookmark_value>"

#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154079\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"field_convert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp\" name=\"Converting a Field into Text\">Converting a Field into Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"field_convert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp\" name=\"Konvertering af et felt til tekst\">Konvertering af et felt til tekst</link></variable>"

#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149281\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can change a field to regular text, so that it is no longer updated. After you change a field to text, you cannot change the text back into a field."
msgstr "Du kan ændre et felt til regulær tekst, så det ikke længere bliver opdateret. Når du har ændret et felt til tekst, kan du ikke ændre teksten tilbage til felt."

#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"par_id3155608\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the field and choose <emph>Edit - Cut</emph>."
msgstr "Marker feltet og vælg <emph>Rediger - Klip</emph>."

#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154238\n"
"9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Rediger - Indsæt speciel</emph>."

#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154262\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Unformatted text\" in the               <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item> list, and then click               <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "Klik \"Uformateret tekst\" i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Udvalg</item>, og klik så på <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."

#: field_convert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"field_convert.xhp\n"
"par_id3157551\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02070000.xhp\" name=\"Paste Special\">Paste Special</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02070000.xhp\" name=\"Indsæt speciel\">Indsæt speciel</link>"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "About Fields"
msgstr "Om felter"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145576\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>fields;updating/viewing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>updating;fields</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Help tips;fields</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>properties;fields</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>disabling;field highlighting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing;field shadings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>viewing;fields</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>felter;opdatere/vise</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opdatere;felter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hjælpetips;felter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>egenskaber;felter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deaktivere;feltfremhævelse</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ændre;feltskygger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vise;felter</bookmark_value>"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145576\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"fields\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"About Fields\">About Fields</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"fields\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"Om felter\">Om felter</link></variable>"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3154246\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Fields are used for data that changes in a document, such as the current date or the total number of pages in a document."
msgstr "Felter bruges til data, der ændres i et dokument såsom dags dato eller det totale antal sider i et dokument."

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154262\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Viewing Fields"
msgstr "Visning af felter"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3150509\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Fields consist of a field name and the field content. To switch the field display between the field name or the field content, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp\" name=\"View - Fields\"><emph>View - Field Names</emph></link>."
msgstr "Felter består af et feltnavn og feltindholdet. Hvis du vil skifte visningen af feltet mellem feltnavnet eller feltindholdet, skal du vælge <link href=\"text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp\" name=\"View - Fields\"><emph>Vis - Feltnavne</emph></link>."

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3150536\n"
"195\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To display or hide field highlighting in a document, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph>. To permanently disable this feature, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - $[officename] - Appearance</emph>, and clear the check box in front of <emph>Field shadings</emph>."
msgstr "For at vise eller skjule fremhævelse af felter i et dokument, skal du vælge <emph>Vis - Feltskygger</emph>. For permanent at deaktivere denne funktionalitet, vælg <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - $[officename] - Udseende</emph>, og ryd afkrydsningsfeltet foran <emph>Feltskygger</emph>."

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3152885\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the color of field shadings, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp\" name=\"$[officename] - Appearance\"><item type=\"menuitem\">$[officename] - Appearance</item></link></emph>, locate the <item type=\"menuitem\">Field shadings</item> option, and then select a different color in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Color setting</item> box."
msgstr "For at ændre farven på feltskygger, vælg <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Options - $[officename] - Appearance\"><item type=\"menuitem\">$[officename] - Udseende</item></link></emph>, find indstillingen <item type=\"menuitem\">Feltskygger</item>, og vælg så en anden farve i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Farve</item>."

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153166\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Field Properties"
msgstr "Feltegenskaber"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3153180\n"
"181\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Most field types in a document, including database fields, store and display variable values."
msgstr "De fleste felttyper i et dokument, herunder databasefelter, lagrer og viser variable værdier."

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3155533\n"
"182\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The following field types execute an action when you click the field:"
msgstr "Følgende felttyper udfører en handling, når du klikker på feltet:"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3155582\n"
"183\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Field Type"
msgstr "Felttype"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3147760\n"
"184\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Property"
msgstr "Egenskab"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3147789\n"
"185\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Placeholder"
msgstr "Pladsholder"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3147812\n"
"186\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Opens a dialog to insert the object for which the placeholder was set."
msgstr "Åbner en dialog for at indsætte objektet for hvilken pladsholderen var sat."

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3147216\n"
"187\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Insert Reference"
msgstr "Indsæt henvisning"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3147239\n"
"188\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the mouse pointer to the reference."
msgstr "Flytter musemarkøren til henvisningen."

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3147267\n"
"189\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Run macro"
msgstr "Udfør makro"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3147290\n"
"190\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Runs a macro."
msgstr "Udfører en makro."

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3145614\n"
"191\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Input Field"
msgstr "Indtastningsfelt"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3145637\n"
"192\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Opens a dialog to edit the contents of the field."
msgstr "Åbner en dialog til at redigere feltets indhold."

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3151244\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Placeholder, hidden text, insert reference, variable, database, and user-defined fields display a help tip when you rest the mouse pointer over the field in a document. To enable this feature, ensure that the Extended Tipsoption (<item type=\"menuitem\">What's This?</item>) is selected in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Help</item> menu."
msgstr "Pladsholdere, skjult tekst, indsæt reference, variabel, database og brugerdefinerede felter viser et hjælpetip, når du lader musemarkøren blive over feltet i et dokument. For at aktivere denne funktionalitet, vær sikker på at indstillingen Udvidede tips (<item type=\"menuitem\">Hvad er dette?</item>) er valgt i menuen <item type=\"menuitem\">Hjælp</item>."

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155937\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Updating Fields"
msgstr "Opdatering af felter"

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3155963\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To update all of the fields in a document, press F9, or choose <emph>Edit - Select All</emph>, and then press F9."
msgstr "For at opdatere alle felter i et dokument, tryk på F9, eller vælg <emph>Rediger - Marker alt</emph>, og tryk så på F9."

#: fields.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields.xhp\n"
"par_id3155984\n"
"13\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To update a field that was inserted from a database, select the field, and then press F9."
msgstr "For at opdatere et felt, der var indsat fra en database, marker feltet, og tryk så på F9."

#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field"
msgstr "Indsættelse af et fast eller variabelt datofelt"

#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"bm_id5111545\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;date fields</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>dates;inserting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>date fields;fixed/variable</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>fixed dates</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>variable dates</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>indsætte;datofelter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>datoer;indsætte</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>datofelter;indsætte</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>faste datoer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>variable datoer</bookmark_value>"

#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155165\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"fields_date\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field\">Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"fields_date\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp\" name=\"Indsættelse af et fast eller variabelt datofelt\">Indsættelse af et fast eller variabelt datofelt</link></variable>"

#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"par_id3154491\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert the current date as a field that updates each time you open the document, or as a field that does not update."
msgstr "Du kan indsætte den aktuelle dato som et felt, der opdateres hver gang du åbner dokumentet, eller som et felt der ikke opdateres."

#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"par_id3147679\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and click the <emph>Document</emph> tab."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Felter - Andre</emph> og klik på fanebladet <emph>Dokument</emph>."

#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"par_id3153415\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click “Date” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>               list and do one of the following:"
msgstr "Klik 'Dato' i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> og gør et af følgende:"

#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"par_id3155602\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert the date as a field that updates each time you open the document, click ”Date” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Select</item>               list."
msgstr "For at indsætte datoen som et felt, der opdateres hver gang du åbner dokumentet, klik 'Dato' i listen<item type=\"menuitem\">Udvalg</item>."

#: fields_date.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_date.xhp\n"
"par_id3154241\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert the date as a field that does not update, click “Date (fixed)” in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Select</item>               list."
msgstr "For at indsætte datoen som et felt, der ikke opdateres, klik 'Dato (fast)' i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Udvalg</item>."

#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adding Input Fields"
msgstr "Tilføjelse af indtastningsfelter"

#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155916\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; input fields</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>fields; input fields in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>input fields in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;input fields</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; indtastningsfelter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>felter; indtastningsfelter i tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indtastningsfelter i tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indsætte;indtastningsfelter</bookmark_value>"

#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155916\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"fields_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp\" name=\"Adding Input Fields\">Adding Input Fields</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"fields_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp\" name=\"Adding Input Fields\">Tilføjelse af indtastningsfelter</link> </variable>"

#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3153409\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "An input field is a variable that you can click in a document to open a dialog where you can edit the variable."
msgstr "Et indtastningsfelt er en variabel, som du kan klikke på i et dokument for at åbne en dialog, hvor du kan redigere variablen."

#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3145776\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - Other</item>               and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Functions</item> tab."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Felter - Andre</item> og klik på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner</item>."

#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3155620\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click “Input field”in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list."
msgstr "Klik på \"Indtastningsfelt\" i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>."

#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3154257\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>               and type the text for the variable."
msgstr "Klik på <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt</item> og skriv teksten for variablen."

#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3155888\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: fields_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150708\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly open all input fields in a document for editing, press Ctrl+Shift+F9."
msgstr "For hurtigt at åbne alle indtastningsfelter i et dokument for redigering, tryk Ctrl+Skift+F9."

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions"
msgstr "Forespørgsel på brugerdata i felter eller betingelser"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"bm_id3153398\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>fields; user data</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>user data; querying</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>conditions; user data fields</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hiding;text, from specific users</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; hiding from specific users, with conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>user variables in conditions/fields</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>felter; brugerdata</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>brugerdata; forespørge</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>betingelser; brugerdatafelter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>skjule;tekst, for specifikke brugere</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekst; skjule for specifikke brugere, med betingelser</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>brugervariable i betingelser/felter</bookmark_value>"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153398\n"
"59\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"fields_userdata\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp\" name=\"Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions\">Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"fields_userdata\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp\" name=\"Forespørgsel på brugerdata i felter eller betingelser\">Forespørgsel på brugerdata i felter eller betingelser</link></variable>"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3154239\n"
"60\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can access and compare some user data from conditions or fields. For example, you can compare user data with the following operators:"
msgstr "Du kan tilgå og sammenligne nogle brugerdata fra betingelser eller felter. For eksempel kan du sammenligne brugerdata med følgende operatorer:"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3155889\n"
"94\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Operator"
msgstr "Operator"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147110\n"
"95\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr "Betydning"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3150508\n"
"96\n"
"help.text"
msgid "== or EQ"
msgstr "== eller EQ"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3150531\n"
"97\n"
"help.text"
msgid "equals"
msgstr "er lig med"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3150725\n"
"98\n"
"help.text"
msgid "!= or NEQ"
msgstr "!= eller NEQ"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3150748\n"
"99\n"
"help.text"
msgid "is not equal to"
msgstr "er forskellig fra"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3153167\n"
"101\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want, you can use a condition to hide specific text in your document from a specific user."
msgstr "Du kan også bruge en betingelse til at skjule tekst for en bestemt bruger i dit dokument."

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3153190\n"
"102\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text in the document that you want to hide."
msgstr "Marker den tekst du vil skjule i dokumentet."

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145273\n"
"103\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Sektion</emph>."

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145297\n"
"104\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item>               area, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> check box."
msgstr "I området <item type=\"menuitem\">Skjul</item>, markeres afkrydsningsfeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Skjul</item>."

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3155533\n"
"105\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>With Condition</emph> box, type <emph>user_lastname == \"Doe\"</emph>, where \"Doe\" is the last name of the user that you want to hide the text from."
msgstr "I området <emph>Med betingelse</emph>, indtastes <emph>user_lastname == \"Jensen\"</emph>, hvor \"Jensen\" er efternavnet på den bruger, hvis tekst du vil skjule."

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3155573\n"
"107\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then save the document."
msgstr "Klik <emph>Indsæt</emph> og gem så dokumentet."

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147760\n"
"108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The name of the hidden section can still be seen in the Navigator."
msgstr "Navnet på den skjulte sektion kan stadig ses i Navigatoren."

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147777\n"
"61\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The following table is a list of the user variables that you can access when defining a condition or a field:"
msgstr "Den følgende tabel er en liste over de brugervariable, som kan bruges til at definere en betingelse eller et felt:"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147819\n"
"62\n"
"help.text"
msgid "User variables"
msgstr "Brugervariable"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147218\n"
"63\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Meaning"
msgstr "Betydning"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147245\n"
"64\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_firstname"
msgstr "user_firstname"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147268\n"
"65\n"
"help.text"
msgid "First name"
msgstr "Fornavn"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145592\n"
"66\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_lastname"
msgstr "user_lastname"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145615\n"
"67\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Last name"
msgstr "Efternavn"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145642\n"
"68\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_initials"
msgstr "user_initials"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145666\n"
"69\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Initials"
msgstr "Initialer"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3151200\n"
"70\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_company"
msgstr "user_company"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3151223\n"
"71\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Company"
msgstr "Firma"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3151250\n"
"72\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_street"
msgstr "user_street"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3152912\n"
"73\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Street"
msgstr "Gade"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3152940\n"
"74\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_country"
msgstr "user_country"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3152963\n"
"75\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Country"
msgstr "Land"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3152990\n"
"76\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_zipcode"
msgstr "user_zipcode"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145679\n"
"77\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Zip Code"
msgstr "Postnummer"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145706\n"
"78\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_city"
msgstr "user_city"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145729\n"
"79\n"
"help.text"
msgid "City"
msgstr "By"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145756\n"
"80\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_title"
msgstr "user_title"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3145779\n"
"81\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Title"
msgstr "Titel"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3156284\n"
"82\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_position"
msgstr "user_position"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3156307\n"
"83\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Position"
msgstr "Stilling"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3156334\n"
"84\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_tel_work"
msgstr "user_tel_work"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3156357\n"
"85\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Business telephone number"
msgstr "Arbejdsrelateret telefonnummer"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3156384\n"
"86\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_tel_home"
msgstr "user_tel_home"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3149728\n"
"87\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Home telephone number"
msgstr "Hjemmetelefonnummer"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3149756\n"
"88\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_fax"
msgstr "user_fax"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3149778\n"
"89\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Fax number"
msgstr "Faxnummer"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3149806\n"
"90\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_email"
msgstr "user_email"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147294\n"
"91\n"
"help.text"
msgid "E-mail address"
msgstr "E-mail-adresse"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147321\n"
"92\n"
"help.text"
msgid "user_state"
msgstr "user_state"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147344\n"
"93\n"
"help.text"
msgid "State"
msgstr "Delstat"

#: fields_userdata.xhp
msgctxt ""
"fields_userdata.xhp\n"
"par_id3147392\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of operators\">List of operators</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"Liste over operatorer\">Liste over operatorer</link>"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Finding and Replacing in Writer"
msgstr "Søg og erstat i Writer"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"bm_id1163670\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>finding; text/text formats/styles/objects</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>replacing; text and text formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>styles;finding</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>searching, see also finding</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>text formats; finding</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>formats; finding and replacing</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>searching; formats</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>objects;finding by Navigator</bookmark_value>         <bookmark_value>Asian languages;search options</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>finde; tekst/tekstformater/typografier/objekter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>erstatte; tekst og tekstformater</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>typografier;søge</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>søge, se også finde</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstformater; søge</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formater; søge og erstatte</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>søge; formater</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objekter;søge med Navigator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Asiatiske sprog;søgeindstillinger</bookmark_value>"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"hd_id8568681\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"finding\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp\">Finding and Replacing in Writer</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"finding\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp\">Søg og erstat i Writer</link></variable>"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id611285\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In text documents you can find words, formatting, styles, and more. You can navigate from one result to the next, or you can highlight all results at once, then apply another format or replace the words by other text."
msgstr "I tekstdokumenter kan du finde ord, formateringer, typografier med mere. Du kan navigere fra et resultat til næste, eller du kan fremhæve alle resultater på en gang og dernæst anvende et andet format eller erstatte ordene med en anden tekst."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"hd_id6226081\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The Find & Replace dialog"
msgstr "Dialogen Søg og erstat"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id6702780\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To find text within the whole document, open the Find & Replace dialog without any active text selection. If you want to search only a part of your document, first select that part of text, then open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr "For at finde tekst indenfor hele dokumentet, åbn dialogen Søg og erstat uden en aktivt tekstmarkering. Hvis du kun vil søge i en del af dit dokument, marker først den del af teksten, åbn så dialogen Søg og erstat."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"hd_id3158970\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Find Text"
msgstr "For at søge efter tekst"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id6957304\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Rediger - Søg og erstat</emph> for at åbne dialogen Søg og erstat."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id2164677\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter the text to find in the <emph>Search for</emph> text box."
msgstr "Indtast teksten der skal findes i tekstboksen <emph>Søg efter</emph>."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id5684072\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Either click <emph>Find</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>."
msgstr "Klik enten på <emph>Søg</emph> eller <emph>Søg alle</emph>."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id4377269\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you click <emph>Find</emph>, Writer will show you the next text that is equal to your entry. You can watch and edit the text, then click <emph>Find</emph> again to advance to the next found text."
msgstr "Når du klikker på <emph>Søg</emph>, vil Writer vise den næste tekst som er lig med din indtastning. Du kan se og redigere teksten, og så klikke på <emph>Søg</emph> igen for at rykke frem til næste fundne tekst."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id1371807\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you closed the dialog, you can press a key combination (Ctrl+Shift+F) to find the next text without opening the dialog."
msgstr "Hvis du har lukket dialogen, kan du trykke  tastekombination (Ctrl+Ryk+F) for at søge den næste tekst uden at åbne dialogen."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id924100\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Alternatively, you can use the icons at the lower right of the document to navigate to the next text or to any other object in the document."
msgstr "Alternativt kan du bruge ikonerne nederst til højre i dokumentet for at navigere til næste tekst eller til ethvert andet objekt i dokumentet."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id9359416\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you click <item type=\"menuitem\">Find All</item>, Writer selects all text that is equal to your entry. Now you can for example set all found text to bold, or apply a character style to all at once."
msgstr "Når du klikker på <item type=\"menuitem\">Søg alle</item>, markerer Writer al den tekst, som er lig med din indtastning. Nu kan du for eksempel sætte al fundet tekst til fed eller anvende en tegntypografi til hele teksten på en gang."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"hd_id5891598\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Replace Text"
msgstr "For at erstatte test"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id1780755\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Unlike searching text, replacing text cannot be restricted to the current selection only."
msgstr "Til forskel fra søgning af tekst, kan erstat tekst ikke begrænses til kun den aktuelle markering."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id2467421\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr "Vælg Rediger - Søg og erstat for at åbne dialogen Søg og erstat."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id4286935\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter the text to search in the <emph>Search for </emph>text box."
msgstr "Indtast teksten, som du vil søge efter, i tekstfeltet <emph>Søg efter </emph>."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id9959410\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter the text to replace the found text in the <emph>Replace with</emph> text box."
msgstr "Indtast teksten, som skal erstatte den fundne tekst, i tekstfeltet <emph>Erstat med</emph>."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id24109\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Either click <emph>Replace</emph> or <emph>Replace All</emph>."
msgstr "Klik enten på <emph>Erstat</emph> eller <emph>Erstat alle</emph>."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id703451\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you click <emph>Replace</emph>, Writer will search the whole document for the text in the <emph>Search for</emph> box, starting at the current cursor position. When text is found, Writer highlights the text and waits for your response. Click <emph>Replace</emph> to replace the highlighted text in the document with the text in the <emph>Replace with</emph> text box. Click <emph>Find</emph> to advance to the next found text without replacing the current selection."
msgstr "Når du klikker på <emph>Erstat</emph>, vil Writer søge i hele dokumentet efter teksten i tekstboksen <emph>Søg efter</emph>, startende ved markørens aktuelle placering. Når teksten bliver fundet, fremhæver Writer teksten og venter på din respons. Klik på <emph>Erstat</emph> for at erstatte den fremhævede tekst i dokumentet med teksten i tekstboksen <emph>Erstat med</emph>. Klik på <emph>Søg</emph> for at rykke frem til den næste fundne tekst uden at erstatte den aktuelle markering."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id7540818\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you click <emph>Replace All</emph>, Writer replaces all text that matches your entry."
msgstr "Når du klikker på <emph>Erstat alle</emph>, erstatter Writer al tekst som svarer til din indtastning."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"hd_id9908444\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Find Styles"
msgstr "For at søge efter typografier"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id8413953\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You want to find all text in your document to which a certain Paragraph Style is assigned, for example the \"Heading 2\" style."
msgstr "Du vil søge efter al tekst i dit dokument som er tildelt en bestemt afsnitstypografi, foreksempel typografien \"Overskrift 2\"."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id2696920\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr "Vælg Rediger - Søg og erstat for at åbne dialogen Søg og erstat."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id896938\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialog."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>Flere Indstillinger</emph> for at udvide dialogen."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id9147007\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Check <item type=\"menuitem\">Search for Styles</item>.<br/>The <item type=\"menuitem\">Search for</item> text box now is a list box, where you can select any of the Paragraph Styles that are applied in the current document."
msgstr "Afkryds <item type=\"menuitem\">Søg efter Typografier</item>.<br/>Tekstfeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Søg efter</item> er nu en rulleliste, hvor du kan vælge blandt de afsnitstypografier der er brugt i det aktuelle dokument."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id679342\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the style to search for, then click <emph>Find</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>."
msgstr "Marker typografien der skal søges efter, og klik så på <emph>Søg</emph> eller <emph>Søg alle</emph>."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"hd_id3231299\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Find Formats"
msgstr "For at søge efter formater"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id8087405\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You want to find all text in your document to which a certain direct character formatting is assigned."
msgstr "Du vil søge efter al tekst i dit dokument som har tildelt en bestemt direkte tegnformatering."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id3406170\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Finding formats only finds direct character attributes, it does not find attributes applied as part of a style."
msgstr "Søgning efter formater finder kun direkte tegnattributter og ikke attributter, der er anvendt som en del af en typografi."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id2448805\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog."
msgstr "Vælg Rediger - Søg og erstat for at åbne dialogen Søg og erstat."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id4542985\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialog."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>Flere Indstillinger</emph> for at udvide dialogen."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id4679403\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Format</emph> button."
msgstr "Klik på knappen <emph>Formater</emph>."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id7783745\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Find</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>Søg</emph> eller <emph>Søg alle</emph>."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id5597094\n"
"help.text"
msgid "More options"
msgstr "Flere indstillinger"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id9919431\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The similarity search can find text that is almost the same as your search text. You can set the number of characters that are allowed to differ."
msgstr "Søg lignende kan finde tekst, der er næsten den samme som den tekst, du angiver. Du kan specificere det antal tegn, som søgeresultatet må afvige."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id8533280\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Check the <emph>Similarity search</emph> option and optionally click the <emph>...</emph> button to change the settings. (Setting all three numbers to 1 works fine for English text.)"
msgstr "Marker <emph>Søg lignende</emph> og klik eventuelt på knappen <emph>...</emph> for at ændre indstillingerne. (Det fungerer fint for dansk tekst at sætte alle tre tal til 1.)"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id4646748\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you have enabled Asian language support under <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>, the Find & Replace dialog offers options to search Asian text."
msgstr "Når du har aktiveret understøttelse af asiatiske sprog under <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - Sprogindstillinger - Sprog</emph>, har dialogen Søg og erstat indstillinger til at søge i asiatisk tekst."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"hd_id2489394\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The Navigator"
msgstr "Navigatoren"

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id9934385\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The Navigator is the main tool for finding and selecting objects. You can also use the Navigator to move and arrange chapters, providing an outline view to your document."
msgstr "Navigatoren er hovedværktøjet til at søge og vælge objekter. Du kan også bruge Navigatoren til at flytte og arrangere kapitler og til at lave en dispositionsvisning af dit dokument."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id4159062\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Navigator</emph> to open the Navigator window."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Vis - Navigator</emph> for at åbne Navigatorvinduet."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id7421796\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the Navigator for inserting objects, links and references within the same document or from other open documents. See the <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\">Navigator</link> guide for more information."
msgstr "Brug Navigatoren til at indsætte objekter, kæder og henvisninger indenfor samme dokument eller fra andre åbne dokumenter. Se <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\">Navigator</link>guiden for yderligere information."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id6417432\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the icon with the blue circle at the bottom right part of your document to open the small <emph>Navigation</emph> window."
msgstr "Klik på ikonet med den blå cirkel nederst til højre i dit dokument for at åbne det lille vindue <emph>Navigation</emph>."

#: finding.xhp
msgctxt ""
"finding.xhp\n"
"par_id4639728\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the small Navigation window to quickly jump to the next object or find the next text in your document."
msgstr "Brug det lille vindue Navigation til hurtigt at gå til næste objekt eller finde den næste tekst i dit dokument."

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages"
msgstr "Indsættelse af sidetal på efterfølgende sider"

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145819\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>pages; continuation pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>next page number in footers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>continuation pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>page numbers; continuation pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sider; efterfølgende sider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>næste sidetal i sidefødder</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>efterfølgende sider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sidetal; efterfølgende sider</bookmark_value>"

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145819\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"footer_nextpage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages\">Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"footer_nextpage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp\" name=\"Indsættelse af sidetal på efterfølgende sider\">Indsættelse af sidetal på efterfølgende sider</link></variable>"

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3154242\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can easily insert the page number of the next page in a footer by using a field."
msgstr "Du kan let indsætte sidetallet for den næste side i en sidefod ved at bruge et felt."

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3154256\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The page number is only displayed if the following page exists."
msgstr "Sidetallet vises kun, hvis den efterfølgende side eksisterer."

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3155886\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Sidefod</emph> og vælg den sidetypografi, som du vil føje sidefoden til."

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3147109\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the footer and choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph>."
msgstr "Placer markøren i sidefoden og vælg <emph>Indsæt - Felter - Andre</emph>."

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3147134\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Fields</emph> dialog, click the <emph>Document</emph> tab."
msgstr "I dialogen <emph>Felter</emph>, klik på fanebladet <emph>Dokument</emph>."

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150955\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click 'Page' in the <emph>Type</emph> list and 'Next page' in the <emph>Select</emph> list."
msgstr "Klik 'Side' fra listen <emph>Type</emph> og 'Næste side' fra listen <emph>Udvalg</emph>."

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150517\n"
"9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click a numbering style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item>               list."
msgstr "Vælg en nummereringstypografi fra listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item>."

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150537\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you select 'Text' in the <emph>Format</emph> list, only the text that you enter in the <emph>Value</emph> box is displayed in the field."
msgstr "Hvis du vælger 'Tekst' i listen <emph>Format</emph>, vil kun den tekst, du indtaster i feltet <emph>Værdi</emph> blive vist i feltet."

#: footer_nextpage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_nextpage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150727\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> to insert the field with the page number."
msgstr "Klik <emph>Indsæt</emph> for at indsætte feltet med sidetallet."

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Page Numbers in Footers"
msgstr "Indsættelse af sidetal i sidefødder"

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155624\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>footers; with page numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages; numbers and count of</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>page numbers; footers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>numbering;pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sidefødder; med sidetal</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sider; numre og antal af</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sidetal; sidefødder</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>nummerering;sider</bookmark_value>"

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155624\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"footer_pagenumber\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Page Numbers in Footers\">Inserting Page Numbers in Footers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"footer_pagenumber\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp\" name=\"Indsættelse af sidetal i sidefødder\">Indsættelse af sidetal i sidefødder</link></variable>"

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"par_id8230842\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can easily insert a page number field in the footer of your document. You can also add a page count to the footer, for example, in the form \"Page 9 of 12\""
msgstr "Du kan let indsæt et sidetal felt i sidefoden i dit dokument. Du kan også tilføje et sideantal til sidefoden, for eksempel \"Side 9 af 12\""

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"hd_id7867366\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Page Number"
msgstr "For at indsætte et sidetal"

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"par_id3150508\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Sidefod</emph> og vælg den sidetypografi, som du vil føje sidefoden til."

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"par_id3150534\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Page Number</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Felter - Sidetal</emph>."

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"par_id3153155\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want, you can align the page number field as you would text."
msgstr "Hvis du vil, kan du justeres feltet med sidetal ligesom almindelig tekst."

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"hd_id2988677\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Additionally Add a Page Count"
msgstr "For at tilføje sideantal"

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"par_id3155532\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in front of the page number field, type <item type=\"literal\">Page</item> and enter a space; click after the field, enter a space and then type <item type=\"literal\">of</item> and enter another space."
msgstr "Klik foran sidetalsfeltet og skriv <item type=\"literal\">Side</item>, klik efter feltet, tast mellemrum og skriv så <item type=\"literal\">af</item>, og tast så endnu et mellemrum."

#: footer_pagenumber.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footer_pagenumber.xhp\n"
"par_id3155554\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Page Count</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Felter - Sideantal</emph>."

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes"
msgstr "Indsættelse og redigering af fodnoter eller slutnoter"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145819\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>endnotes;inserting and editing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting;footnotes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>organizing;footnotes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>footnotes; inserting and editing</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>slutnoter;indsætte og redigere</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indsætte;fodnoter/slutnoter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>slette;fodnoter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>redigere;fodnoter/slutnoter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>ordne;fodnoter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fodnoter;indsætte og redigere</bookmark_value>"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145819\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"footnote_usage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes\">Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"footnote_usage\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp\" name=\"Indsættelse og redigering af fod- eller slutnoter\">Indsættelse og redigering af fod- eller slutnoter</link></variable>"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3154258\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Footnotes reference more information about a topic at the bottom of a page and endnotes reference information at the end of the document. $[officename] automatically numbers the footnotes and endnotes."
msgstr "Fodnoter refererer til mere information om et emne ved bunden af en side og slutnoter refererer til information til sidst i dokumentet. $[officename] nummererer automatisk fod- og slutnoterne."

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155881\n"
"24\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Footnote or Endnote"
msgstr "For at indsætte en fodnote eller slutnote"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3155903\n"
"25\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to place the anchor of the note."
msgstr "Klik i dokumentet, hvor du vil placer ankeret på noten."

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3147120\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Footnote\"><emph>Insert - Footnote/Endnote</emph></link>."
msgstr "Vælg <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Footnote\"><emph>Indsæt - Fodnote/Slutnote</emph></link>."

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150937\n"
"34\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item>               area, select the format that you want to use. If you select <item type=\"menuitem\">Character</item>, click the browse button (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) and select the character that you want to use for the footnote."
msgstr "I området <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering</item>, skal du vælge det format, som du vil bruge. Hvis du vælger <item type=\"menuitem\">Tegn</item>, skal du klikke på gennemsynsknappen (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) og vælge det tegn, som du vil bruge til fodnoten."

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150508\n"
"35\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>               area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Footnote</item>               or <item type=\"menuitem\">Endnote</item>."
msgstr "I området <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>, vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Fodnote</item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Slutnote</item>."

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150704\n"
"36\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150729\n"
"37\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the note."
msgstr "Indtast noten."

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3148843\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148857\" src=\"cmd/sc_insertfootnote.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148857\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3148857\" src=\"cmd/sc_insertfootnote.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148857\">Ikon</alt></image>"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3153176\n"
"27\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also insert footnotes by clicking the <emph>Insert Footnote Directly</emph> icon on the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar."
msgstr "Du kan også indsætte fodnoter ved at klikke på ikonet <emph>Indsæt fodnote direkte</emph> på værktøjslinjen <emph>Indsæt</emph>."

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155543\n"
"28\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Edit a Footnote or Endnote"
msgstr "For at redigere fodnoter eller slutnoter"

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3150167\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The mouse pointer changes to a hand when you rest it over a footnote or endnote anchor in your document."
msgstr "Musemarkøren ændres til en hånd, når du holder den over et fod- eller slutnoteanker i dit dokument."

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3155563\n"
"29\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To edit the text of a footnote or endnote, click in the note, or click the anchor for the note in the text."
msgstr "For at redigere teksten i en fod- eller slutnote, skal du klikke i noten, eller klikke på notens forankring i teksten."

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3145029\n"
"40\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the format of a footnote, click in the footnote, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the Styles and Formatting window, right-click \"Footnote\" in the list, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "For at ændre formatet af en fodnote, skal du klikke i fodnoten, trykke <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> for at åbne vinduet Typografier og formatering, højreklikke på \"Fodnote\" i listen, og så vælge<emph>Modificer</emph>."

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3145062\n"
"30\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To jump from the footnote or endnote text to the note anchor in the text, press PageUp."
msgstr "For at hoppe fra fod- eller slutnotens tekst til notens anker i teksten, skal du trykke på Page Up."

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3145081\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To edit the numbering properties of a footnote or endnote anchor, click in front of the anchor, and choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Footnote\"><emph>Edit - Footnote/Endnote</emph></link>."
msgstr "For at redigere nummereringsegenskaberne for et fod- eller slutnoteanker, skal du klikke foran ankeret og vælge <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp\" name=\"Edit - Footnote\"><emph>Rediger - Fodnote/Slutnote</emph></link>."

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3147776\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the formatting that $[officename] applies to footnotes and endnotes, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Footnotes\"><emph>Tools - Footnotes/Endnotes</emph></link>."
msgstr "For at ændre det format, som $[officename] bruger til fodnoter og slutnoter, skal du vælge <link href=\"text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Footnotes\"><emph>Funktioner - Fodnoter/Slutnoter</emph></link>."

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3147813\n"
"15\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To edit the properties of the text area for footnotes or endnotes, choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"Footnote\"><emph>Footnote</emph></link> tab."
msgstr "For at redigere egenskaberne for tekstområdet i fod- eller slutnoter skal du vælge <emph>Formater - Side</emph> og så klikke på fanebladet <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp\" name=\"Footnote\"><emph>Fodnote</emph></link>."

#: footnote_usage.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_usage.xhp\n"
"par_id3147232\n"
"41\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To remove a footnote, delete the footnote anchor in the text."
msgstr "For at fjerne en fodnote, slet fodnoteankeret i teksten."

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Spacing Between Footnotes"
msgstr "Afstand mellem fodnoter"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147683\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>spacing; endnotes/footnotes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>endnotes; spacing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>footnotes; spacing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>borders;for footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lines;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>afstand; slutnoter/fodnoter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>slutnoter; afstand</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fodnoter; afstand</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kanter;for fodnoter/slutnoter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>linjer;fodnoter/slutnoter</bookmark_value>"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147683\n"
"40\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"footnote_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Spacing Between Footnotes\">Spacing Between Footnotes</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"footnote_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Afstand mellem fodnoter\">Afstand mellem fodnoter</link></variable>"

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3145808\n"
"39\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to increase the spacing between footnote or endnote texts, you can add a top and bottom border to the corresponding paragraph style."
msgstr "Hvis du vil øge afstanden mellem fod- eller slutnotetekster, kan du føje en top- og bundkant til den tilsvarende afsnitstypografi."

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3155603\n"
"41\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in a footnote or endnote."
msgstr "Klik i en fod- eller slutnote."

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3155620\n"
"42\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph>."

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3154251\n"
"43\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click the Paragraph Style that you want to modify, for example, \"Footnote\", and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "Højreklik afsnitstypografien, som du vil ændre, for eksempel \"Fodnote\", og vælg <emph>Modificer</emph>."

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3155884\n"
"45\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Borders\"><emph>Borders</emph></link> tab."
msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Borders\"><emph>Kanter</emph></link>."

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3147110\n"
"51\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Default</item>               area, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Set Top and Bottom Borders Only</item> icon."
msgstr "I området <item type=\"menuitem\">Standard</item>, klik på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sæt kun top- og bundkanter</item>."

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3150931\n"
"52\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line</item> area, click a line in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item>               list."
msgstr "I området <item type=\"menuitem\">Linje</item>, skal du klikke på en linje i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Stil</item>."

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3150961\n"
"53\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select \"White\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Color</item>               box. If the background of the page is not white, select the color that best matches the background color."
msgstr "Vælg \"Hvid\" i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Farve</item>. Hvis baggrunden på siden ikke er hvid, vælg den farve, som bedst passer til baggrundsfarven."

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3150519\n"
"50\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> check box."
msgstr "I området <emph>Afstand til indhold</emph>, ryd afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Synkroniser</emph>."

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3150709\n"
"47\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a value in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Top</item>               and <item type=\"menuitem\">Bottom</item>               boxes."
msgstr "Indtast en værdi i felterne <item type=\"menuitem\">Top</item> og <item type=\"menuitem\">Bund</item>."

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3150740\n"
"48\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: footnote_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"footnote_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3148846\n"
"49\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Borders\">Format - Paragraph - Borders</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030500.xhp\" name=\"Formater - Afsnit - Kanter\">Formater - Afsnit - Kanter</link>"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating a Form Letter"
msgstr "Oprettelse af et formularbrev"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"bm_id3159257\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>serial letters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>form letters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>mail merge</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>letters; creating form letters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>wizards;form letters</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>fortløbende breve</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formularbreve</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>brevfletning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>breve; lave formularbreve</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>guider;formularbreve</bookmark_value>"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3159257\n"
"29\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"form_letters\"><variable id=\"form_letters_main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Form Letter\">Creating a Form Letter</link></variable></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"form_letters\"><variable id=\"form_letters_main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Form Letter\">Oprettelse af et formularbrev</link></variable></variable>"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_id3150502\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To create a form letter, you need a text document that contains fields for address data, and an address database. Then you combine or merge the address data and the text document to either print the letters or send them by e-mail."
msgstr "For at oprette et formularbrev, skal du bruge en adressedatabase og et tekstdokument, som indeholder felter for adressedata. Så kombinerer eller fletter du dine adressedata og tekstdokumentet for enten at udskrive brevene eller sende dem med e-mail."

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_id0805200801132382\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the document is in HTML format, any embedded or linked images will not be sent with the e-mail."
msgstr "Hvis dokumentet er i HTML-format, vil ingen indlejrede eller linkede billeder blive sendt med e-mailen."

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN10653\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\">Mail Merge Wizard</link> helps you to create form letters."
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp\">Brevfletningsguide</link> hjælper dig med at oprette formularbreve."

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN10664\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To create a form letter"
msgstr "For at oprette et formularbrev"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN1066B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Mail Merge Wizard</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Funktioner - Brevfletningsguide</emph>."

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN10672\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You see the Mail Merge Wizard dialog. The following is an example of one of many possible ways to navigate the wizard's pages:"
msgstr "Du ser dialogen Brevfletningsguide. Det følgende er et eksempel på en af mange mulige måder at bruge guiden på:"

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN10676\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Start from a template</emph>, and click the <emph>Browse</emph> button."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Start fra en skabelon</emph>, og klik på <emph>Gennemse</emph> knappen."

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN10681\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You see the <emph>New</emph> dialog."
msgstr "Du ser dialogen <emph>Ny</emph>."

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN10685\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <item type=\"literal\">Business Correspondence</item> in the left list, and then <item type=\"literal\">Modern letter</item> in the right list. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Templates dialog, and click <emph>Next</emph> in the wizard."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"literal\">Arbejdsrelateret korrespondance</item> i venstre liste og <item type=\"literal\">Moderne brev</item> i højre liste. Klik på <emph>OK</emph> for at lukke dialogen Skabeloner og klik på <emph>Næste</emph> i guiden."

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_id2669759\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Letter</emph> and click <emph>Next</emph>."
msgstr "Marker <emph>Brev</emph> og klik på <emph>Næste</emph>."

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN106BD\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the next step of the wizard, click the <emph>Select Address List</emph> button to check that you are using the correct address list. If you want to use an address block, select an address block type, match the data fields if necessary, and click <emph>Next</emph>."
msgstr "I næste trin af guiden, skal du klikke på knappen <emph>Vælg adresseliste</emph> for at kontrollere, at du bruger den korrekte adresseliste. Hvis du ønsker at bruge en adresseblok, kan du vælge en adresseblok, og om nødvendigt matche datafelterne. Klik til sidst på <emph>Næste</emph>."

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN106C5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Next follows the <emph>Create a salutation</emph> step. Deselect the <emph>Insert personalized salutation</emph> box. Under <emph>General salutation</emph>, select the salutation that you want on top of all letters."
msgstr "Nu følger trinnet <emph>Opret en starthilsen</emph>. Fravælg <emph>Indsæt personlig starthilsen</emph>. Under <emph>Generel starthilsen</emph> skal du markere den starthilsen, som du ønsker øverst på alle breve."

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN106C6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to place mail merge fields anywhere else in the document select the corresponding column in your address data source and then drag and drop the column header into the document where you would like the field to be. Be sure to select the entire column."
msgstr "Hvis du ønsker at placere flettefelter andre steder i dokumentet, skal du vælge den korresponderende kolonne i den adressedata kilde, og så trække kolonneoverskriften hen til det sted i dokumentet, hvor du ønsker feltet skal være placeret. Vær opmærksom på, at du skal markere hele kolonnen når du trækker."

#: form_letters_main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"form_letters_main.xhp\n"
"par_idN106D5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Next</emph> and finally <emph>Finish</emph> to create the mail merge."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>Næste</emph> og til sidst <emph>Afslut</emph> for at oprette postfletningen."

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Master Documents and Subdocuments"
msgstr "Hoveddokumenter og underdokumenter"

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145246\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>master documents;properties</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>subdocuments;properties</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>central documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>subsidiary documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>documents; master documents and subdocuments</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles;master documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>hoveddokumenter;egenskaber</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>underdokumenter;egenskaber</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>centrale dokumenter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>underdokumenter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dokumenter; hoveddokumenter og underdokumenter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>typografier;hoveddokumenter</bookmark_value>"

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145246\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"globaldoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp\">Master Documents and Subdocuments</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"globaldoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp\">Hoveddokumenter og underdokumenter</link></variable>"

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3149806\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments."
msgstr "Et hoveddokument lader dig styre store dokumenter, såsom en bog med mange kapitler. Hoveddokumentet kan ses som en beholder for de enkelte <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer filer. De enkelte filer kaldes underdokumenter."

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"hd_id6537369\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Characteristics of Master Documents"
msgstr "Karakteristika for hoveddokumenter"

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3150096\n"
"13\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you print a master document, the contents of all subdocuments, indexes, and any text that you entered are printed."
msgstr "Når du udskriver et hoveddokument, bliver indholdet af alle underdokumenter, indekser og enhver tekst, som du har indtastet, udskrevet."

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3153400\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can create a table of contents and index in the master document for all of the subdocuments."
msgstr "Du kan oprette en indholdsfortegnelse og et indeks i hoveddokumentet for alle underdokumenterne."

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3155854\n"
"15\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Styles that are used in subdocuments, such as new paragraph styles, are automatically imported into the master document."
msgstr "Typografier, som bliver brugt i underdokumenter, såsom nye afsnitstypografier, bliver automatisk importeret til hoveddokumentet."

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id9033783\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When viewing the master document, styles that are already present in the master document take precedence over styles with the same name that are imported from subdocuments."
msgstr "Når hoveddokumentet vises, vil typografier, som allerede findes i hoveddokumentet, have forrang over typografier med det samme navn, som importeres fra underdokumenter."

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3419598\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Subdocuments never get changed by changes made to the master document."
msgstr "Underdokumenter ændres aldrig ved ændringer, der er lavet i hoveddokumentet."

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3155180\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you add a document to a master document or create a new subdocument, a link is created in the master document. You cannot edit the content of a subdocument directly in the master document, but you can use the Navigator to open any subdocument for edit."
msgstr "Når du føjer et dokument til et hoveddokument eller opretter et nyt underdokument, bliver et link oprettet i hoveddokumentet. Du kan ikke redigere indholdet af et underdokument direkte i hoveddokumentet, men du kan bruge Navigatoren til at åbne ethvert underdokument for redigering."

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"hd_id7904904\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Example of Using Styles"
msgstr "Eksempel på brug af typografier"

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id5817743\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A master document master.odm consists of some text and links to the subdocuments sub1.odt and sub2.odt. In each subdocument a new paragraph style with the same name Style1 is defined and used, and the subdocuments are saved."
msgstr "Et hoveddokument (hoved.odm) består af noget tekst og referencer til underdokumenterne under1.odt og under2.odt. I hvert underdokument er en ny afsnitstypografi med det samme navn Typografi1 defineret og brugt, og underdokumenterne er gemt."

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id9169591\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you save the master document, the styles from the subdocuments are imported into the master document. First, the new style Style1 from the sub1.odt is imported. Next, the new styles from sub2.odt will be imported, but as Style1 now already is present in the master document, this style from sub2.odt will not be imported."
msgstr "Når du gemmer hoveddokumentet, bliver typografierne fra underdokumenterne importeret ind i hoveddokumentet. Først bliver den nye typografi Typografi1 fra under1.odt importeret. Derefter bliver de nye typografier fra under2.odt importeret, men da Typografi1 nu allerede er tilstede i hoveddokumentet, vil denne typografi fra under2.odt ikke blive importeret."

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id1590014\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the master document you now see the new style Style1 from the first subdocument. All Style1 paragraphs in the master document will be shown using the Style1 attributes from the first subdocument. However, the second subdocument by itself will not be changed. You see the Style1 paragraphs from the second subdocument with different attributes, depending whether you open the sub2.odt document by itself or as part of the master document."
msgstr "I hoveddokumentet ser du nu den nye typografi Typografi1 fra første underdokument. Alle Typografi1 afsnit i hoveddokumentet vil blive vist med Typografi1 attributter fra første underdokument. Dog, vil det andet underdokument i sig selv ikke være ændret. Du ser Typografi1 afsnittene fra det andet underdokument med forskellige attributter, afhængig af om du åbner under2.odt dokumentet for sig selv eller som en del af hoveddokumentet."

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id5878780\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To avoid confusion, use the same document template for the master document and its subdocuments. This happens automatically when you create the master document and its subdocuments from an existing document with headings, using the command <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>."
msgstr "For at undgå forvirring, brug den samme dokumentskabelon for hoveddokumentet og dets underdokumenter. Dette sker automatisk når du opretter hoveddokumentet og dets underdokumenter fra et eksisterende dokument med overskrifter, brug kommandoen <emph>Filer - Send - Opret hoveddokument</emph>."

#: globaldoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3154382\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master mode\">Navigator in master mode</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator i hovedtilstand\">Navigator i hovedtilstand</link>"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments"
msgstr "Arbejde med hoveddokumenter rog underdokumenter"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145246\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>Navigator;master documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>master documents;creating/editing/exporting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>subdocuments;creating/editing/removing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>removing;subdocuments</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>indexes; master documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>Navigator;hoveddokumenter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hoveddokumenter;oprette/redigere/eksportere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>underdokumenter;oprette/redigere/eksportere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fjerner;underdokumenter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indeks; hoveddokumenter</bookmark_value>"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145246\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"globaldoc_howtos\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp\">Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"globaldoc_howtos\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp\">Arbejde med hoveddokumenter rog underdokumenter</link></variable>"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id1522873\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments."
msgstr "Et hoveddokument lader dig styre store dokumenter, såsom en bog med mange kapitler. Hoveddokumentet kan ses som en beholder for de enkelte <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer filer. De enkelte filer kaldes underdokumenter."

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153127\n"
"29\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a Master Document"
msgstr "For at oprette et hoveddokument"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3149634\n"
"30\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gør et af følgende:"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3149956\n"
"31\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - New - Master Document</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Filer - Nyt - Hoveddokument</emph>."

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3149612\n"
"32\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open an existing document and choose <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>."
msgstr "Åbn et eksisterende dokument og vælg <emph>Fil - Send - Opret hoveddokument</emph>."

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3149873\n"
"28\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you are creating a new master document, the first entry in the Navigator should be a <item type=\"menuitem\">Text</item>               entry. Type an introduction or enter some text. This ensures that after having edited an existing style in the master document, you see the changed style when viewing the subdocuments."
msgstr "Hvis du opretter et nyt hoveddokument, skal det første element i Navigatoren være et <item type=\"menuitem\">tekstelement</item>. Skriv en introduktion eller indtast noget tekst. Dette sikrer, at du efter redigering af en eksisterende typografi i hoveddokumentet, ser den ændrede typografi i underdokumenterne."

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3145114\n"
"33\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Navigator</item> for master documents (should open automatically, else press F5 to open), click and hold the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>               icon, and do one of the following:"
msgstr "I <item type=\"menuitem\">Navigatoren</item> for hoveddokumenter (skulle åbne automatisk, ellers tryk på F5 for at åbne), skal du klikke og holde ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt</item> nede og gøre et af følgende:"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3156240\n"
"34\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert an existing file as a subdocument, choose <emph>File</emph>, locate the file that you want to include, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "For at indsætte et eksisterende dokument som underdokument, skal du vælge <emph>Fil</emph>, lokaliser dokumenter som du ønsker at indsætte, og derefter klikke <emph>OK</emph>."

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3145405\n"
"35\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To create a new subdocument, choose <emph>New Document</emph>, type a name for the file, and then click <emph>Save</emph>."
msgstr "For at oprette et nyt underdokument, vælg <emph>Nyt dokument</emph>, navngiv filen, og klik til sidst <emph>Gem</emph>."

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id8550981\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert some text between subdocuments, choose <emph>Text</emph>. Then type the text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator."
msgstr "For at indsætte tekst i hoveddokumentet imellem underdokumenter, vælg <emph>Tekst</emph>. Skriv herefter teksten. Du kan ikke indsætte tekst ved siden af et eksisterende tekststykke i navigatoren."

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3153382\n"
"36\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Save</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Filer - Gem</emph>."

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154242\n"
"37\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Edit a Master Document"
msgstr "For at redigere et hoveddokument"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3154255\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the Navigator for rearranging and editing the subdocuments in a master document."
msgstr "Brug Navigator til at omarrangere og redigere underdokumenterne i et hoveddokument."

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3155879\n"
"38\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To open a subdocument for editing, double-click the name of the subdocument in the Navigator."
msgstr "For at åbne et underdokument for redigering, dobbeltklik på underdokumentets navn i Navigatoren."

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3155931\n"
"39\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To remove a subdocument from the master document, right-click the subdocument in the Navigator list and choose <emph>Delete</emph>. The subdocument file is not deleted, only the entry in the Navigator is removed."
msgstr "For at slette et underdokument fra hoveddokumentet, højreklik på underdokumentet i Navigator-listen og vælg <emph>Slet</emph>. underdokumentfilen påvirkes ikke af denne kommando, kun indførslen i navigator bliver slettet."

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3148677\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add text to a master document, right-click an item in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Text</emph>. A text section is inserted before the selected item in the master document where you can type the text that you want. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator."
msgstr "For at føje tekst til et hoveddokument skal du højreklikke på et element i Navigator-listen, og så vælge <emph>Indsæt - Tekst</emph>. En tekstsektion bliver indsat før det valgte objekt i hoveddokumentet, og her kan du skrive din ønskede tekst. Du kan ikke indsætte tekst ved siden af et eksisterende tekstelement i Navigatoren."

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3149982\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To reorder the subdocuments in a master document, drag a subdocument to a new location in the Navigator list. You can also select a subdocument in the list, and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Move down</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Move up</item>               icon."
msgstr "For at omorganisere underdokumenterne i et hoveddokument, træk et underdokument til en ny placering i Navigator-listen. Du kan også vælge et underdokument på listen, og klikke på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Flyt nedad</item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Flyt opad</item>."

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3153022\n"
"40\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add an index, such as a table of contents, right-click in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Index</emph>."
msgstr "For at tilføje et indeks såsom en indholdsfortegnelse skal du højreklikke i Navigator-listen, og så vælge <emph>Indsæt - Indeks</emph>."

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3148949\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3148959\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20246.png\" width=\"0.1862in\" height=\"0.1862in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148959\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3148959\" src=\"sw/imglst/sc20246.png\" width=\"0.1862in\" height=\"0.1862in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148959\">Ikon</alt></image>"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3153632\n"
"21\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To update an index in a master document, select the index in the Navigator, and then click the <emph>Update</emph> icon."
msgstr "For at opdatere et indeks i et hoveddokument, vælg indekset i Navigatoren, og klik så på ikonet <emph>Opdater</emph>."

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_idN10C40\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you insert an object like a frame or a picture into a master document, do not anchor the object \"to page\". Instead, set the anchor \"to paragraph\" on the <emph>Format - (Object type) - Type</emph> tab page, and then set the object's position relative to \"Entire Page\" in the <emph>Horizontal</emph> and <emph>Vertical</emph> list boxes."
msgstr "Når du indsætter et objekt som en ramme eller et billede i et hoveddokument, skal du ikke forankre objektet som \"bundet til side\". I stedet skal du indstille forankringen som \"bundet til afsnit\" på fanebladet <emph>Formater - (Objekttype) - Type</emph>, og så indstille objektets placering relativ til \"Hele siden\" i rullelisterne <emph>Vandret</emph> og <emph>Lodret</emph>."

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153656\n"
"41\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Start Each Subdocument on a New Page"
msgstr "For at starte hvert underdokument på en ny side"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3152760\n"
"42\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Ensure that each subdocument starts with a heading that uses the same paragraph style, for example \"Heading 1\"."
msgstr "Vær sikker på, at hvert underdokument starter med en overskrift, som bruger den samme afsnitstypografi, for eksempel \"Overskrift 1\"."

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3153876\n"
"43\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the master document, choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "I hoveddokumentet skal du vælge <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph> og klikke på ikonet <emph>Afsnitstypografier</emph>."

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3153907\n"
"44\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click \"Heading 1\" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "Højreklik \"Overskrift 1\" og vælg <emph>Modificer</emph>."

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3147124\n"
"45\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Text Flow</item>               tab."
msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Tekstforløb</item>."

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3149770\n"
"46\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Breaks</item>               area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>, and then select “Page”in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>               box."
msgstr "I området <item type=\"menuitem\">Skift</item>, vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt</item>, og vælg så \"Side\" i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>."

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3150224\n"
"17\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want each subdocument to start on an odd page, select <emph>With Page Style</emph>, and select \"Right page\" in the box."
msgstr "Hvis du ønsker, at hvert underdokument skal starte på en ulige side, marker <emph>Med sidetypografi</emph>, og vælg \"Højre side\" i boksen."

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3145205\n"
"47\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145228\n"
"48\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Export a Master Document as a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Text Document"
msgstr "For at eksportere et masterdokument som et <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> tekstdokument"

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3150315\n"
"49\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Export</item>."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Filer - Eksporter</item>."

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3148580\n"
"50\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>File format</emph> list, select a text document file format and click <emph>Export</emph>."
msgstr "I listen <emph>Filformat</emph> skal du vælge et filformat for tekstdokumenter og klikke på <emph>Eksporter</emph>."

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id8371227\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The subdocuments will be exported as sections. Use <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Sections</item> to unprotect and remove sections, if you prefer a plain text document without sections."
msgstr "Underdokumenterne vil blive eksporteret som sektioner. Brug <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Sektioner</item> for at ophæve beskyttelsen og fjerne sektioner, hvis du foretrækker et almindeligt dokument uden sektioner."

#: globaldoc_howtos.xhp
msgctxt ""
"globaldoc_howtos.xhp\n"
"par_id3154382\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator in master mode\">Navigator in master mode</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator i hovedtilstand\">Navigator i hovedtilstand</link>"

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "About Headers and Footers"
msgstr "Om sidehoveder og -fødder"

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155863\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>headers;about</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>footers;about</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>HTML documents; headers and footers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sidehoveder;om</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sidefødder;om</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>HTML-dokumenter;sidehoveder og -fødder</bookmark_value>"

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155863\n"
"38\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"header_footer\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp\" name=\"About Headers and Footers\">About Headers and Footers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"header_footer\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp\" name=\"Om sidehoveder og -fødder\">Om sidehoveder og -fødder</link></variable>"

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3154255\n"
"35\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Headers and footers are areas in the top and the bottom page margins, where you can add text or graphics. Headers and footers are added to the current page style. Any page that uses the same style automatically receives the header or footer that you add. You can insert <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">Fields</link>, such as page numbers and chapter headings, in headers and footers in a text document."
msgstr "Sidehoveder og -fødder er områder i de øverste og nederste sidemargener, hvor du kan tilføje tekst eller grafik. Sidehoveder og -fødder bliver føjet til den aktuelle sidetypografi. Enhver side, som bruger den samme typografi modtager automatisk det sidehoved eller den sidefod, som du tilføjer. Du kan indsætte <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Fields\">Felter</link>, såsom sidetal og kapiteloverskrifter, i sidehoveder og -fødder i et tekstdokument."

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3150511\n"
"44\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The page style for the current page is displayed in the <emph>Status Bar</emph>."
msgstr "Sidetypografien for den aktuelle side vises i <emph>Statuslinjen</emph>."

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3155896\n"
"39\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add a header to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Header</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
msgstr "For at tilføje et sidehoved til en side, vælg <emph>Indsæt - Sidehoved</emph>, og vælg så sidetypografien for den aktuelle side fra undermenuen."

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3147119\n"
"43\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add a footer to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Footer</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
msgstr "For at tilføje en sidefod til en side, vælg <emph>Indsæt - Sidefod</emph>, og vælg så sidetypografien for den aktuelle side fra undermenuen."

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3153726\n"
"40\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item>, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer</item>               tab, and then select <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item>               or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer on</item>. Clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Same content left/right</item> check box if you want to define different headers and footers for even and odd pages."
msgstr "Du kan også vælge <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Side</item>, klikke på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidehoved</item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidefod</item>, og så vælge <item type=\"menuitem\">Aktiver sidehoved</item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Aktiver sidefod</item>. Ryd afkrydsningsfeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Ens indhold venstre/højre</item>, hvis du vil angive forskellige sidehoveder og sidefødder til lige og ulige sider."

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3146876\n"
"36\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To use different headers or footers in your document, you must add them to different <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\">Page Styles</link>, and then apply the styles to the pages where you want the headers or footer to appear."
msgstr "For at bruge forskellige sidehoveder eller -fødder i dit dokument, skal du føje dem til forskellige <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\">Sidetypografier</link>, og derefter anvende typografierne på de sider, hvor du ønsker at sidehovedet eller -foden skal vises."

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150704\n"
"41\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Headers and Footers in HTML Documents"
msgstr "Sidehoveder og -fødder i HTML-dokumenter"

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3150717\n"
"34\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Some of the header and footer options are also available for HTML documents. Headers and footers are not supported by HTML and instead are exported with special tags, so that they can be viewed in a browser. Headers and footers are only exported in HTML documents if they are enabled in Web Layout mode. When you reopen the document in $[officename], the headers and footers are displayed correctly, including any fields that you inserted."
msgstr "Nogle af sidehoved- og sidefodsindstillingerne er også tilgængelige for HTML-dokumenter. Sidehoveder og -fødder er ikke understøttet af HTML og bliver i stedet eksporteret med specielle mærker, så de kan ses i en browser. Sidehoveder og -fødder bliver kun eksporteret i HTML-dokumenter, hvis de er aktiveret i Weblayout. Når du genåbner dokumentet i $[officename], vil sidehoveder og -fødder vises korrekt, inklusiv felter som du indsatte."

#: header_footer.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_footer.xhp\n"
"par_id3153174\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Page Styles\">Page Styles</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Sidetypografier\">Sidetypografier</link>"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Defining Different Headers and Footers"
msgstr "Angivelse af forskellige sidehoveder og -fødder"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155920\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>headers;defining for left and right pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>footers;defining for left and right pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>page styles; changing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining; headers/footers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>mirrored page layout</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sidehoveder;definere for venstre- og højresider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sidefødder;definere for venstre- og højresider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sidetypografier; ændre</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>definere; sidehoveder/sidefødder</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>spejlet sidelayout</bookmark_value>"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155920\n"
"25\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"header_pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Defining Different Headers and Footers\">Defining Different Headers and Footers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"header_pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Angivelse af forskellige sidehoveder og -fødder\">Angivelse af forskellige sidehoveder og -fødder</link></variable>"

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3154263\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can use different headers and footers on different pages in your document, so long as the pages use different page styles. $[officename] provides several predefined page styles, such as <emph>First page</emph>, <emph>Left page</emph> and <emph>Right page</emph>, or you can create a custom page style."
msgstr "Du kan bruge forskellige sidehoveder og -fødder på forskellige sider i dit dokument, sålænge siderne bruger forskellige sidetypografier. $[officename] tilbyder flere foruddefinerede sidetypografier såsom <emph>Første side</emph>, <emph>Venstre side</emph> og <emph>Højre side</emph>, eller du kan oprette en brugerdefineret sidetypografi."

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3147105\n"
"27\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also use the mirrored page layout if you want to add a header to a page style that has different inner and outer page margins. To apply this option to a page style, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item>, click the         <item type=\"menuitem\">Page</item> tab, and in the         <item type=\"menuitem\">Layout settings</item> area, choose “Mirrored” in the         <item type=\"menuitem\">Page layout</item> box."
msgstr "Du kan også bruge det spejlvendte sidelayout, hvis du vil tilføje et sidehoved til en sidetypografi, som har forskellige indre og ydre sidemargener. For at anvende denne indstilling til en sidetypografi skal du vælge <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Side</item>, klikke på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Side</item> og i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Layoutindstillinger</item> vælge \"Spejlvendt\" i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidelayout</item>."

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150224\n"
"28\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For example, you can use page styles to define different headers for even and odd pages in a document."
msgstr "For eksempel kan du bruge sidetypografier til at angive forskellige sidehoveder til lige og ulige sider i et dokument."

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150929\n"
"29\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open a new text document."
msgstr "Åbn et nyt tekstdokument."

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150946\n"
"31\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> and click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon in the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph> og klik på ikonet <emph>Sidetypografier</emph> i vinduet Typografier og formatering."

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150510\n"
"30\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "Højreklik \"Højre Side\" på listen af sidetypografier og vælg <emph>Modificer</emph>."

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150536\n"
"33\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item>               tab."
msgstr "I dialogen <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidetypografier</item> skal du klikke på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidehoved</item>."

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3153750\n"
"34\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select               <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Aktiver sidehoved</item> og klik på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Administration</item>."

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3146865\n"
"35\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Next Style</item>               box, select \"Left Page\"."
msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Næste typografi</item> skal du vælge \"Venstre side\"."

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3146889\n"
"36\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150714\n"
"37\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, right-click \"Left Page\" in the list of page styles and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "I dialogen <emph>Typografier og formatering</emph>, højreklik \"Venstre side\" på listen af sidetypografier og vælg <emph>Modificer</emph>."

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150748\n"
"38\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item>               tab."
msgstr "I dialogen <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidetypografier</item> skal du klikke på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidehoved</item>."

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3153172\n"
"39\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select               <item type=\"menuitem\">Header on</item> and click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Aktiver sidehoved</item> og klik på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Administration</item>."

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3147061\n"
"40\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Next Style</item>               box, select \"Right Page\"."
msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Næste typografi</item> skal du vælge \"Højre side\"."

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3147086\n"
"41\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3145263\n"
"42\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click \"Right Page\" in the list of page styles to apply the style to the current page."
msgstr "Dobbeltklik \"Højre Side\" på listen af sidetypografier, for at anvende typografien på den aktuelle side."

#: header_pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3145284\n"
"43\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter text or graphics in the header for the Left Page style. After the next page is added to your document, enter text or graphics in the header for the Right Page style."
msgstr "Angiv tekst eller grafik i sidehovedet til typografien venstre side. Efter at den næste side er tilføjet til dit dokument, indtast tekst eller grafik i sidehovedet til typografien højre side."

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer"
msgstr "Indsættelse af et kapitelnavn og -værdi i et sidehoved eller en sidefod"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155919\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>running titles in headers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>floating titles in headers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>headers; chapter information</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>chapter names in headers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>names; chapter names in headers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>løbende titler i sidehoveder</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>flydende titler i sidehoveder</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sidehoveder; information om kapitlet</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kapitelnavne i sidehoveder</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>navne; kapitelnavne i sidehoveder</bookmark_value>"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155919\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"header_with_chapter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer\">Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"header_with_chapter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp\" name=\"Indsættelse af et kapitelnavn og -værdi i et sidehoved eller en sidefod\">Indsættelse af et kapitelnavn og -værdi i et sidehoved eller en sidefod</link></variable>"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3153414\n"
"22\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Before you can insert chapter information into a header or footer, you must first set the outline numbering options for the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles."
msgstr "Før du kan indsætte information om kapitlet i et sidehoved eller en sidefod, skal du lave dispositionsnummereringsindstillinger for den afsnitstypografi, som du vil bruge til kapiteloverskrifter."

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154244\n"
"23\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a Paragraph Style for Chapter Titles"
msgstr "For at oprette en afsnitstypografi for kapiteloverskrifter"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3155874\n"
"24\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Funktioner - Dispositionsnummerering</emph>."

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3155898\n"
"25\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item>               box, select the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles, for example, \"Heading 1\"."
msgstr "I feltet<item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> vælg den afsnitstypografi, som du vil bruge til kapiteloverskrifter, for eksempel \"Overskrift 1\"."

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3147124\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the numbering style for the chapter titles in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Number</item>               box, for example, \"1,2,3...\"."
msgstr "Vælg nummereringstypografien for kapiteltitler i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Tal</item>, for eksempel \"1,2,3...\"."

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150219\n"
"27\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type \"Chapter\" followed by a space in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Before</item>               box."
msgstr "Skriv \"Kapitel\" efterfulgt af et mellemrum i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Foran</item>."

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150245\n"
"28\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a space in the <item type=\"menuitem\">After</item>               box."
msgstr "Indtast et mellemrum i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Efter</item>."

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150949\n"
"29\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150505\n"
"30\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert the Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer"
msgstr "For at indsætte kapitelnavnet og -nummeret i et sidehoved eller en sidefod"

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150527\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Apply the paragraph style that you defined for chapter titles to the chapter headings in your document."
msgstr "Anvend afsnitstypografien som du angav for kapiteloverskrifter på kapiteloverskrifterne i dit dokument."

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3153729\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header</item>               or <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Footer</item>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Sidehoved</item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Sidefod</item>, og vælg så sidetypografien for den aktuelle side fra undermenuen."

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3153762\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the header or footer."
msgstr "Klik i sidehovedet eller -foden."

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3146863\n"
"9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - Other</item> and click the               <item type=\"menuitem\">Document</item> tab."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Felter - Andre</item> og klik på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Dokument</item>."

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3153175\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Chapter\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>               list and \"Chapter number and name\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item>               list."
msgstr "Klik på \"Kapitel\" i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> og \"Kapitelnummer og navn\" i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Format</item>."

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3147065\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "Klik <emph>Indsæt</emph> og klik så på <emph>Luk</emph>."

#: header_with_chapter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_chapter.xhp\n"
"par_id3147095\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The header on every page that uses the current page style automatically displays the chapter name and number."
msgstr "Sidehovedet på alle sider, som bruger den aktuelle sidetypografi, viser automatisk kapitelnavnet og -nummeret."

#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Formatting Headers or Footers"
msgstr "Formatering af sidehoveder eller sidefødder"

#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154866\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;lines under headers/above footers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lines; under headers/above footers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>headers;formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>footers;formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>shadows;headers/footers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>borders;for headers/footers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>indsætte;linjer under sidehoveder/over sidefødder</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>linjer; under sidehoveder/over sidefødder</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sidehoveder;formatering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>sidefødder;formatering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>skygger;sidehoveder/sidefødder</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kanter;for sidehoveder/sidefødder</bookmark_value>"

#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154866\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"header_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Formatting Headers or Footers\">Formatting Headers or Footers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"header_with_line\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp\" name=\"Formatering af sidehoveder eller sidefødder\">Formatering af sidehoveder eller sidefødder</link></variable>"

#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3154243\n"
"21\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can apply direct formatting to the text in a header or footer. You can also adjust the spacing of the text relative to the header or footer frame or apply a border to the header or footer."
msgstr "Du kan anvende direkte formatering til teksten i et sidehoved eller en sidefod. Du kan også tilpasse afstanden af teksten i forhold til rammen for sidehovedet eller -foden eller anvende en kant til sidehovedet eller -foden."

#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3155873\n"
"22\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page</item>               and select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Header</item>               or <item type=\"menuitem\">Footer</item>               tab."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Side</item> og vælg så fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidehoved</item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidefod</item>."

#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3147109\n"
"27\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Set the spacing options that you want to use."
msgstr "Definer afstandsindstillingerne, som du vil bruge."

#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3147128\n"
"23\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add a border or a shadow to the header or the footer, click <item type=\"menuitem\">More</item>. The <item type=\"menuitem\">Border/Background</item>               dialog opens."
msgstr "For at tilføje en kant eller en skygge til sidehovedet eller sidefoden, klik <item type=\"menuitem\">Flere</item>. Dialogen <item type=\"menuitem\">Kant/baggrund</item> åbner."

#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3150520\n"
"24\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add a separator line between the header or the footer and the content of the page, click the bottom edge of the square in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> area. Click a line style in the <emph>Style</emph> box."
msgstr "For at tilføje en delelinje mellem hoved eller fod og sidens indhold klik på nederste kant af firkanten i området <emph>Linjearrangement</emph>. Klik på linjetypografi i boksen <emph>Typografi</emph>."

#: header_with_line.xhp
msgctxt ""
"header_with_line.xhp\n"
"par_id3153742\n"
"25\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To adjust the spacing between the content of the header or footer and the line, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> box, and then enter a value in the<emph> Bottom</emph> box."
msgstr "For at justere linjeafstanden mellem hovedet og linjen ryd boksen <emph>Synkronisér</emph> og indsæt så en værdi i boksen <emph>Bund</emph>."

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Hiding Text"
msgstr "Skjule tekst"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"bm_id3148856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; hiding</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sections;hiding</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraphs;hiding</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hiding;text, with conditions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>variables;for hiding text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; skjule</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sektion;skjule</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afsnit;skjule</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skjule;tekst, med betingelser</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>variable;for at skjule tekst</bookmark_value>"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3148856\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"hidden_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding Text</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"hidden_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Skjule tekst</link> </variable>"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3150103\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can use fields and sections to hide or display text in your document if a condition is met."
msgstr "Du kan bruge felter og sektioner til at skjule eller vise tekst i dit dokument, hvis en betingelse er opfyldt."

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3153409\n"
"19\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Before you can hide text, you must first create a variable to use in the condition for hiding the text."
msgstr "Før du kan skjule tekst, skal du oprette en variabel til brug i betingelsen for at skjule teksten."

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id5174108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a Variable"
msgstr "For at oprette en variabel"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3153131\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document and choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph>."
msgstr "Klik i dit dokument og vælg <emph>Indsæt - Felter - Andre</emph>."

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3149640\n"
"21\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Variables </emph>tab and click \"Set Variable\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <emph>Variable</emph> og klik så på \"Definer variabel\" i listen <emph>Type</emph>."

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3149970\n"
"22\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"General\" in the <emph>Format </emph>list."
msgstr "Klik \"Standard\" i listen <emph>Format</emph>."

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3149620\n"
"23\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name for the variable in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item> box, for example, <item type=\"literal\">Hide</item>."
msgstr "Skriv et navn på variablen i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Navn</item>, for eksempel <item type=\"literal\">Skjul\"</item>."

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3149869\n"
"24\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a value for the variable in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Value</item> box, for example, <item type=\"literal\">1</item>."
msgstr "Indtast en værdi for variablen i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Værdi</item>, for eksempel <item type=\"literal\">1</item>."

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3145108\n"
"25\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To hide the variable in your document, select <emph>Invisible</emph>."
msgstr "For at skjule variablen i dit dokument, marker <emph>Usynlig</emph>."

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3149585\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr "Klik på <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt</item> og <item type=\"menuitem\">Luk</item>."

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156245\n"
"27\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Hide Text"
msgstr "For at skjule tekst"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3145391\n"
"28\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to add the text."
msgstr "Klik i dokumentet, hvor du vil tilføje teksten."

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3145409\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and click the <emph>Functions </emph>tab."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Felter - Andre</emph> og klik på fanebladet <emph>Funktioner</emph>."

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155325\n"
"29\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Hidden Text\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
msgstr "Klik \"Skjult tekst\" i listen <emph>Type</emph>."

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3154404\n"
"30\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a statement in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>."
msgstr "Indtast et udtryk i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Betingelse</item>. For eksempel, ved brug af variablen, som du tidligere definerede, indtast <item type=\"literal\">Skjul==1</item>."

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3153371\n"
"31\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the text that you want to hide in the <emph>Hidden text </emph>box."
msgstr "Skriv den tekst, som du vil skjule, i feltet <emph>Skjult tekst</emph>."

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3154233\n"
"32\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr "Klik på <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt</item> og <item type=\"menuitem\">Luk</item>."

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154256\n"
"33\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Hide a Paragraph"
msgstr "For at skjule et afsnit"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3154853\n"
"34\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the paragraph where you want to add the text."
msgstr "Klik i afsnittet hvor du vil tilføje teksten."

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3154872\n"
"35\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and click the <emph>Functions </emph>tab."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Felter - Andre</emph> og klik på fanebladet <emph>Funktioner</emph>."

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155902\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Hidden Paragraph\" in the <emph>Type </emph>list."
msgstr "Klik \"Skjult afsnit\" i listen <emph>Type</emph>."

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3155947\n"
"36\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a statement in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>."
msgstr "Indtast et udtryk i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Betingelse</item>. For eksempel, ved brug af variablen, som du tidligere definerede, indtast <item type=\"literal\">Skjul==1</item>."

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3149991\n"
"37\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> and <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr "Klik på <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt</item> og <item type=\"menuitem\">Luk</item>."

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3793450\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You must enable this feature by removing the check mark from menu <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>. When the check mark is set, you cannot hide any paragraph."
msgstr "Du skal aktivere denne funktionallitet rydde feltet fra menuen <emph>Vis - Skjulte afsnit</emph>. Når feltet er markeret, kan du ikke skjule noget afsnit."

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3148675\n"
"38\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Hide a Section"
msgstr "For at skjule en sektion"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3148697\n"
"39\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to hide in your document."
msgstr "Vælg den tekst, som du vil skjule i dit dokument."

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3153019\n"
"9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Sektion</emph>."

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3148950\n"
"40\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item> area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Hide</item>, and then enter an expression in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type=\"literal\">Hide==1</item>."
msgstr "I området <item type=\"menuitem\">Skjul</item>, vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Skjul</item>, og indtast så et udtryk i feltet<item type=\"menuitem\">Betingelse</item>. For eksempel for at bruge variablen, som du tidligere definerede, skal du indtaste <item type=\"literal\">Skjul==1</item>."

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3153636\n"
"41\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>."
msgstr "Klik på <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt</item>."

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3846858\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Displaying Hidden Text\">Displaying Hidden Text</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Viser skjult tekst\">Viser skjult tekst</link>"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id8148442\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-printing Text\">Creating Non-printing Text</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Opret kontroltegnstekst\">Opret kontroltegnstekst</link>"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3148603\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Fields - Other\">Insert - Fields - Other</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp\" name=\"Indsæt - Felter - Andre\">Indsæt - Felter - Andre</link>"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3147011\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\">Insert - Section</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Indsæt - Sektion\">Indsæt - Sektion</link>"

#: hidden_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3147029\n"
"46\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\">List of Operators</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"Liste af operatorer\">Liste af operatorer</link>"

#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Displaying Hidden Text"
msgstr "Viser skjult tekst"

#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"bm_id3148856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>hidden text; displaying</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>displaying;hidden text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>skjult tekst; viser</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>viser;skjult tekst</bookmark_value>"

#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"hd_id3148856\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"hidden_text_display\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Displaying Hidden Text\">Displaying Hidden Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"hidden_text_display\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp\" name=\"Viser skjult tekst\">Viser skjult tekst</link></variable>"

#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"par_id5659962\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you have a text that was hidden by defining a condition with a variable, you have several options to display the hidden text. Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Hvis du har en tekst som blev skjult ved at sætte en betingelse med en variabel, har du adskillige muligheder for at vise den skjulte tekst. Gør et af følgende:"

#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"par_id3152777\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enable the check mark at <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Vis - Skjulte afsnit</emph>."

#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"par_id3153902\n"
"44\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click in front of the variable that you used to define the condition for hiding the text, and enter a different value for the variable."
msgstr "Dobbeltklik foran variablen som du anvendte til at definere betingelsen for at skjule teksten, og indtast en anden værdi for variablen."

#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"par_id3147114\n"
"45\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click in front of the hidden text field or the hidden paragraph field, and change the condition statement."
msgstr "Dobbeltklik foran det skjulte tekstfelt eller det skjulte afsnitsfelt og lav betingelsessætningen om."

#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"par_id1865901\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding Text</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Skjul tekst</link>"

#: hidden_text_display.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hidden_text_display.xhp\n"
"par_id3147029\n"
"46\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"List of Operators\">List of Operators</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp\" name=\"Liste af operatorer\">Liste af operatorer</link>"

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator"
msgstr "Indsætte hyperlinks med navigatoren"

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155845\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>hyperlinks; inserting from Navigator</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting; hyperlinks from Navigator</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting with Navigator</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Navigator;inserting hyperlinks</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>hyperlinks; indsætte fra Navigator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indsætte; hyperlinks fra Navigator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>krydshenvisninger; indsætte med Navigator</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Navigator; indsætte hyperlinks</bookmark_value>"

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155845\n"
"21\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"hyperlinks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator\">Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"hyperlinks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp\" name=\"Indsætte hyperlinks med navigatoren\">Indsætte hyperlinks med navigatoren</link></variable>"

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3155858\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert a cross-reference as a hyperlink in your document using the Navigator. You can even cross-reference items from other <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> documents. If you click the hyperlink when the document is opened in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>, you are taken to the cross-referenced item."
msgstr "Du kan indsætte en krydshenvisning som et hyperlink i dit dokument ved at bruge navigatoren. Du kan endda kryds-referere punkter fra andre <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> dokumenter. Hvis du klikker på hyperlinket når dokumentet er åbnet i <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>, bliver du ført til det kryds-refererede element."

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3149833\n"
"32\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the document(s) containing the items you want to cross-reference."
msgstr "Åbn dokumentet (eller dokumenterne) som indeholder de elementer, du vil krydsreferere."

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3148846\n"
"23\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the Standard bar, click the <emph>Navigator</emph> icon."
msgstr "På Standardlinjen, klik på ikonet <emph>Navigator</emph>."

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3156108\n"
"25\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drag Mode</item> icon, and ensure that <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert as Hyperlink</item>               is selected."
msgstr "Klik på pilen ved siden af ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Træktilstand</item>, og kontroller at <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt som hyperlink</item> er valgt."

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3153396\n"
"31\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the list at the bottom of the Navigator, select the document containing the item that you want to cross-reference."
msgstr "I listen ved bunden af Navigatoren, marker det dokument, som indeholder elementet, som du vil kryds-referere."

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3153416\n"
"24\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the Navigator list, click the plus sign next to the item that you want to insert as a hyperlink."
msgstr "I navigatorlisten, klik på plustegnet ved siden af det element, som du vil indsætte som et hyperlink."

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3153133\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag the item to where you want to insert the hyperlink in the document."
msgstr "Træk elementet til det sted hvor du vil indsætte hyperlinket i dokumentet."

#: hyperlinks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyperlinks.xhp\n"
"par_id3149635\n"
"27\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The name of the item is inserted in the document as an underlined hyperlink."
msgstr "Navnet på elementet bliver indsat i dokumentet som et understreget hyperlink."

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words"
msgstr "Forhindre orddeling af specifikke ord"

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>hyphenation;preventing for specific words</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>words;wrapping/not wrapping in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>switching off;hyphenation for specific words</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>orddeling;forhindre for specifikke ord</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ord;ombrydning/ikke ombrydning i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deaktivere;orddeling for specifikke ord</bookmark_value>"

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149695\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"hyphen_prevent\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp\" name=\"Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words\">Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"hyphen_prevent\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp\" name=\"Forhindre orddeling af specifikke ord\">Forhindre orddeling af specifikke ord</link></variable>"

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id5640125\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If your text is <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\">automatically hyphenated</link> and certain hyphenated words look ugly, or if you want specific words never to be hyphenated you can switch off hyphenation for those words:"
msgstr "Hvis <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\">automatisk orddeling</link> er aktiveret for din tekst, og nogle delte ord ser grimme ud, eller hvis du vil forhindre deling af specifikke ord, kan du slå orddeling fra for de ord:"

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id3153634\n"
"40\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>"
msgstr "Vælg <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - Sprogindstillinger - Skrivehjælp</emph>"

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id3153658\n"
"41\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a dictionary in the <emph>User-defined dictionary </emph>list, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg en ordbog fra listen <emph>Brugerdefineret ordbog</emph>, og klik så på <emph>Rediger</emph>."

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id3147125\n"
"43\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the list is empty, click <emph>New</emph> to create a dictionary."
msgstr "Hvis listen er tom, klik på <emph>Ny</emph> for at oprette en ordbog."

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id3150218\n"
"42\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the<emph> Word</emph> box, type the word you want to exclude from hyphenation, followed by an equal sign (=), for example, \"pretentious=\"."
msgstr "I området <emph>Ord</emph>, skriv ordet, som du vil udelade fra orddeling, efterfulgt af et lighedstegn (=), for eksempel \"pretentiøs=\"."

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id3150247\n"
"65\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>New</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>Ny(t)</emph> og klik så på <emph>Luk</emph>."

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id3147036\n"
"29\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly exclude a word from hyphenation, select the word, choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>, click the <emph>Font </emph>tab, and select \"None\" in the <emph>Language </emph>box."
msgstr "For hurtigt at udelade et ord fra orddeling, marker ordet, vælg <emph>Formater - Tegn</emph>, klik på fanebladet <emph>Skrifttype</emph>, og vælg \"Ingen\" i feltet <emph>Sprog</emph>."

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id0302200910262761\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Some words contain special characters that %PRODUCTNAME treats as a hyphen. If you do not want such words to be hyphenated, you can insert a special code that prevents hyphenation at the position where the special code is inserted. Proceed as follows:"
msgstr "Nogle ord indeholde specielle tegn som %PRODUCTNAME behandler som bindestreger. Hvis du ikke ønsker sådanne orddelte, kan du indsætte en speciel kode som forhindrer orddeling ved den specielle kodes placering. Fortsæt som følger:"

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id0302200910262850\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enable the special features of complex text layout (CTL) languages: Choose <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Languages</item> and check <emph>Enabled for complex text layout (CTL)</emph>. Click OK."
msgstr "Aktiver de specielle funktionaliteter i Complex Text Layout (CTL) sprog: Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - Sprogindstillinger - Sprog</item> og marker <emph>Aktiveret for Complex Text Layout (CTL)</emph>. Klik OK."

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id0302200910262837\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Position the cursor at the place where no hyphenation should occur."
msgstr "Placer markøren hvor der ikke skal laves orddeling."

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id0302200910262867\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Formatting Mark - No-width no break</item>."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Formateringsmærke - Ingen bredde, ingen ombrydning</item>."

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id0302200910572128\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Once the special character is inserted, you might disable CTL again. Support of CTL was only necessary to insert the special character."
msgstr "Når specialtegnet er indsat, kan du deaktivere CTL igen. Understøttelse af CTL var kun nødvendig for at indsætte specialtegnet."

#: hyphen_prevent.xhp
msgctxt ""
"hyphen_prevent.xhp\n"
"par_id3154361\n"
"46\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Tekstforløb\">Tekstforløb</link>"

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Indenting Paragraphs"
msgstr "Indrykke afsnit"

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155869\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>formatting; indenting paragraphs</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>indents;in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraphs; indents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hanging indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>right indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lines of text; indents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing;indents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>formatering; indrykning af afsnit</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indrykninger;i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afsnit; indrykninger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hængende indrykninger i afsnit</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indrykninger til højre i afsnit</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstlinjer; indrykninger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ændre; indrykninger</bookmark_value>"

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"hd_id129398\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indenting\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp\">Indenting Paragraphs</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indenting\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp\">Indrykke afsnit</link></variable>"

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id5589159\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the measurement units, choose <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</item>, and then select a new measurement unit in the Settings area."
msgstr "For at ændre måleenhederne skal du vælge <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Generelt</item>, og så vælge en ny måleenhed i området Indstillinger."

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id9936216\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can change the indents for the current paragraph, or for all selected paragraphs, or for a Paragraph Style."
msgstr "Du kan ændre indrykningerne for det aktuelle afsnit, for alle valgte afsnit eller for en afsnitstypografi."

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id7953123\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\">set indents using the ruler</link>. To display the ruler, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Ruler</item>."
msgstr "Du kan også <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\">definere indrykninger ved hjælp af linealen</link>. For at vise linealen skal du vælge <item type=\"menuitem\">Vis - Lineal</item>."

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id4013794\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</item> to change the indents for the current paragraph or for all selected paragraphs. You can also <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\">set indents using the ruler</link>."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Afsnit - Indrykning og afstand</item> for at ændre indrykningerne for det aktuelle afsnit eller for alle valgte afsnit. Du kan også <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\" name=\"ruler\">definere indrykninger ved hjælp af linealen</link>."

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id1631824\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click a paragraph and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Paragraph Style - Indents & Spacing</item> to change the indents for all paragraphs that have the same Paragraph Style."
msgstr "Højreklik på et afsnit og vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Rediger afsnitstypografi - Indrykning og afstand</item> for at ændre indrykningerne for alle afsnit, som har det samme afsnitstypografi."

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id7271645\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Indents are calculated with respect to the left and right page margins. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number."
msgstr "Indrykning bliver beregnet i forhold til venstre og højre sidemargener. Hvis du vil vil have afsnittet til at gå ind i sidemargenen, skal du indtaste et negativt tal."

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id2136295\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The indents are different regarding the writing direction. For example, look at the <item type=\"menuitem\">Before text </item>indent value in left-to-right languages. The left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In right-to-left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin."
msgstr "Indrykningerne er forskellige med hensyn til skriveretningen. Se fx på indrykningsværdien <item type=\"menuitem\">Før tekst</item> i venstre-mod-højre sprog. Den venstre kant af afsnittet bliver indrykket i forhold til venstre sidemargen. I højre-mod-venstre sprog bliver den højre kant af afsnittet indrykket i forhold til højre sidemargen."

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id4186223\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For a hanging indent, enter a positive value for <item type=\"menuitem\">Before text</item> and a negative value for <item type=\"menuitem\">First line</item>."
msgstr "For en hængende indrykning skal du indtaste en positiv værdi for <item type=\"menuitem\">Før tekst</item> og en negativ værdi for <item type=\"menuitem\">Første linje</item>."

#: indenting.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indenting.xhp\n"
"par_id1491134\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">Formater - Afsnit - Indrykning og afstand</link>"

#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries"
msgstr "Redigering eller sletning af elementer i indeks og oversigter"

#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155186\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting;entries of indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing;table/index entries</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>stikordsregistre; redigere eller slette elementer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indholdsfortegnelser; redigere eller slette elementer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>slette;elementer i indekser/indholdsfortegnelser</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>redigere;tabel-/indekselementer</bookmark_value>"

#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155186\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp\" name=\"Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries\">Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp\" name=\"Redigering eller sletning af elementer i indeks og oversigter\">Redigering eller sletning af elementer i indeks og oversigter</link></variable>"

#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3155855\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Index entries are inserted as fields into your document. To view fields in your document, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View</item>         and ensure that <item type=\"menuitem\">Field Shadings</item>         is selected."
msgstr "Indekselementer bliver indsat som felter i dit dokument. For at se felter i dit dokument vælger du <item type=\"menuitem\">Vis</item> og sikrer dig, at <item type=\"menuitem\">Feltskygger</item> er valgt."

#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3155507\n"
"13\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor immediately in front of the index entry in your document."
msgstr "Placer markøren umiddelbart foran indekselementet i dit dokument."

#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3155526\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Index Entry</emph>, and do one of the following:"
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Rediger - Indekselement</emph> og gør et af følgende:"

#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3154238\n"
"17\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the entry, enter different text in the <emph>Entry</emph> box."
msgstr "For at ændre en indtastning indtast anden tekst i boksen <emph> Indekselement</emph>"

#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3154263\n"
"18\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To remove the entry, click <emph>Delete</emph>."
msgstr "For at fjerne indtastningen klik på <emph>Slet</emph>."

#: indices_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3155893\n"
"15\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To cycle through the index entries in your document, click the next or the previous arrows in the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp\" name=\"Edit Index Entry dialog\"><emph>Edit Index Entry</emph> dialog</link>."
msgstr "For at gennemse indekselementerne i dit dokument klikker du på en af pilene i dialogen <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp\" name=\"Edit Index Entry dialog\"><emph>Rediger indekselement</emph></link>."

#: indices_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents"
msgstr "Opdatering, redigering og sletning af stikordsregistre og indholdsfortegnelser"

#: indices_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; editing/updating/deleting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing and deleting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>updating;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>stikordsregistre; redigere/opdatere/slette</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indholdsfortegnelser; redigere og slette</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>opdatere;indekser/indholdsfortegnelser</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>redigere;indekser/indholdsfortegnelser</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>slette;indekser/indholdsfortegnelser</bookmark_value>"

#: indices_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149695\n"
"56\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp\" name=\"Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents\">Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp\" name=\"Opdatering, redigering og sletning af stikordsregistre og indholdsfortegnelser\">Opdatering, redigering og sletning af stikordsregistre og indholdsfortegnelser</link></variable>"

#: indices_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3155856\n"
"57\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the index or table of contents."
msgstr "Placer markøren i stikordsregisteret eller indholdsfortegnelsen."

#: indices_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3155871\n"
"59\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you cannot place your cursor in the index or table of contents, choose <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</item>, and then select               <item type=\"menuitem\">Enable</item> in the               <item type=\"menuitem\">Cursor in protected areas</item> section."
msgstr "Hvis du ikke kan placere din markør i stikordsregisteret eller indholdsfortegnelsen, skal du vælge <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formateringshjælp</item>, og så vælge <item type=\"menuitem\">Aktiver</item> i <item type=\"menuitem\">Markør i beskyttede zoner</item> sektionen."

#: indices_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3154248\n"
"58\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click and choose an editing option from the menu."
msgstr "Højreklik og vælg en redigeringsmulighed fra menuen."

#: indices_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3155872\n"
"60\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also make changes directly to an index or table of contents. Right-click in the index or table of contents, choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>, click <emph>Index/Table</emph> tab, and then clear the <emph>Protected from manual changes</emph> check box."
msgstr "Du kan også lave ændringer direkte på et stikordsregister eller en indholdsfortegnelse. Højreklik i stikordsregisteret eller indholdsfortegnelsen, vælg <emph>Rediger indeks/oversigt</emph>, klik på fanebladet <emph>Indeks/oversigt</emph>, og ryd derefter afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Beskyt mod manuelle ændringer</emph>."

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries"
msgstr "Angivelse af indeks- eller indholdsfortegnelseselementer"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149689\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; defining entries in</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables of contents; defining entries in</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>entries; defining in indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>indekser; angive punkter i</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indholdsfortegnelser; angiver punkter i</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>elementer; angiver i indekser/indholdsfortegnelser</bookmark_value>"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149689\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp\" name=\"Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries\">Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_enter\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp\" name=\"Angivelse af indeks- eller indholdsfortegnelseselementer\">Angivelse af indeks- eller indholdsfortegnelseselementer</link></variable>"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155862\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Define Index Entries"
msgstr "For at angive indekselementer"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3156380\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in a word, or select the words in your document that you want to use as an index entry."
msgstr "Klik i et ord, eller vælg det ord i dit dokument som du vil bruge som et indekselement."

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3147409\n"
"9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph>, and do one of the following:"
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Indekser og oversigter - Indekselement</emph>, og gør et af følgende:"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3153417\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the text that appears in the index, type the text that you want in the <emph>Entry</emph> box. The text that you type here does not replace the selected text in the document."
msgstr "For at ændre den tekst, som ses i indekset, skriv den tekst, du ønsker, i boksen <emph>Indtastning</emph>. Den tekst, du indtaster her, erstatter ikke den tekst, der er valgt i dokumentet."

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3154258\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add an index mark to similar words in your document, select <emph>Apply to all similar texts</emph>."
msgstr "For at føje et indeksmærke til lignende ord i dit dokument, vælg <emph>Anvend på alle lignende tekster</emph>."

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3155889\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add the entries to a custom index, click the <emph>New User-defined Index</emph> icon, enter the name of the index, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "For at føje indtastningerne til en tilpasset fortegnelse klik på ikonet <emph>Ny brugerdefineret fortegnelse</emph> indtast navnet på fortegnelsen og klik så <emph>OK</emph>."

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147119\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Define Table of Contents Entries"
msgstr "For at angive indholdsfortegnelseselementer"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3147132\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents."
msgstr "Den bedste måde at generere en indholdsfortegnelse på er at anvende de foruddefinerede typografier for afsnitsoverskrifter såsom \"Overskrift 1\" til de afsnit, som du vil inkludere i din indholdsfortegnelse."

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150230\n"
"13\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Use a Custom Paragraph Style as a Table of Contents Entry"
msgstr "For at anvende en brugerdefineret afsnitstypografi som et indholdsfortegnelseselement"

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150933\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph> and click the <emph>Numbering</emph> tab."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Funktioner - Dispositionsnummerering</emph> og klik på fanebladet <emph>Nummerering</emph>."

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150964\n"
"15\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the paragraph style that you want to include in your table of contents in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box."
msgstr "Vælg den afsnitstypografi, som du vil inkludere i din indholdsfortegnelse, i feltet <emph>Afsnitstypografi</emph>."

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3150523\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Level</emph> list, click the hierarchical level that you want to apply the paragraph style to."
msgstr "I listen <emph>Niveau</emph>, klik det hierarkiske niveau, som du vil anvende afsnitstypografien på."

#: indices_enter.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_enter.xhp\n"
"par_id3153730\n"
"17\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>. You can now apply the style to headings in your document and include them in your table of contents."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>. Du kan nu anvende typografien på overskrifter i dit dokument og inkludere dem i din indholdsfortegnelse."

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents"
msgstr "Formatering af et indeks eller en indholdsfortegnelse"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing; index format</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables of contents; formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>entries; in tables of contents, as hyperlinks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables of contents; hyperlinks as entries</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hyperlinks; in tables of contents and indexes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;indexes and tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>indekser; formatering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>redigere; indeksformat</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indholdsfortegnelser; formatering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>elementer; i indholdsfortegnelse, som hyperlinks</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indholdsfortegnelser; hyperlinks som elementer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hyperlinks; i indholdsfortegnelser og indekser</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatering;indekser og indholdsfortegnelser</bookmark_value>"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155855\n"
"38\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_form\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp\" name=\"Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents\">Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_form\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp\" name=\"Formatering af et indeks eller en indholdsfortegnelse\">Formatering af et indeks eller en indholdsfortegnelse</link></variable>"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3154259\n"
"39\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can apply different paragraph styles, assign hyperlinks to entries, change the layout of indexes, and change the background color of indexes in the <emph>Insert Index</emph> dialog."
msgstr "Du kan anvende forskellige afsnitstypografier, tildele hyperlinks til indtastninger, ændre udseendet af indekser og ændre baggrundsfarven på indekser i dialogen <emph>Indsæt indeks</emph>."

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155888\n"
"44\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Different Paragraph Style to an Index Level"
msgstr "For at anvende en anden afsnitstypografi til et indeksniveau"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3147110\n"
"45\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in the index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>."
msgstr "Højreklik i stikordsregisteret eller indholdsfortegnelsen og vælg så <emph>Rediger indeks/oversigt</emph>."

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3147135\n"
"46\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Styles </emph>tab."
msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <emph>Typografier</emph>."

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3150229\n"
"47\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click an index level in the <emph>Levels </emph>list."
msgstr "Klik på et indeksniveau i listen <emph>Niveauer</emph>."

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3150934\n"
"48\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the style that you want to apply in the <emph>Paragraph Style </emph>list."
msgstr "Klik på den typografi, som du vil anvende, i listen <emph>Afsnitstypografi</emph>."

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3150960\n"
"56\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the assign button <emph><</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på knappen tildel <emph><</emph>."

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3150516\n"
"49\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"hd_id3146878\n"
"40\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Assign Hyperlinks to Entries in a Table of Contents"
msgstr "For at tildele hyperlink til punkter i en indholdsfortegnelse"

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3146890\n"
"50\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can assign a cross-reference as a hyperlink to entries in a table of contents."
msgstr "Du kan tildele en krydshenvisning som et hyperlink til punkter i en indholdsfortegnelse."

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3150712\n"
"51\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in the table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>."
msgstr "Højreklik i indholdsfortegnelsen, og vælg så <emph>Rediger indeks/oversigt</emph>."

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3150738\n"
"42\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab."
msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <emph>Elementer</emph>."

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3148399\n"
"52\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Level</item> list click the heading level that you want to assign hyperlinks to."
msgstr "Klik på overskriftsniveauet, som du vil knytte hyperlink til, i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Niveau</item>."

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3148424\n"
"53\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Structure </emph>area, click in the box in front of <emph>E#</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>."
msgstr "I området <emph>Struktur</emph> skal du klikke i feltet foran <emph>E#</emph> og så klikke på <emph>Hyperlink</emph>."

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3153171\n"
"54\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the box behind the <emph>E</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>."
msgstr "Klik i kassen bag <emph>E</emph>, og klik så på <emph>Hyperlink</emph>."

#: indices_form.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_form.xhp\n"
"par_id3147060\n"
"55\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeat for each heading level that you want to create hyperlinks for, or click the <item type=\"menuitem\">All</item> button to apply the formatting to all levels."
msgstr "Gentag for hvert overskriftsniveau, som du vil oprette hyperlinks til, eller klik på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">Alle</item> for at anvende formateringen på alle niveauer."

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating Alphabetical Indexes"
msgstr "Oprettelse af stikordsregistre"

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155911\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>concordance files;indexes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>indexes; alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>konkordansfiler;indholdsfortegnelser</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indholdsfortegnelser;alfabetiske indekser</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>alfabetiske indholdsfortegnelser</bookmark_value>"

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155911\n"
"24\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_index\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp\" name=\"Creating Alphabetical Indexes\">Creating Alphabetical Indexes</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_index\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp\" name=\"Oprettelse af stikordsregistre\">Oprettelse af stikordsregistre</link></variable>"

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3154233\n"
"25\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert the index."
msgstr "Klik i dit dokument, hvor du vil indsætte indekset."

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3154252\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Indekser og oversigter - Indeks/oversigt</emph>."

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3155884\n"
"31\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Index/Table</emph> tab, select \"Alphabetical Index\" in the <emph>Type</emph> box."
msgstr "På fanebladet <emph>Indeks/oversigt</emph>, marker \"Stikordsregister\" i feltet <emph>Type</emph>."

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3147114\n"
"36\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to use a concordance file, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Concordance file</item> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item>               area, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">File</item> button, and then locate an existing file or create a new concordance file."
msgstr "Hvis du vil bruge en konkordansfil skal du markere <item type=\"menuitem\">Konkordansfil</item> i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Indstillinger</item>, klikke på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">Filer</item> og finde en eksisterende fil eller oprette en ny konkordansfil."

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3150223\n"
"28\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Set the formatting options for the index, either on the current tab, or on any of the other tabs of this dialog. For example, if you want to use single letter headings in your index, click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab, and then select <emph>Alphabetical delimiter</emph>. To change the formatting of levels in the index, click the <emph>Styles</emph> tab."
msgstr "Definer formateringsindstillingerne for stikordsregisteret, enten på det aktuelle faneblad eller på et andet af dialogens faneblade. For eksempel, hvis du vil bruge enkeltbogstavsoverskrifter i dit stikordsregister, klik på fanebladet <emph>Elementer</emph>, og vælg så <emph>Alfabetisk skilletegn</emph>. For at ændre formateringen af niveauer i stikordsregisteret, klik på fanebladet <emph>Typografier</emph>."

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3150946\n"
"27\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3150502\n"
"37\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To update the index, right-click in the index, and then choose <emph>Update Index/Table</emph>."
msgstr "For at opdatere stikordsregisteret, højreklik i stikordsregisteret, og vælg så <emph>Opdater indeks/oversigt</emph>."

#: indices_index.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_index.xhp\n"
"par_id3152760\n"
"38\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp\" name=\"Creating a concordance file\">Creating a concordance file</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp\" name=\"Oprettelse af en konkordansfil\">Oprettelse af en konkordansfil</link>"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating a Bibliography"
msgstr "Oprettelse af en litteraturliste"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149687\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>databases;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>bibliographies</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>entries;bibliographies</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>storing bibliographic information</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>indekser;oprette litteraturlister</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>databaser;oprette litteraturlister</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>litteraturlister</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>elementer;litteraturlister</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>gemme litteraturlisteinformation</bookmark_value>"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149687\n"
"46\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_literature\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Bibliography\">Creating a Bibliography</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_literature\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp\" name=\"Oprettelse af en litteraturliste\">Oprettelse af en litteraturliste</link></variable>"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3155864\n"
"60\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A bibliography is a list of works that you reference in a document."
msgstr "En litteraturliste er en liste over værker, du henviser til i et dokument."

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153402\n"
"61\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Storing Bibliographic Information"
msgstr "Gem bibliografisk information"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3153414\n"
"62\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] stores bibliographic information in a bibliography database, or in an individual document."
msgstr "$[officename] gemmer bibliografisk information i en litteraturdatabase eller i et selvstændigt dokument."

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154244\n"
"63\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Store Information in the Bibliography Database"
msgstr "For at gemme information i litteraturlistedatabasen"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3155872\n"
"50\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/02250000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Bibliography Database\"><emph>Tools - Bibliography Database</emph></link>"
msgstr "Vælg <link href=\"text/shared/01/02250000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Bibliography Database\"><emph>Funktioner - Litteraturdatabase</emph></link>."

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3155900\n"
"64\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Record</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Datapost</emph>."

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3147123\n"
"65\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item>               box, and then add additional information to the record in the remaining boxes."
msgstr "Indtast et navn for litteraturlisteelementet i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Kort betegnelse</item>, og tilføj så yderligere information om publikationen i de øvrige felter."

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3150219\n"
"66\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Close the               <item type=\"menuitem\">Bibliography Database</item> window."
msgstr "Luk vinduet <item type=\"menuitem\">Litteraturlistedatabase</item>."

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150242\n"
"67\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Store Bibliographic Information in an Individual Document"
msgstr "For at gemme litteraturliste information i et selvstændigt dokument"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3150945\n"
"68\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry."
msgstr "Klik i dokumentet, hvor du vil tilføje litteraturlisteelementet."

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3150964\n"
"51\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Indexes and Tables - Bibliography Entry\"><emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Bibliography Entry</emph></link>."
msgstr "Vælg <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Indexes and Tables - Bibliography Entry\"><emph>Indsæt - Indekser og oversigter - Litteraturlisteelement</emph></link>."

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3150525\n"
"69\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>From document content</emph> and click <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Fra dokumentindhold</emph> og klik <emph>Nyt</emph>."

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3153738\n"
"70\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item>               box."
msgstr "Indtast et navn for litteraturlisteelementet i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Kort betegnelse</item>."

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3153763\n"
"71\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the publication source for the record in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>               box, and then add additional information in the remaining boxes."
msgstr "Vælg kildetekstens type i rullelisten <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>, og tilføj så yderligere information om kilden i de øvrige bokse."

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3146873\n"
"72\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3146897\n"
"73\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert Bibliography Entry</item>               dialog, click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>, and then <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr "I dialogen <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt litteraturlisteelement</item> klik på <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt</item> og derefter på <item type=\"menuitem\">Luk</item>."

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150741\n"
"74\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Bibliography Entries From the Bibliography Database"
msgstr "Indsæt litteraturlisteelementer fra litteraturdatabasen"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3148402\n"
"75\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry."
msgstr "Klik i dokumentet, hvor du vil tilføje litteraturlisteelementet."

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3148421\n"
"52\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Bibliography Entry</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Indekser og oversigter - Litteraturlisteelement</emph>."

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3153231\n"
"53\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>From bibliography database</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Fra litteraturdatabase</emph>."

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3147059\n"
"54\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the name of the bibliography entry that you want to insert in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Short name</item>               box."
msgstr "Vælg navnet på litteraturlisteelementet, som du vil indsætte, i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Kort betegnelse</item>."

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3147085\n"
"76\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "Klik <emph>Indsæt</emph> og klik så på <emph>Luk</emph>."

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id3156060\n"
"77\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Bibliography Database\">Bibliography Database</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp\" name=\"Litteraturdatabase\">Litteraturdatabase</link>"

#: indices_literature.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_literature.xhp\n"
"par_id6367076\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Some external tools exist that can interact with %PRODUCTNAME. One example is called <link href=\"http://bibus-biblio.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page\">Bibus</link>."
msgstr "Der findes eksterne værktøjer, som kan interagere med %PRODUCTNAME. Et eksempel er <link href=\"http://bibus-biblio.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page\">Bibus</link>."

#: indices_multidoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Indexes Covering Several Documents"
msgstr "Indekser der dækker flere dokumenter"

#: indices_multidoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
"bm_id3153418\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes;multiple documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>multiple documents;indexes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>merging;indexes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>master documents;indexes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>indekser;flere dokumenter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>flere dokumenter;indekser</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>flette;indekser</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>hoveddokumenter;indekser</bookmark_value>"

#: indices_multidoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153418\n"
"43\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_multidoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp\" name=\"Indexes Covering Several Documents\">Indexes Covering Several Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_multidoc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp\" name=\"Indekser der dækker flere dokumenter\">Indekser der dækker flere dokumenter</link></variable>"

#: indices_multidoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3155872\n"
"44\n"
"help.text"
msgid "There are several ways to create an index that spans several documents:"
msgstr "Der er flere metoder til at oprette et indeks som spænder over flere dokumenter:"

#: indices_multidoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3155895\n"
"42\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Create an <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index in each individual document\">index in each individual document</link>, copy and paste the indexes into a single document, and then edit them."
msgstr "Opret et <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"index in each individual document\">indeks i hvert enkelt dokument</link>, kopier og sæt indekserne ind i et enkelt dokument og rediger dem derefter."

#: indices_multidoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3147118\n"
"45\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select each index, choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Section</item></link>, and then enter a name for the index. In a separate document, choose               <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Section</item>, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item>, click the browse button (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>), and then locate and insert a named index section."
msgstr "Marker hvert indeks, vælg <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Section\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Sektion</item></link>, og indtast derefter et navn for indekset. I et selvstændigt dokument, vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Sektion</item>, marker <item type=\"menuitem\">Kæde</item>, klik gennemsynsknappen (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>), og find og indsæt en navngivet indekssektion."

#: indices_multidoc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_multidoc.xhp\n"
"par_id3150230\n"
"46\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Create a <link href=\"text/shared/01/01010001.xhp\" name=\"master document\">master document</link>, add as subdocuments the files that you want to include in the index, and then choose <emph>Insert - Index and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>."
msgstr "Opret et <link href=\"text/shared/01/01010001.xhp\" name=\"master document\">hoveddokument</link>, tilføj filerne, som du vil inkludere i indekset, som underdokumenter og vælg så <emph>Indsæt - Indekser og oversigter - Indeks/oversigt</emph>."

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating a Table of Contents"
msgstr "Oprettelse af en indholdsfortegnelse"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147104\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables of contents; creating and updating</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>updating; tables of contents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>indholdsfortegnelser; oprette og opdatere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opdatere; indholdsfortegnelser</bookmark_value>"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147104\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_toc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Table of Contents\">Creating a Table of Contents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_toc\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp\" name=\"Oprettelse af en indholdsfortegnelse\">Oprettelse af en indholdsfortegnelse</link></variable>"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3150942\n"
"45\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents. After you apply these styles, you can then create a table of contents."
msgstr "Den bedste måde til at generere en indholdsfortegnelse på er at anvende de foruddefinerede typografier for afsnitsoverskrifter, såsom \"Overskrift 1\", til de afsnit, som du vil inkludere i din indholdsfortegnelse. Efter at du har anvendt disse typografier, kan du oprette en indholdsfortegnelse."

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"hd_id5876949\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Table of Contents"
msgstr "For at indsætte en indholdsfortegnelse"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3150510\n"
"17\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents."
msgstr "Klik i dokumentet, hvor du vil oprette indholdsfortegnelsen."

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3150528\n"
"18\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"Index/Table\"><emph>Index/Table</emph></link> tab."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Indekser og oversigter - Indeks/oversigt</emph>, og klik så på fanebladet <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp\" name=\"Index/Table\"><emph>Indeks/oversigt</emph></link>."

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3153746\n"
"46\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select \"Table of Contents\" in the <emph>Type</emph> box."
msgstr "Vælg \"Indholdsfortegnelse\" i feltet <emph>Type</emph>."

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3146856\n"
"47\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select any options that you want."
msgstr "Vælg de indstillinger du ønsker."

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3146872\n"
"19\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3146896\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Additional Styles</item>            check box in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Create from</item> area, and then click the (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) button next to the check box. In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Assign Styles</item> dialog, click the style in the list, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item>            or the <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item>            button to define the outline level for the paragraph style."
msgstr "Hvis du vil bruge en anden afsnitstypografi som indholdsfortegnelseelement, skal du vælge afkrydsningsfeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Yderligere typografier</item> i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Opret ud fra</item> og så klikke på knappen (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) ved siden af afkrydsningsfeltet. I dialogen <item type=\"menuitem\">Tildel typografier</item> skal du klikke på typografien på listen og så klikke på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item> for at definere dispositionsniveauet for afsnitstypografien."

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153148\n"
"21\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Update a Table of Contents"
msgstr "For at opdatere en indholdsfortegnelse"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3153161\n"
"22\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gør et af følgende:"

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3153183\n"
"48\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in the table of contents and choose <emph>Update Index/Table</emph>."
msgstr "Højreklik i indholdsfortegnelsen og vælg <emph>Opdater indeks/oversigt</emph>."

#: indices_toc.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_toc.xhp\n"
"par_id3147066\n"
"44\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Update - All Indexes and Tables</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Funktioner - Opdater - Alle indekser og oversigter</emph>."

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "User-Defined Indexes"
msgstr "Brugerdefinerede indekser"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154896\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes; creating user-defined indexes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>user-defined indexes</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>indekser; opret brugerdefinerede indekser</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>brugerdefinerede indekser</bookmark_value>"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154896\n"
"30\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"indices_userdef\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp\" name=\"User-Defined Indexes\">User-Defined Indexes</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"indices_userdef\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp\" name=\"Brugerdefinerede indekser\">Brugerdefinerede indekser</link></variable>"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3155184\n"
"31\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can create as many user-defined indexes as you want."
msgstr "Du kan oprette så mange brugerdefinerede indekser, som du vil."

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155915\n"
"47\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a User-Defined Index"
msgstr "For at oprette et brugerdefineret indeks"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3155867\n"
"48\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a word or words that you want to add to a user-defined index."
msgstr "Marker et eller flere ord, som du vil føje til et brugerdefineret indeks."

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3153410\n"
"49\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Indekser og oversigter - Element</emph>."

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3154248\n"
"50\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">New User-defined Index</item> button next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Index</item>               box."
msgstr "Klik på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">Nyt brugerdefineret indeks</item> ved siden af feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Indeks</item>."

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3155886\n"
"51\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name for the index in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item>               box and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "Skriv et navn på indekset i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Navn</item> og tryk på <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3147114\n"
"52\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click               <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> to add the selected word(s) to the new index."
msgstr "Klik på <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt</item> for at tilføje de(t) valgte ord til det nye indeks."

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3147139\n"
"53\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click               <item type=\"menuitem\">Close</item>."
msgstr "Klik på <item type=\"menuitem\">Luk</item>"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150231\n"
"54\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a User-Defined Index"
msgstr "For at indsætte et brugerdefineret indeks"

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3150933\n"
"32\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the index."
msgstr "Klik i dokumentet, hvor du vil indsætte indekset."

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3150952\n"
"33\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Indekser og oversigter - Indeks/oversigt</emph>."

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3150509\n"
"55\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Index/Table</item> tab, select the name of the user-defined index that you created in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>               box."
msgstr "På fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Indeks/oversigt</item> markeres navnet på det brugerdefinerede indeks, som du oprettede i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>."

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3146881\n"
"56\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select any options that you want."
msgstr "Vælg de indstillinger du ønsker."

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3146897\n"
"34\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: indices_userdef.xhp
msgctxt ""
"indices_userdef.xhp\n"
"par_id3150720\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles</item>, and then click the (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) button next to the box. Click the style in the list, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item>         or the <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item>         button to define the outline level for the paragraph style."
msgstr "Hvis du vil bruge en anden afsnitstypografi for et element i indholdsfortegnelsen, skal du vælge <item type=\"menuitem\">Typografier</item> og så klikke på knappen (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) ved siden af feltet. Vælg typografien på listen, og klik så på knappen <item type=\"menuitem\">>></item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\"><<</item> for at definere dispositionsniveauet for afsnitstypografien."

#: insert_beforetable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page"
msgstr "Indsættelse af tekst før en tabel øverst på en side"

#: insert_beforetable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables;start/end of document</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>paragraphs;inserting before/after tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting;paragraphs before/after tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabeller; først/sidst i dokument</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afsnit; indsætte før/efter tabeller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indsætte; afsnit før/efter tabeller</bookmark_value>"

#: insert_beforetable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149688\n"
"54\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_beforetable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page\">Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_beforetable\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp\" name=\"Indsættelse af tekst før en tabel øverst på en side\">Indsættelse af tekst før en tabel øverst på en side</link></variable>"

#: insert_beforetable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
"par_id3155923\n"
"55\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to insert text before a table that is at the top of a page, click in the first cell of the table, in front of any contents of that cell, and then press <item type=\"keycode\">Enter</item> or <item type=\"keycode\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter</item>."
msgstr "Hvis du vil indsætte tekst før en tabel, som er øverst på en side, skal du klikke i den første celle i tabellen, foran indholdet i cellen, og så trykke <item type=\"keycode\">Enter</item> eller <item type=\"keycode\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter</item>."

#: insert_beforetable.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_beforetable.xhp\n"
"par_idN10612\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert text after a table at the end of the document, go to the last cell of the table and press <item type=\"keycode\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter</item>."
msgstr "Hvis du vil indsætte tekst efter en tabel, som er nederst på siden, skal du klikke i den sidste celle i tabellen og trykke <item type=\"keycode\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter</item>."

#: insert_graphic.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Graphics"
msgstr "Indsættelse af grafik"

#: insert_graphic.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154922\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; inserting pictures in</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>images; inserting in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>inserting; pictures</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting options</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; indsæt billeder i</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>billeder; indsætte i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indsætte; billeder</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>billeder; indsætningsindstillinger</bookmark_value>"

#: insert_graphic.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154922\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics\">Inserting Graphics</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp\" name=\"Indsættelse af grafik\">Indsættelse af grafik</link></variable>"

#: insert_graphic.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic.xhp\n"
"par_id3149695\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "There are several ways to insert a graphic object in a text document."
msgstr "Der er flere metoder til at indsætte et grafikobjekt i et tekstdokument."

#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting a Graphic From a File"
msgstr "Indsættelse af grafik fra en fil"

#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154896\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>pictures; inserting by dialog</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting; pictures, by dialog</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>billeder; indsætte med dialog</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indsætte; billeder, med dialog</bookmark_value>"

#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154896\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Graphic From a File\">Inserting a Graphic From a File</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Indsættelse af grafik fra en fil\">Indsættelse af grafik fra en fil</link></variable>"

#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3155914\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the graphic."
msgstr "Klik i dokumentet, hvor du vil indsætte grafikken."

#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3155864\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/04140000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Picture - From File\"><emph>Insert - Picture - From File</emph></link>."
msgstr "Vælg <link href=\"text/shared/01/04140000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Picture - From File\"><emph>Indsæt - Billede - Fra fil</emph></link>."

#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3156021\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Locate the graphic file that you want to insert, and then click <emph>Open</emph>."
msgstr "Find grafikfilen, som du vil indsætte, og klik så på <emph>Åbn</emph>."

#: insert_graphic_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3153396\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "By default, the inserted graphic is centered above the paragraph that you clicked in."
msgstr "Som standard vil den indsatte grafik blive centreret over afsnittet, som du klikkede i."

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document"
msgstr "Indsætning af et Calc diagram i et tekstdokument"

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"bm_id3152999\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>charts;copying from Calc into Writer</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>copying; charts from $[officename] Calc</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text documents;inserting Calc charts</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>diagrammer; kopiere fra Calc til Writer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kopiere; diagrammer fra $[officename] Calc</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekstdokumenter; indsætte Calc-diagrammer</bookmark_value>"

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"hd_id3152999\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromchart\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document\">Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromchart\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\" name=\"Indsætning af et Calc diagram i et tekstdokument\">Indsætning af et Calc diagram i et tekstdokument</link></variable>"

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"par_id3155890\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert a copy of a chart that is not updated when you modify the chart data in the spreadsheet."
msgstr "Du kan indsætte en kopi af et diagram, som ikke bliver opdateret, når du ændrer diagramdataene i regnearket."

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"par_id3149054\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the text document that you want to copy the chart to."
msgstr "Åbn tekstdokumentet, som du vil kopiere diagrammet til."

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"par_id3155854\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the spreadsheet containing the chart that you want to copy."
msgstr "Åbn regnearket som indeholder diagrammet som du vil kopiere."

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"par_id3153396\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the spreadsheet, click the chart. Eight handles appear."
msgstr "I regnearket, klik diagrammet. Otte håndtag vises."

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"par_id3153414\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag the chart from the spreadsheet to the text document."
msgstr "Træk diagrammet fra regnearket til teksten dokument."

#: insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp\n"
"par_id3145102\n"
"9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can resize and move the chart in the text document as you would any object. To edit the chart data, double-click the chart."
msgstr "Du kan ændre størrelsen og flytte diagrammet i tekstdokumentet som for ethvert objekt. For at redigere diagramdataene skal du dobbeltklikke i diagrammet."

#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress"
msgstr "Indsættelse af grafik fra $[officename] Draw eller Impress"

#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155917\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; inserting pictures from Draw</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting from Draw</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; indsætte billeder fra Draw</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>billeder; indsætte fra Draw</bookmark_value>"

#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155917\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromdraw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress\">Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_fromdraw\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\" name=\"Indsættelse af grafik fra $[officename] Draw eller Impress\">Indsættelse af grafik fra $[officename] Draw eller Impress</link></variable>"

#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
"par_id3153414\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the document where you want to insert the object."
msgstr "Åbn det dokument, hvor du vil indsætte objektet."

#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
"par_id3149640\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the Draw or Impress document containing the object that you want to copy."
msgstr "Åbn det Draw- eller Impressdokument som indeholder objektet, som du vil kopiere."

#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
"par_id3145098\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Hold down <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item> and click and hold the object for a moment."
msgstr "Hold <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item> nede og klik og hold objektet et øjeblik."

#: insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp\n"
"par_id3156250\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag to the document where you want to insert the object."
msgstr "Træk til det dokument, hvor du vil indsætte objektet."

#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop"
msgstr "Indsættelse af grafik fra Galleri med træk-og-slip"

#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145083\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting; from Gallery into text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting from Gallery into text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>replacing;objects from Gallery</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>indsætte; fra Galleri til tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>billeder; indsætte fra Galleri til tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>erstatte; objekter fra Galleri</bookmark_value>"

#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145083\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_gallery\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop\">Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_gallery\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\" name=\"Indsættelse af grafik fra Galleri med træk-og-slip\">Indsættelse af grafik fra Galleri med træk-og-slip</link></variable>"

#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
"par_id3155907\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can drag-and-drop an object from the gallery into a text document, spreadsheet, drawing, or presentation."
msgstr "Du kan trække-og-slippe et objekt fra Galleriet ind i et tekstdokument, et regneark, en tegning eller en præsentation."

#: insert_graphic_gallery.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_gallery.xhp\n"
"par_id3155923\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To replace a gallery object that you inserted in a document, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag a different gallery object onto the object."
msgstr "For at erstatte et Galleriobjekt som du har indsat i et dokument, skal du holde tasterne Skift+Ctrl nede, og så trække et andet Galleriobjekt ovenpå objektet."

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting a Scanned Image"
msgstr "Indsættelse af et scannet billede"

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"bm_id3156017\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>inserting;scanned images</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pictures; scanning</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>scanning pictures</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>indsætte;scannede billeder</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>billeder;scanne</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>scanne billeder</bookmark_value>"

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156017\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_scan\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp\" name=\"Inserting a Scanned Image\">Inserting a Scanned Image</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_graphic_scan\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp\" name=\"Indsættelse af et scannet billede\">Indsættelse af et scannet billede</link></variable>"

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"par_id3149692\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert a scanned image, the scanner must be connected to your system and the scanner software drivers must be installed."
msgstr "For at indsætte et indscannet billede skal scanneren være tilsluttet dit system, og scannersoftwaren skal være installeret."

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"par_id3155182\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">The scanner must support the TWAIN standard. </caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"UNIX\">The scanner must support the SANE standard.</caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Scanneren skal understøtte TWAIN-standarden. </caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"UNIX\">Scanneren skal understøtte SANE-standarden.</caseinline></switchinline>"

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"par_id3155915\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the scanned image."
msgstr "Klik i dokumentet, hvor du vil indsætte det indscannede billede."

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"par_id3155864\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/shared/01/04060000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Picture - Scan\"><emph>Insert - Picture - Scan</emph></link>, and choose the scanning source from the submenu."
msgstr "Vælg <link href=\"text/shared/01/04060000.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Picture - Scan\"><emph>Indsæt - Billede - Scan</emph></link> og vælg scanningskilden fra undermenuen."

#: insert_graphic_scan.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_graphic_scan.xhp\n"
"par_id3153416\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Follow the scanning instructions."
msgstr "Følg scanningsinstruktionerne."

#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists"
msgstr "Ændring af dispositionsniveauet i punktopstillinger"

#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145078\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>tab stops; inserting in lists</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>numbering; changing the level of</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lists;changing levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>levels;changing outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bullet lists;changing levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lowering outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rising outline levels</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>changing;outline levels</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabulatorer; indsætte i lister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>nummerering; ændre niveauet af</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lister;skifte niveauer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>niveauer;skifte dispositionsniveauer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>punktopstillinger;skifte niveauer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sænke dispositionsniveauer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hæve dispositionsniveauer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ændre;dispositionsniveauer</bookmark_value>"

#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145078\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"insert_tab_innumbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists\">Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"insert_tab_innumbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\" name=\"Ændring af dispositionsniveauet i punktopstillinger\">Ændring af dispositionsniveauet i punktopstillinger</link></variable>"

#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3155909\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph down one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Tab."
msgstr "For at flytte et punktopstillet afsnit et dispositionsniveau ned, klik ved begyndelsen af afsnittet og tryk så Tabulator."

#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3155859\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph up one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Shift+Tab."
msgstr "For at flytte et punktopstillet afsnit et dispositionsniveau op, klik ved begyndelsen af afsnittet og tryk så Skift+Tabulator."

#: insert_tab_innumbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"insert_tab_innumbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3153403\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert a tab between the number or bullet and the paragraph text, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab."
msgstr "For at indsætte en tabulator mellem tallet eller punkttegnet og afsnitsteksten, skal du klikke ved begyndelsen af afsnittet og så trykke <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tabulator."

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Combining Numbered Lists"
msgstr "Kombinering af nummererede lister"

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"bm_id3150495\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; combining</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>merging;numbered lists</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>joining;numbered lists</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lists;combining numbered lists</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraphs;numbering non-consecutive</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>nummerering; kombinere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>flette;nummererede lister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>samle;nummererede lister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lister;kombinere nummererede lister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afsnit;nummerere ikke-fortløbende</bookmark_value>"

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150495\n"
"32\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"join_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Combining Numbered Lists\">Combining Numbered Lists</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"join_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Kombinering af nummererede lister\">Kombinering af nummererede lister</link></variable>"

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3149692\n"
"33\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can combine numbered lists into a single consecutively numbered list."
msgstr "Du kan kombinere nummererede lister i en enkelt fortløbende nummereret liste."

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149452\n"
"34\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Combine Consecutive Numbered Lists"
msgstr "For at kombinere fortløbende nummererede lister"

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3154479\n"
"35\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select all of the paragraphs in the lists."
msgstr "Marker alle afsnittene i listerne."

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3155911\n"
"36\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item>               icon twice."
msgstr "På værktøjslinjen <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatering</item> skal du klikke to gange på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering til/fra</item>."

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155870\n"
"37\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a Numbered List From Non-consecutive Paragraphs:"
msgstr "For at oprette en nummereret liste fra ikke-fortløbende afsnit:"

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3153417\n"
"38\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Hold down Ctrl and drag a selection in the first numbered paragraph. You only have to select one character."
msgstr "Hold Ctrl-tasten nede, træk en markering i det første nummererede afsnit. Det er kun nødvendigt at markere et enkelt tegn."

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3149644\n"
"39\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Continue to hold down Ctrl, and drag a selection in each numbered paragraph of the lists you want to combine."
msgstr "Fortsæt med at holde Ctrl nede, og træk en markering i hvert nummereret afsnit på listerne som du vil kombinere."

#: join_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"join_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3145102\n"
"40\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item>               icon twice."
msgstr "På værktøjslinjen <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatering</item> skal du klikke to gange på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering til/fra</item>."

#: jump2statusbar.xhp
msgctxt ""
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Going to Specific Bookmark"
msgstr "Gå til bestemt bogmærke"

#: jump2statusbar.xhp
msgctxt ""
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145778\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>bookmarks; positioning cursor</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>jumping;to bookmarks</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>bogmærker; placere markør</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>springe;til bogmærker</bookmark_value>"

#: jump2statusbar.xhp
msgctxt ""
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145778\n"
"30\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"jump2statusbar\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp\" name=\"Going to Specific Bookmark\">Going to Specific Bookmark</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"jump2statusbar\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp\" name=\"Gå til bestemt bogmærke\">Gå til bestemt bogmærke</link></variable>"

#: jump2statusbar.xhp
msgctxt ""
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
"par_id3155178\n"
"31\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To go to a specific bookmark in your document, <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">hold down Ctrl and click </caseinline><defaultinline>right-click</defaultinline></switchinline> in the <emph>Page</emph> field on the <emph>Status Bar</emph>, and then choose the bookmark."
msgstr "For at gå til et bestemt bogmærke i dit dokument skal du <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">holde Ctrl-tasten nede og klikke</caseinline><defaultinline>højreklikke</defaultinline></switchinline> i feltet <emph>Side</emph> på <emph>Statuslinjen</emph> og så vælge bogmærket."

#: jump2statusbar.xhp
msgctxt ""
"jump2statusbar.xhp\n"
"par_id3153396\n"
"32\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Bookmark\">Insert Bookmark</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp\" name=\"Indsæt bogmærke\">Indsæt bogmærke</link>"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)"
msgstr "Brug af genvejstaster ($[officename] Writer-tilgængelighed)"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"bm_id3151169\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>keyboard; accessibility $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>accessibility; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tastatur; tilgængelighed $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tilgængelighed; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151169\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"keyboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp\" name=\"Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)\">Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"keyboard\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp\" name=\"Brug af genvejstaster ($[officename] Writer-tilgængelighed)\">Brug af genvejstaster ($[officename] Writer-tilgængelighed)</link></variable>"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3149685\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press the keys <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+<underlined character> to open a menu. In an open menu, press the underlined character to run a command. For example, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+I to open the <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> menu, and then T to insert a table."
msgstr "Tryk tasterne <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+<understreget tegn> for at åbne en menu. I en åben menu, tryk det understregede tegn for at udføre en kommando. For eksempel, tryk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+I for at åbne menuen <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt</item> og derefter T for at indsætte en tabel."

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3155186\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To open a context menu, press Shift+F10. To close a context menu, press Escape."
msgstr "For at åbne en genvejsmenu, tryk på Skift+F10. For at lukke en genvejsmenu, tryk Esc."

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155918\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert Sections"
msgstr "For at indsætte sektioner"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_idN106AA\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Insert</emph> to open the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Vis - Værktøjslinjer - Indsæt</emph> for at åbne værktøjslinjen <emph>Indsæt</emph>."

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3155870\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press F6 until the focus is on the               <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item> toolbar."
msgstr "Tryk på F6 indtil fokus er på værktøjslinjen  <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt</item>."

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3149630\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Section</emph> icon is selected."
msgstr "Tryk på Højrepil indtil ikonet <emph>Sektion</emph> bliver valgt."

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3145100\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press the down arrow key, and then press the right arrow key to set the width of the section that you want to insert."
msgstr "Tryk på Pil ned og tryk så på Højrepil for at sætte bredden af den sektion, som du vil indsætte."

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3156237\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press Enter."
msgstr "Tryk Enter."

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3156253\n"
"19\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document."
msgstr "Tryk på F6 for at placere markøren inde i dokumentet."

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153367\n"
"13\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert Text Tables"
msgstr "For at indsætte teksttabeller"

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3153388\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press F6 until the focus is on the               <item type=\"menuitem\">Standard</item> toolbar."
msgstr "Tryk på F6 indtil fokus er på værktøjslinjen <item type=\"menuitem\">Standard</item>."

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3154849\n"
"21\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Table</emph> icon is selected."
msgstr "Tryk på Højrepil indtil ikonet <emph>Tabel</emph> bliver valgt."

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3155872\n"
"22\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press the down arrow key, and then use the arrow keys to select the number of columns and rows to include in the table."
msgstr "Tryk på pil ned, brug derefter piletasterne for at vælge antal kolonner og rækker som skal inkluderes i tabellen."

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_id3155892\n"
"24\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press Enter."
msgstr "Tryk Enter."

#: keyboard.xhp
msgctxt ""
"keyboard.xhp\n"
"par_idN1072C\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document."
msgstr "Tryk på F6 for at placere markøren inde i dokumentet."

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Styles From Another Document or Template"
msgstr "Brug af typografier fra et andet dokument eller en anden skabelon"

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145086\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>formatting styles; importing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles; importing from other files</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>importing;styles from other files</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>loading;styles from other files</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>typografier; importere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>typografier; importere fra andre filer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>importere;typografier fra andre filer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indlæse;typografier fra andre filer</bookmark_value>"

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145086\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"load_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp\" name=\"Using Styles From Another Document or Template\">Using Styles From Another Document or Template</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"load_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp\" name=\"Brug af typografier fra et andet dokument eller en anden skabelon\">Brug af typografier fra et andet dokument eller en anden skabelon</link></variable>"

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3154491\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can import styles from another document or template into the current document."
msgstr "Du kan importere typografier fra et andet dokument eller skabelon ind i det aktuelle dokument."

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3155910\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> to open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph> for at åbne vinduet <emph>Typografier og formatering</emph>."

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_idN10703\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon to open the submenu."
msgstr "Klik pilen lige ved siden af ikonet <emph>Ny typografi fra markeringen</emph> for at åbne undermenuen."

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_idN1070B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Load styles</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indlæs typografier</emph>."

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3149632\n"
"15\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the check boxes at the bottom of the dialog to select the style types that you want to import. To replace styles in the current document that have the same name as the ones you are importing, select <emph>Overwrite</emph>."
msgstr "Brug afkrydsningsfelterne i bunden af dialogen til at vælge typografityperne som du vil importere. For at erstatte typografier i det aktuelle dokument, som har det samme navn som dem du importerer, marker <emph>Overskriv</emph>."

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3145098\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gør et af følgende:"

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3156240\n"
"17\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click an entry in the <emph>Categories</emph> list, then click the template containing the styles that you want to use in the <emph>Templates</emph> list, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på en indtastning på listen <emph>Kategorier</emph> og klik så den skabelon, der indeholder den typografi, du vil bruge på listen <emph>Skabeloner</emph>, og klik så på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: load_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"load_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3153377\n"
"13\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>From File</emph>, locate the file containing the styles that you want to use, and then click name, and then click <emph>Open</emph>."
msgstr "klik på<emph>Fra fil</emph> find filen, der indeholder den typografi, du vil bruge, og klik så på navnet, og klik så på <emph>Åbn</emph>."

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer"
msgstr "Instruktioner i brug af $[officename] Writer"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>$[officename] Writer; instructions</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>instructions; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>$[officename] Writer; instruktioner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>instruktioner; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value>"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155855\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer\">Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"main\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/main.xhp\" name=\"Instruktioner i brug af $[officename] Writer\">Instruktioner i brug af $[officename] Writer</link></variable>"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155156\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Entering and Formatting Text"
msgstr "Indtastning og formatering af tekst"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153728\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Automatically Entering and Formatting Text"
msgstr "Automatisk indtastning og formatering af tekst"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150742\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Styles, Numbering Pages, Using Fields"
msgstr "Brug af typografier, nummerering af sider og af felter"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147088\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Editing Tables in Text"
msgstr "Redigering af tabeller i tekst"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155590\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Images, Drawings, ClipArt, Fontwork"
msgstr "Billeder, Tegninger, ClipArt, Fontwork"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145083\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Table of Contents, Index"
msgstr "Indholdsfortegnelse, Indeks"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150427\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Headings, Types of Numbering"
msgstr "Overskrifter, nummereringstyper"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154464\n"
"9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Headers, Footers, Footnotes"
msgstr "Sidehoveder, Sidefødder, Fodnoter"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3152948\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Editing Other Objects in Text"
msgstr "Redigering af andre objekter i tekst"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154324\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Spelling, Dictionaries, Hyphenation"
msgstr "Stavning, Ordbøger, Orddeling"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145673\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Form Letters, Labels and Business Cards"
msgstr "Formularbreve, etiketter og visitkort"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145730\n"
"13\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Working with Documents"
msgstr "Arbejde med dokumenter"

#: main.xhp
msgctxt ""
"main.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156315\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Miscellaneous"
msgstr "Diverse"

#: navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"navigator.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Navigator for Text Documents"
msgstr "Navigator til tekstdokumenter"

#: navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"navigator.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154897\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>Navigator; overview in texts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hyperlinks;jumping to</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>objects;quickly moving to, within text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames;jumping to</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;jumping to</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>headings;jumping to</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages;jumping to</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>jumping;to text elements</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>overviews;Navigator in text documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>Navigator; overblik i tekster</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hyperlinks;hoppe til</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objekter;flytte hurtigt til, inden for tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rammer;hoppe til</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabeller;hoppe til</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>overskrifter;hoppe til</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sider;hoppe til</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hoppe;til tekstelementer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>overblik;Navigator i tekstdokumenter</bookmark_value>"

#: navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"navigator.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154897\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\" name=\"Navigator for Text Documents\">Navigator for Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp\" name=\"Navigator til tekstdokumenter\">Navigator til tekstdokumenter</link></variable>"

#: navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"navigator.xhp\n"
"par_id3153402\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The Navigatordisplays the different parts of your document, such as headings, tables, frames, objects, or hyperlinks."
msgstr "Navigatoren viser de forskellige dele af dit dokument, såsom overskrifter, tabeller, rammer, objekter eller hyperlinks."

#: navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"navigator.xhp\n"
"par_id3154247\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To open the <emph>Navigator</emph>, press F5."
msgstr "For at åbne <emph>Navigatoren</emph>, tryk F5."

#: navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"navigator.xhp\n"
"par_id3155878\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly jump to a location in your document, double-click an item listed in the <emph>Navigator</emph> window or enter the respective page number in the spin box."
msgstr "For at hoppe hurtigt til en placering i dit dokument skal du dobbeltklikke på et element, der er listet i vinduet <emph>Navigator</emph> eller indtaste det pågældende sidenummer i rullefeltet."

#: navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"navigator.xhp\n"
"par_id3147108\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp\" name=\"Navigator\">Navigator</link>"

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating Non-printing Text"
msgstr "Opret kontroltegnstekst"

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"bm_id3148856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>non-printing text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; non-printable</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>kontroltegn tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst; kan ikke udskrives</bookmark_value>"

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"hd_id3148856\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"nonprintable_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Creating Non-printing Text\">Creating Non-printing Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"nonprintable_text\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp\" name=\"Opret kontroltegnstekst\">Opret kontroltegnstekst</link></variable>"

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"par_id4685201\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To create text that is not to be printed do the following:"
msgstr "For at oprette tekst som ikke skal udskrives, skal du gøre følgende:"

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3149789\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Frame</item> and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt – Ramme</item> og klik <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3150224\n"
"15\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter text in the frame and if you want, resize the frame."
msgstr "Indtast tekst i rammen og skift størrelse på rammen, hvis du vil."

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3150242\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Frame/Object</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Ramme/Objekt</item>, og klik så på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Indstillinger</item>."

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3145227\n"
"17\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, clear the <emph>Print</emph> check box."
msgstr "Ryd afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Udskriv</emph> i området <emph>Egenskaber</emph>."

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3150320\n"
"18\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: nonprintable_text.xhp
msgctxt ""
"nonprintable_text.xhp\n"
"par_id3138828\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Hiding Text</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp\" name=\"Hiding Text\">Skjul tekst</link>"

#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables"
msgstr "Aktivering eller deaktivering af talgenkendelse i tabeller"

#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"bm_id3156383\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbers; automatic recognition in text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; number recognition</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>dates;formatting automatically in tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>recognition;numbers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tal; automatisk genkendelse i teksttabeller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabeller; talgenkendelse</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>datoer;automatisk formatering i tabeller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>genkendelse;tal</bookmark_value>"

#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156383\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"number_date_conv\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp\" name=\"Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables\">Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"number_date_conv\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp\" name=\"Aktivering eller deaktivering af talgenkendelse i tabeller\">Aktivering eller deaktivering af talgenkendelse i tabeller</link></variable>"

#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"par_id3155179\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] can automatically format dates that you have entered into a table, according to the regional settings specified in your operating system."
msgstr "$[officename] kan automatisk formatere datoer, som du har indtastet i en tabel, i henhold til de regionale indstillinger, du benytter i dit operativsystem."

#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"par_id3149966\n"
"15\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gør et af følgende:"

#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"par_id3155919\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in a table cell and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Number recognition</item>. When this feature is on, a check mark is displayed in front of the <item type=\"menuitem\">Number recognition</item> command."
msgstr "Højreklik i en tabelcelle og vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Talgenkendelse</item>. Når denne funktionalitet er slået til, vises et flueben foran kommandoen <item type=\"menuitem\">Talgenkendelse</item>."

#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"par_id3155527\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>, and select or clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Number recognition</item> check box."
msgstr "Vælg <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type=\"menuitem\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Tabel</item>, og vælg eller ryd afkrydsningsfeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Talgenkendelse</item> ."

#: number_date_conv.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_date_conv.xhp\n"
"par_id3153415\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Table\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link>"
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp\" name=\"Text Document - Table\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Tabel</link>"

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Defining Number Ranges"
msgstr "Angivelse af værdiområder"

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering;quotations/similar items</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>nummerering;citater/lignende elementer</bookmark_value>"

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149695\n"
"36\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"number_sequence\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp\" name=\"Defining Number Ranges\">Defining Number Ranges</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"number_sequence\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp\" name=\"Angivelse af værdiområder\">Angivelse af værdiområder</link></variable>"

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3155918\n"
"37\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can automatically number similar items, such as quotations, in your document."
msgstr "Du kan automatisk nummerere lignende elementer, såsom citater, i dit dokument."

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3149829\n"
"38\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type the text that you want to assign numbering to, for example, \"Quotation Number \"."
msgstr "Skriv den tekst, som du vil tildele nummereringen til, for eksempel, \"Citat nummer \"."

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3155048\n"
"39\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Fields - Other</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Variables</item>               tab."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Felter - Andre</item>, og klik så på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Variable</item>."

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3156240\n"
"40\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click \"Number range\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>               list."
msgstr "Klik på \"Sekvensnummerering\" i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>."

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3153363\n"
"61\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type \"Quotation\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Name</item>               box."
msgstr "Skriv \"Citat\" i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Navn</item>."

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3153387\n"
"62\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gør et af følgende:"

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3154250\n"
"42\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a number in the <emph>Value</emph> box, or leave the box empty to use automatic numbering."
msgstr "Indtast et nummer i boksen <emph>Værdi</emph> eller lad boksen være tom for at bruge automatisk nummering."

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3154851\n"
"58\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the outline level where you want the numbering to restart in the <emph>Level </emph>box."
msgstr "Vælg det niveau hvor du ønsker at genstarte nummereringen i boksen <emph>Niveau</emph>."

#: number_sequence.xhp
msgctxt ""
"number_sequence.xhp\n"
"par_id3155886\n"
"41\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>Indsæt</emph>, og klik så på <emph>Luk</emph>."

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adding Line Numbers"
msgstr "Tilføjelse af linjenumre"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"bm_id3150101\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>line numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; line numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraphs;line numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lines of text; numbering</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>numbering; lines</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>numbers; line numbering</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>marginal numbers on text pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>linjenumre</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst; linjenumre</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afsnit;linjenumre</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekstlinjer; nummerere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>nummerere; linjer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tal; linjenummerering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>margintal på tekstsider</bookmark_value>"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150101\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"numbering_lines\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp\" name=\"Adding Line Numbers\">Adding Line Numbers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"numbering_lines\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp\" name=\"Tilføjelse af linjenumre\">Tilføjelse af linjenumre</link></variable>"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3149842\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] can insert line numbers in an entire document or to selected paragraphs in your document. Line numbers are included when you print your document. You can specify the line numbering interval, the starting line number, and whether to count blank lines or lines in frames. You can also add a separator between line numbers."
msgstr "$[officename] kan automatisk tælle og tilføje linjenumre til linjerne i et helt dokument eller udvalgte afsnit i dokumentet. Linjenumre tages med, når du skriver dokumentet ud. Du kan angive intervaller for linjenumre, startlinjenummeret og om blanke linjer eller linjer i rammer skal tælles med. Du kan også tilføje en separator mellem linjenumrene."

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id7184972\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Line numbers are not available in HTML format."
msgstr "Linjenumre er ikke tilgængelige i HTML-format."

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153410\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Add Line Numbers to an Entire Document"
msgstr "For at tilføje linjenumre til et helt dokument"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3149640\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Funktioner - Linjenummerering</emph>."

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3149612\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>, and then select the options that you want."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Vis nummerering</emph>, og vælg de indstillinger du vil have."

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3145101\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156241\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Add Line Numbers to Specific Paragraphs"
msgstr "For at tilføje linjenumre til enkelte afsnit"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3156264\n"
"21\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Funktioner - Linjenummerering</emph>."

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3153385\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Vis nummerering</emph>."

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3154248\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "Tryk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> for at åbne vinduet <emph>Typografier og formatering</emph>, og klik så på ikonet <emph>Afsnitstypografier</emph>."

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3154853\n"
"13\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click the \"Default\" paragraph style and choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "Højreklik afsnitstypografien \"Standard\" og vælg <emph>Modificer</emph>."

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3150222\n"
"17\n"
"help.text"
msgid "All paragraph styles are based on the \"Default\" style."
msgstr "Alle afsnitstypografier er baseret på typografien \"Standard\"."

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3150931\n"
"15\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Numbering</emph> tab."
msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <emph>Nummerering</emph>"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3150956\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Line Numbering</item>               area, clear the <item type=\"menuitem\">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item>               check box."
msgstr "I <item type=\"menuitem\">Linjenummereringsområdet</item> skal fluebenet i afkrydsningsfeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Inkluder dette afsnit i linjenummerering</item> fjernes."

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3150520\n"
"22\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3151077\n"
"18\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) where you want to add the line numbers."
msgstr "Marker det eller de afsnit hvor du vil tilføje linjenumrene."

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3151096\n"
"19\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item>               tab."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Afsnit</item>, og klik så på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering</item>"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3153733\n"
"23\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Inkluder dette afsnit i linjenummerering</emph>."

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3153758\n"
"24\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3146864\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also create a paragraph style that includes line numbering, and apply it to the paragraphs that you want to add line numbers to."
msgstr "Du kan også oprette en afsnitstypografi, som omfatter linjenummerering, og anvende den til de afsnit, som du vil give linjenumre."

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"hd_id3146880\n"
"25\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Specify the Starting Line Number"
msgstr "For at angive startlinjenummer"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3150703\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in a paragraph."
msgstr "Klik i et afsnit."

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3150721\n"
"27\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering</item>               tab."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Afsnit</item>, og klik så på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering</item>"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3148389\n"
"28\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item>               check box."
msgstr "Marker afkrydsningsfeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Inkluder dette afsnit i linjenummerering</item>."

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3148414\n"
"29\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <item type=\"menuitem\">Restart at the paragraph</item>               check box."
msgstr "Marker afkrydsningsfeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Genstart ved afsnittet</item> ."

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3153779\n"
"30\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a line number in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Start with</item>               box."
msgstr "Angiv et linjenummer i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Begynd med</item>."

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3153804\n"
"31\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3153934\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp\" name=\"Tools - Line Numbering\">Tools - Line Numbering</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp\" name=\"Funktioner - Linjenummerering\">Funktioner - Linjenummerering</link>"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id3153960\n"
"32\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\" name=\"Format - Paragraph - Numbering\">Format - Paragraph - Numbering</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp\" name=\"Formater - Afsnit - Nummerering\">Formater - Afsnit - Nummerering</link>"

#: numbering_lines.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_lines.xhp\n"
"par_id2212591\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\">Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\">Wikiside om nummerering af afsnit ved hjælp af typografier</link>"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List"
msgstr "Ændring af nummerering i en nummereret liste"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149637\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; removing/interrupting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>bullet lists; interrupting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lists;removing/interrupting numbering</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting;numbers in lists</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>interrupting numbered lists</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing;starting numbers in lists</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>nummerering; fjerne/afbryde</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>punktopstillinger; afbryde</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>lister;fjerne/afbryde nummerering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fjerne;tal i lister</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>afbryde nummererede lister</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>ændre;starttal i lister</bookmark_value>"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149637\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"numbering_paras\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp\" name=\"Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List\">Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"numbering_paras\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp\" name=\"Ændring af nummerering i en nummereret liste\">Ændring af nummerering i en nummereret liste</link></variable>"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3145092\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can remove the numbering from a paragraph in a numbered list or change the number that a numbered list starts with."
msgstr "Du kan fjerne nummereringen fra et afsnit i en nummereret liste eller ændre tallet som en nummereret liste starter med."

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id2172612\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want numbered headings, use the <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph> menu command to assign a numbering to a paragraph style. Do not use the Numbering icon on the Formatting toolbar."
msgstr "Hvis du ønsker nummererede overskrifter, kan du bruge menukommandoen <emph>Funktioner - Dispositionsnummerering</emph> til at tildele en nummerering til en afsnitstypografi. Undlad at bruge ikonet Nummerering på værktøjslinjen Formatering."

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145107\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Remove the Number From a Paragraph in a Numbered List"
msgstr "For at fjerne tallet fra et afsnit i en nummereret liste"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3156248\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in front of the first character of the paragraph that you want to remove the numbering from."
msgstr "Klik foran det første tegn for afsnittet som du vil fjerne nummereringen fra."

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3153366\n"
"23\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gør et af følgende:"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3153390\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To remove the number while preserving the indent of the paragraph, press the Backspace key."
msgstr "For at fjerne nummeret og bevare paragraffens indrykning tryk på **Backspace** tasten"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3154248\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To remove the number and the indent of the paragraph, click the <emph>Numbering on/off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar. If you save the document in HTML format, a separate numbered list is created for the numbered paragraphs that follow the current paragraph."
msgstr "For at fjerne afsnitsnummer og -indrykning skal du klikke på ikonet <emph>Nummerering til/fra</emph> på værktøjslinjen <emph></emph>Formattering. Hvis du vil gemme dokumentet i HTML format, dannes en særligt nummereret liste for de nummererede afsnit efter det aktuelle afsnit."

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154856\n"
"18\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Number That a Numbered List Starts With"
msgstr "For at ændre den værdi som en nummereret liste starter med"

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3155877\n"
"24\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click anywhere in the numbered list."
msgstr "Klik hvor som helst i den nummererede liste."

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3155895\n"
"21\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>, and then click the <emph>Options</emph> tab."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Punktopstilling</emph>, og klik så på fanebladet <emph>Indstillinger</emph>."

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3148691\n"
"22\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter the number you want the list to start with in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Start </item>               <item type=\"menuitem\">at</item> box."
msgstr "Indtast tallet du ønsker, listen skal starte med, i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Begynd </item> <item type=\"menuitem\">med</item>."

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id3147116\n"
"25\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: numbering_paras.xhp
msgctxt ""
"numbering_paras.xhp\n"
"par_id6943571\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\">Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings\">Wikiside om nummerering af afsnit ved hjælp af typografier</link>"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks"
msgstr "Indsættelse og sletning af sideskift"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155183\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>page breaks; inserting and deleting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting; page breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting;page breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages; inserting/deleting page breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>manual page breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;deleting page breaks before</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sideskift; indsætte og slette</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indsætte; sideskift</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slette;sideskift</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sider; indsætte/slette sideskift</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>manuelle sideskift</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabeller;slette sideskift før</bookmark_value>"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155183\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"page_break\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp\" name=\"Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks\">Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"page_break\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp\" name=\"Indsættelse og sletning af sideskift\">Indsættelse og sletning af sideskift</link></variable>"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149833\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Manual Page Break"
msgstr "For at indsætte et manuelt sideskift"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3153402\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want the new page to begin."
msgstr "Klik i dit dokument, hvor du ønsker den nye side skal begynde."

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3153119\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press Ctrl+Enter."
msgstr "Tryk Ctrl+Enter."

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153135\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Delete a Manual Page Break"
msgstr "For at slette et manuelt sideskift"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3149641\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in front of the first character on the page that follows the manual page break."
msgstr "Klik foran det første tegn på den side, der kommer efter et manuelt sideskift."

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3149608\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press Backspace."
msgstr "Tryk på Tilbage."

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149624\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Delete a Manual Page Break That Occurs Before a Table"
msgstr "For at slette et manuelt sideskift umiddelbart før en tabel"

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3145111\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in the table, and choose <emph>Table</emph>."
msgstr "Højreklik i tabellen, og vælg <emph>Tabel</emph>."

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3156254\n"
"13\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab."
msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"><emph>Tekstforløb</emph></link>."

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3153380\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Clear the <emph>Break</emph> check box."
msgstr "Fjern markeringen i afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Skift</emph>."

#: page_break.xhp
msgctxt ""
"page_break.xhp\n"
"par_id3154249\n"
"15\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Insert Break dialog\">Insert Break dialog</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp\" name=\"Dialogen Indsæt skift\">Dialogen Indsæt skift</link>"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing Page Backgrounds"
msgstr "Ændring af sidebaggrunde"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"bm_id8431653\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;backgrounds</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>backgrounds; different pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing;page backgrounds</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages;backgrounds</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sidetypografier;baggrunde</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>baggrunde; forskellige sider</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ændre;sidebaggrunde</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sider;baggrunde</bookmark_value>"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN107F4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"pagebackground\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Changing Page Background</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"pagebackground\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp\">Ændring af sidebaggrund</link></variable>"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10812\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the background of the pages in a document. For example, to change the page background of one or more pages in a document to a watermark, you need to create a page style that uses the watermark background, and then apply the page style to the pages."
msgstr "$[officename] bruger sidetypografier til at angive baggrunden for siderne i et dokument. For eksempel: For at ændre sidebaggrunden for en eller flere sider i et dokument til et vandmærke, skal du oprette en sidetypografi, som bruger dette vandmærke som baggrund, og derefter anvende sidetypografien på siderne."

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10820\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Page Background"
msgstr "For at ændre sidebaggrunden"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10827\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph>."

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1082F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "Klik på ikonet <emph>Sidetypografier</emph>."

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10837\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr "I listen af sidetypografier, højreklik et element, og vælg så <emph>Nyt</emph>."

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1083F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box."
msgstr "På fanebladet <emph>Administration</emph> skal du skrive et navn for sidetypografien i feltet <emph>Navn</emph>."

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1084B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page."
msgstr "I feltet <emph>Næste typografi</emph> skal du vælge den sidetypografi, som du vil anvende på den næste side."

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10855\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To only apply the new page style to a single page, select \"Default\"."
msgstr "For kun at tilknytte den nye sidetypografi til en enkelt side, skal du vælge \"Standard\"."

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10859\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply the new page style to all subsequent pages, select the name of the new page style."
msgstr "For at tilknytte den nye sidetypografi til alle fortløbende sider, skal du vælge navnet på den nye sidetypografi."

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1085F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Background</emph> tab."
msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <emph>Baggrund</emph>."

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10867\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the list box at the top, select whether you want a solid color or a graphic. Then select your options from the tab page."
msgstr "I rullelisten øverst skal du vælge, om du ønsker en massiv farve eller grafik. Vælg derefter indstillinger på fanebladet."

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1086B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1087A\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Page Background of All Pages in a Document"
msgstr "For at ændre sidebaggrunden på alle siderne i et dokument"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1087E\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">To Change the Page Background</link> for details."
msgstr "Før du begynder, skal du sikre dig, at du har oprettet en sidetypografi, som bruger en sidebaggrund. Se <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">Ændring af sidebaggrund</link> for detaljer."

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN10892\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph>."

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN1089A\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "Klik på ikonet <emph>Sidetypografier</emph>."

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108A2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click the page style that uses the page background that you want to apply."
msgstr "Dobbeltklik på den sidetypografi som bruger den sidebaggrund, du vil anvende."

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108A5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Use Different Page Backgrounds in the Same Document"
msgstr "For at bruge forskellige sidebaggrunde i det samme dokument"

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108A9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">To Change the Page Background</link> for details."
msgstr "Før du begynder, skal du sikre dig, at du har oprettet en sidetypografi, som bruger en sidebaggrund. Se <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define\">Ændring af sidebaggrund</link> for detaljer."

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108BD\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in front of the first character of the paragraph where you want to change the page background."
msgstr "Klik foran det første tegn i det afsnit hvor du vil skifte sidebaggrunden."

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108C1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Manuelt skift</emph>."

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108C9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Page break</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Sideskift</emph>."

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108D1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item>               box, select a page style that uses the page background."
msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Typografi</item> skal du vælge en sidetypografi, som bruger sidebaggrunden."

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108DB\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the background of the current page only, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to \"Default\"."
msgstr "For at skifte baggrunden for den aktuelle side alene, skal du vælge en sidetypografi hvor \"Næste typografi\" er sat til \"Standard\"."

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108DF\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the background of the current and subsequent pages, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to the name of the page style."
msgstr "For at ændre baggrunden for den aktuelle side samt fortløbende sider, skal du vælge en sidetypografi hvor \"Næste typografi\" er sat til navnet på typografien selv."

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108E2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to change the page background later on in the document, repeat steps 1 to 3."
msgstr "Hvis du vil ændre sidebaggrunden senere i dokumentet, gentag trin 1 til 3."

#: pagebackground.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagebackground.xhp\n"
"par_idN108E8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Page Numbers"
msgstr "Sidetal"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"bm_id5918759\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>page numbers;inserting/defining/formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>page styles;page numbering</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>starting page numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;page numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;starting page numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;page numbers</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles;page numbers</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sidetal;indsætte/definere/formatere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sidetypografier;sidenummerering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>første sidetal</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatering;sidetal</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>definere;første sidetal</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indsætte;sidetal</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>typografier;sidetal</bookmark_value>"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id413830\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"pagenumbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"Page Numbers\">Page Numbers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"pagenumbers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp\" name=\"Sidetal\">Sidetal</link></variable>"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id1617175\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In Writer, a page number is a field that you can insert into your text."
msgstr "I Writer er sidetal et felt, som du kan indsætte i din tekst."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id6091494\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert Page Numbers"
msgstr "For at indsætte sidetal"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id8611102\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Page Number</emph> to insert a page number at the current cursor position."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Felter- Sidetal</emph> for at indsætte et sidetal ved markørens aktuelle placering."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id6604510\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you see the text \"Page number\" instead of the number, choose <emph>View - Field names</emph>."
msgstr "Hvis du ser teksten \"Sidetal\" i stedet for tallet, skal du vælge <emph>Vis - Feltnavne</emph>."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id2678914\n"
"help.text"
msgid "However, these fields will change position when you add or remove text. So it is best to insert the page number field into a header or footer that has the same position and that is repeated on every page."
msgstr "Disse felter vil dog ændre placering, når du tilføjer eller fjerner tekst. Derfor er det er bedst at indsætte feltet sidetal i et sidehoved eller en sidefod, som har den samme position og som gentages på hver side."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id614642\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Header - (name of page style)</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Footer - (name of page style)</item> to add a header or footer to all pages with the current page style."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Sidehoved - (navn på sidetypografi)</item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Sidefod - (navn på sidetypografi)</item> for at føje et sidehoved eller en sidefod til alle sider med den aktuelle sidetypografi."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id2551652\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Start With a Defined Page Number"
msgstr "Starter med et defineret sidetal"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id6111941\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Now you want some more control on page numbers. You are writing a text document that should start with page number 12."
msgstr "Vi forestiller os at du gerne vil have mere kontrol over dokumentets sidenummerering. Du skriver et tekstdokument som skal begynde med side 12."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id5757621\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click into the first paragraph of your document."
msgstr "Klik i det første afsnit af dit dokument."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id2632831\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Text flow</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Afsnit - Tekstforløb</emph>."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id4395275\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the Breaks area, enable <emph>Insert</emph>. Enable <emph>With Page Style</emph> just to be able to set the new <emph>Page number</emph>. Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Under Skift aktiverer du <emph>Indsæt</emph>. Aktiver <emph>Med sidetypografi</emph> så du kan angive det nye <emph>Sidetal</emph>. Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id1654408\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The new page number is an attribute of the first paragraph of the page."
msgstr "Det nye sidetal er en attribut til det første afsnit på siden."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id7519150\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Format the Page Number Style"
msgstr "Formatering af sidetalstypografi"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id9029206\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You want roman page numbers running i, ii, iii, iv, and so on."
msgstr "Du ønsker sidetal som romertal i, ii, iii, iv og så videre."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3032319\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click directly before the page number field. You see the <emph>Edit Fields</emph> dialog."
msgstr "Dobbeltklik umiddelbart før feltet med sidetallet for at åbne dialogen <emph>Rediger felter</emph>."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id9139378\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a number format and click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Marker et talformat og klik <emph>OK</emph>."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id5051728\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Different Page Number Styles"
msgstr "Brug af forskellige sidetalstypografier"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id1558885\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You need some pages with the roman numbering style, followed by the remaining pages in another style."
msgstr "Du har brug for nogle sider med sidetalstypografien romertal og de resterende sider med en anden typografi."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id1541184\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In Writer, you will need different page styles. The first page style has a footer with a page number field formatted for roman numbers. The following page style has a footer with a page number field formatted in another look."
msgstr "I Writer gøres det ved brug af forskellige sidetypografier. Den første sidetypografi har en sidefod med et sidetalsfelt formateret som romertal. Den følgende sidetypografi har en sidefod med et sidetalsfelt formaterede med et andet udseende."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id18616\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Both page styles must be separated by a page break. In Writer, you can have automatic page breaks and manually inserted page breaks."
msgstr "Begge sidetypografier skal være adskilt af et sideskift. I Writer kan du have automatiske sideskift og manuelt indsatte sideskift."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id6138492\n"
"help.text"
msgid "An <emph>automatic page break</emph> appears at the end of a page when the page style has a different \"next style\"."
msgstr "Et <emph>automatisk sideskift</emph> fremkommer ved slutningen af en side, når den aktuelle sidetypografi har en anden \"næste typografi\"."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id4569231\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For example, the \"First Page\" page style has \"Default\" as the next style. To see this, you may press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles and Formatting</item> window, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item> icon, right-click the First Page entry. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Modify</item> from the context menu. On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Organizer</item> tab, you can see the \"next style\"."
msgstr "For eksempel har typografien \"Første side\" typografien \"Standard\" som næste typografi. For at se dette kan du trykke <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Kommando+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> for at åbne vinduet <item type=\"menuitem\">Typografier og formater</item>, klikke på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Typografier</item> og højreklikke på elementet Første side. Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Modificér</item> fra kontekstmenuen. På fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Organisér</item> kan du se den \"næste typografi\"."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id291451\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A <emph>manually inserted page break</emph> can be applied without or with a change of page styles."
msgstr "Et <emph>manuelt indsat sideskift</emph> kan anvendes med eller uden en ændring af sidetypografier."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3341776\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you just press <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Enter</item>, you apply a page break without a change of styles."
msgstr "Hvis du blot trykker <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Enter</item>, indsætter du et manuelt sideskift uden ændring af typografier."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id5947141\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you choose <emph>Insert - Manual break</emph>, you can insert a page break without or with a change of style or with a change of page number."
msgstr "Hvis du vælger <emph>Indsæt - Manuelt skift</emph>, kan du indsætte et sideskift med eller uden en ændring af typografi eller med en ændring af sidetal."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id1911679\n"
"help.text"
msgid "It depends on your document what is best: to use a manually inserted page break between page styles, or to use an automatic change. If you just need one title page with a different style than the other pages, you can use the automatic method:"
msgstr "Det afhænger af dit dokument, hvad der er bedst: enten at bruge manuelt indsatte sideskift mellem sidetypografier eller at bruge automatiske skift. Hvis du bare har brug for en titelside med en anden typografi end de andre sider, kan du bruge den automatiske metode:"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id9364909\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Different Page Style to the First Page"
msgstr "Anvend en anden sidetypografi til den første side"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id4473403\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click into the first page of your document."
msgstr "Klik ind i den første side af dit dokument."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id4313791\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph>."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id4331797\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "I vinduet <emph>Typografier og formatering</emph>, klik på ikonet <emph>Sidetypografier</emph>."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id4191717\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click the \"First Page\" style."
msgstr "Dobbeltklik på typografien \"Første side\"."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id2318796\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Now your title page has the style \"First Page\", and the next pages automatically have the \"Default\" style."
msgstr "Nu har din titelside typografien \"Første side\", og de næste sider har automatisk typografien \"Standard\"."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id399182\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can now for example insert a footer for the \"Default\" page atyle only, or insert footers in both page styles, but with differently formatted page number fields."
msgstr "Nu kan du for eksempel indsætte en sidefod på sidetypografien \"Standard\" alene eller indsætte sidefødder på begge sidetypografier, men med forskelligt formaterede sidetal."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"hd_id5298318\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Manually Inserted Page Style Change"
msgstr "For at anvende et manuelt indsat skift af sidetypografi"

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id7588732\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click at the start of the first paragraph on the page where a different page style will be applied."
msgstr "Klik i begyndelsen af det første afsnit på siden, hvor en anden sidetypografi skal anvendes."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id95828\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>. You see the <emph>Insert Break</emph> dialog."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Manuelt skift</emph>. Du ser dialogen <emph>Indsæt skift</emph>."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id3496200\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item> list box, select a page style. You may set a new page number, too. Click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "I rullelisten <item type=\"menuitem\">Typografier</item> skal du markere en sidetypografi. Du kan også angive et nyt sidetal. Klik på <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."

#: pagenumbers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagenumbers.xhp\n"
"par_id7599108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The selected page style will be used from the current paragraph to the next page break with style. You may need to create the new page style first."
msgstr "Den valgte sidetypografi vil blive brugt fra det aktuelle afsnit til det næste sideskift med typografi. Du skal muligvis først oprette den nye sidetypografi."

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing Page Orientation (Landscape or Portrait)"
msgstr "Ændring af sideretning (liggende eller stående)"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"bm_id9683828\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;orientation/scope</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>page formats; changing individual pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting; changing individual pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>portrait and landscape</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>landscape and portrait</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>printing;portrait/landscape format</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>orientation of pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paper orientation</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages;orientation</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sideways orientation of pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>scope of page styles</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sidetypografier;retning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sideformater; ændre individuelle sider</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatering; ændre individuelle sider</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>stående og liggende</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>liggende og stående</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>udskrive;stående/liggende format</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>retning af sider</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>papirretning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sider;retning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sidelæns retning af sider</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>anvendelsesområde for sidetypografier</bookmark_value>"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN106FF\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"pageorientation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp\">Changing Page Orientation</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"pageorientation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp\">Ændring af sideretning</link></variable>"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id6418042\n"
"help.text"
msgid "All page properties for Writer text documents, like for example the page orientation, are defined by page styles. By default, a new text document uses the “Default” page style for all pages. If you open an existing text document, different page styles may have been applied to the different pages."
msgstr "Alle sideegenskaber for Writer tekstdokumenter, som for eksempel sideorientering, defineres af sidetypografier. Som  standard bruger et nyt tekstdokument \"Standard\" sidetypografien til alle sider. Hvis du åbner et eksisterende tekstdokument, kan der være anvendt forskellige sidetypografier til de forskellige sider."

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id8324533\n"
"help.text"
msgid "It is important to know that changes that you apply to a page property will only affect the pages that use the current page style. The current page style is listed in the Status Bar at the lower window border."
msgstr "Det er vigtigt at vide, at de ændringer som du anvender for en sideegenskab kun vil påvirke de sider, der bruger den aktuelle sidetypografi. Den aktuelle sidetypografi er vist i statuslinjen i den nederste vindueskant."

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id7524033\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Page Orientation for All Pages"
msgstr "For at ændre sideretningen for alle sider,"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id6307260\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If your text document consists only of pages with the same page style, you can change the page properties directly:"
msgstr "Hvis dit tekstdokument kun består af sider med samme sidetypografi, kan du ændre sidens egenskaber direkte:"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id5256508\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Side</emph>."

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id9681997\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab."
msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <emph>Side</emph>."

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id7994323\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Under <item type=\"menuitem\">Paper format</item>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”."
msgstr "Under <item type=\"menuitem\">Papirformat</item>, vælg \"Portræt\" eller \"Landskab\"."

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id7069002\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"hd_id4202398\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Page Orientation Only for Some Pages"
msgstr "For at ændre sideretningen på udvalgte sider"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN1071D\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the orientation of the pages in a document. Page styles define more page properties, as for example header and footer or page margins. You can either change the “Default” page style for the current document, or you can define own page styles and apply those page styles to any parts of your text."
msgstr "$[officename] bruger sidetypografier til angive retningen af siderne i et dokument. Sidetypografier definerer flere sideegenskaber, som for eksempel sidehoved og sidefod eller sidemargener. Du kan enten ændre \"Standard\" sidetypografi for det aktuelle dokument, eller du kan definere egne sidetypografier og anvende disse sidetypografier på vilkårlige dele af din tekst."

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id1449324\n"
"help.text"
msgid "At the end of this help page, we'll discuss the scope of page styles in detail. If you are unsure about the page style concept, please read the section at the end of this page."
msgstr "Ved slutningen af denne hjælpeside, vil vi diskutere formålet med sidetypografier i detaljer. Hvis du er usikker på ideen med sidetypografier, så læs venligst afsnittet i slutningen af denne side."

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id1480758\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Unlike character styles or paragraph styles, the page styles don't know a hierarchy. You can create a new page style based on the properties of an existing page style, but when you later change the source style, the new page style does not automatically inherit the changes."
msgstr "Til forskel fra tegntypografier og afsnitstypografier er sidetypografierne ikke et hierarki. Du kan oprette en ny sidetypografi baseret på egenskaberne for en eksisterende sidetypografi, men når du senere skifter kildetypografien, vil den nye sidetypografi ikke automatisk arve ændringerne."

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id2962126\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the page orientation for all pages that share the same page style, you first need a page style, then apply that style:"
msgstr "Hvis du kun vil ændre sideretningen for alle sider der anvender den samme sidetypografi skal du først bruge en sidetypografi og dernæst anvende denne typografi:"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN10727\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph>."

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN10741\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "Klik på ikonet <emph>Sidetypografier</emph>."

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN10749\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click a page style and choose <emph>New</emph>. The new page style initially gets all properties of the selected page style."
msgstr "Højreklik på en sidetypografi og vælg <emph>Ny</emph>.Den nye side får alle egenskaberne fra den valgte sidetypografi til at starte med"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN10751\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box, for example \"My Landscape\"."
msgstr "På fanebladet <emph>Administration</emph> skal du skrive et navn for sidetypografien i feltet <emph>Navn</emph>, for eksempel \"Min liggende\"."

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN1075D\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page that follows a page with the new style. See the section about the scope of page styles at the end of this help page."
msgstr "I feltet <emph>Næste typografi</emph>, skal du vælge den sidetypografi, som du vil anvende på den næste side. Se også afsnittet om omfanget af sidetypografier i slutningen af denne side."

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN10775\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab."
msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <emph>Side</emph>."

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN1077D\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Under <item type=\"menuitem\">Paper format</item>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”."
msgstr "Under <item type=\"menuitem\">Papirformat</item>, vælg \"Portræt\" eller \"Landskab\"."

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_idN108AE\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id1658375\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Now you have defined a proper page style with the name \"My Landscape\". To apply the new style, double-click the \"My Landscape\" page style in the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window. All pages in the current scope of page styles will be changed. If you defined the \"next style\" to be a different style, only the first page of the current scope of page styles will be changed."
msgstr "Nu har du defineret en gyldig sidetypografi med navnet \"Min Liggende\". Dobbeltklik på sidetypografien \"Min Liggende\" i vinduet <emph>Typografier og formatering</emph> for at anvende den nye typografi. Alle sider i den aktuelle gruppe af sidetypografier vil blive ændret. Hvis du definerede \"næste typografi\" til at være en anden typografi, vil kun den første side af den aktuelle gruppe af sidetypografier blive ændret."

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"hd_id6082949\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The Scope of Page Styles"
msgstr "Omfanget af sidetypografier"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id2858668\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You should be aware of the scope of page styles in %PRODUCTNAME. Which pages of your text document get affected by editing a page style?"
msgstr "Du bør være opmærksom på omfanget af sidetypografier i %PRODUCTNAME. Hvilke sider af dit tekstdokument bliver påvirket ved at redigere en sidetypografi?"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"hd_id3278603\n"
"help.text"
msgid "One Page Long Styles"
msgstr "En side lange typografier"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id5169225\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A page style can be defined to span one page only. The “First Page” style is an example. You set this property by defining another page style to be the \"next style\", on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page - Organizer</item> tab page."
msgstr "En sidetypografi kan defineres til kun at blive tildelt en enkelt side. Typografien \"Første side\" er et eksempel. Du sætter egenskaben ved at definere en anden sidetypografi til at være \"Næste typografi\" på fanen <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Side - Administration</item> ."

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id6670125\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A one page long style starts from the lower border of the current page style range up to the next page break. The next page break appears automatically when the text flows to the next page, which is sometimes called a \"soft page break\". Alternatively, you can insert a manual page break."
msgstr "En 1 side lang typografi går fra den nederste kant af det aktuelle sidetypografiområde til det næste sideskift. Det næste sideskift vises automatisk når teksten flyder til den næste side. Dette kaldes også et blødt sideskift. Alternativt kan du indsætte et manuelt sideskift."

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id2118594\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert a manual page break at the cursor position, press <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Enter</item> or choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Manual Break</item> and just click OK."
msgstr "For at indsætte et manuelt sideskift skal du trykke <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Enter</item> eller vælge <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Manuelt skift ...</item> og så trykke på OK."

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"hd_id166020\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Manually Defined Range of a Page style"
msgstr "Manuelt defineret område for en sidetypografi"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id6386913\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The “Default” page style does not set a different \"next style\" on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Page - Organizer</item> tab page. Instead, the \"next style\" is set also to be “Default”. All page styles that are followed by the same page style can span multiple pages. The lower and upper borders of the page style range are defined by \"page breaks with style\". All the pages between any two \"page breaks with style\" use the same page style."
msgstr "Sidetypografien \"Standard\" sætter ikke en anden \"Næste typografi\" på fanen <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Side - Administration</item>. I stedet er \"Næste typografi\" sat til \"Standard\". Alle sidetypografier som efterfølges af den samme sidetypografi kan fortsætte over flere sider. Den nederste og øverste grænse for typografiens rækkevidde defineres af \"Sideskift med typografi\". Alle sider mellem to \"Sideskift med typografi\" bruger som udgangspunkt samme typografi."

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id6062196\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert a \"page break with style\" directly at the cursor position. Alternatively, you can apply the \"page break with style\" property to a paragraph or to a paragraph style."
msgstr "Du kan indsætte et \"sideskift med typografi\" direkte ved markørens position. Du kan også anvende egenskaben \"sideskift med typografi\" for et afsnit eller for en afsnitstypografi."

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id6054261\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Perform any one of the following commands:"
msgstr "Udfør en hvilken som helst af de følgende kommandoer:"

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id1811578\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert a \"page break with style\" at the cursor position, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Manual Break</item>, select a <emph>Style</emph> name from the listbox, and click OK."
msgstr "For at indsætte et \"sideskift med typografi\" ved markørens position, vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt - Manuelt skift ...</item>, vælg er <emph>Typografi</emph>-navn fra valglisten, og klik OK."

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id9935911\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to the current paragraph, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Paragraph - Text Flow</item>. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox."
msgstr "For at tildele et \"Sideskift med typografi\" til den aktuelle afsnit, vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Afsnit - Tekstforløb</item>. I afsnittet Skift skal du aktivere <emph>Indsæt</emph> og <emph>Med sidetypografi</emph>. Vælg en sidetypografi fra listen."

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id4753868\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to the current paragraph style, right-click the current paragraph. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Paragraph Style</item> from the context menu. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox."
msgstr "For at tildele et \"Sideskift med typografi\" til den aktuelle afsnitstypografi, skal du højreklikke på den aktuelle typografi. Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Rediger afsnitstypografi</item> fra genvejsmenuen. Vælg fanen <emph>Tekstforløb</emph>. I afsnittet Skift skal du aktivere <emph>Indsæt</emph> og <emph>Med sidetypografi</emph>. Vælg en sidetypografi fra listen."

#: pageorientation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pageorientation.xhp\n"
"par_id4744407\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply the \"page break with style\" property to an arbitrary paragraph style, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>. Click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon. Right-click the name of the paragraph style you want to modify and choose <emph>Modify</emph>. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox."
msgstr "For at anvende \"Sideskift med typografi\" til en vilkårlig typografi, vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Typografier og formatering</item>. Klik på ikonet <emph>Afsnitstypografier</emph>. Højreklik på navnet for den afsnitstypografi du ønsker at ændre og vælg så <emph>Modificer</emph>. Vælg fanen <emph>Tekstforløb</emph>. I afsnittet Skift, skal du vælge <emph>Indsæt</emph> og <emph>Med sidetypografi</emph>. Vælg en sidetypografi fra listen."

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating and Applying Page Styles"
msgstr "Oprette og anvende sidetypografier"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"bm_id7071138\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>page styles;creating and applying</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defining;page styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles;for pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sidetypografier; oprette og anvende</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>definere; sidetypografier</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>typografier; for sider</bookmark_value>"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155182\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and Applying Page Styles\">Creating and Applying Page Styles</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"pagestyles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and Applying Page Styles\">Oprette og anvende sidetypografier</link> </variable>"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3149846\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] uses page styles to specify the layout of a page, including the page orientation, background, margins, headers, footers, and text columns. To change the layout of an individual page in a document, you must create and apply a custom page style to the page."
msgstr "$[officename] bruger sidetypografier til at angive layoutet for en side inklusiv sideretning, baggrund, margener, sidehoveder, sidefødder og tekstspalter. For at ændre layoutet af en enkelt side i et dokument, skal du oprette og anvende en brugerdefineret sidetypografi til siden."

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_idN1071A\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<embedvar href=\"text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#pageorientation\"/>"
msgstr "<embedvar href=\"text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#pageorientation\"/>"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_idN10722\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<embedvar href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#pagebackground\"/>"
msgstr "<embedvar href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#pagebackground\"/>"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156109\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Define a New Page Style"
msgstr "For at definere en ny sidetypografi"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3153411\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>               <emph>.</emph>"
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Typografier og formatering</item>."

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3153133\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "Klik på ikonet <emph>Sidetypografier</emph>."

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3149641\n"
"13\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose <emph>New</emph>."
msgstr "I listen af sidetypografier, højreklik et element, og vælg så <emph>Nyt</emph>."

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3149614\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab, type a name in the <emph>Name</emph> box."
msgstr "På fanebladet <emph>Administration</emph> indtastes et navn i feltet <emph>Navn</emph>"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3145110\n"
"15\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gør et af følgende:"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3156252\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply the custom page style to a single page, select the default page style that is used in your document in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box."
msgstr "For at anvende den tilpassede sidetypografi på en enkelt side, vælg den standard sidetypografi som bruges i dit dokument i boksen <emph>Næste typografi</emph>."

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3153376\n"
"17\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply the custom page style to more than one page, select its name in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box. To stop using the style, insert a manual page break and assign it a different page style."
msgstr "For at anvende den tilpassede sidetypografi til mere en side vælg dens navn i boksen <emph>Næste sidetypografi</emph>. for at stoppe brugen af typografien, indsæt et hårdt sideskift og vælg en anden sidetypografi."

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3154252\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the tabs in the dialog to set the layout options for the page style, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Brug fanebladene i dialogen til at indstille layoutindstillinger for sidetypografien, og klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154851\n"
"21\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Page Style"
msgstr "For at anvende en sidetypografi"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3154873\n"
"22\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the page that you want to apply the page style to."
msgstr "Klik på den side, som du vil anvende sidetypografien på."

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3155888\n"
"23\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the               <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Style</item> icon."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Typografier og formatering</item> og klik så på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidetypografi</item>."

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3148685\n"
"24\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click a name in the list."
msgstr "Dobbeltklik på et navn på listen."

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"hd_id3148701\n"
"18\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply a Page Style to a New Page"
msgstr "For at anvende en sidetypografi på en ny side"

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3147122\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want a new page to start."
msgstr "Klik i dokumentet, hvor den nye side skal starte."

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150210\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Manuelt skift</emph>."

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150235\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Page break</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Sideskift</emph>."

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150939\n"
"19\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style</item>               box, select the page style that you want to apply to the page that follows the manual break."
msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> skal du vælge den sidetypografi, som du vil anvende på den side, der følger det manuelle skift."

#: pagestyles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"pagestyles.xhp\n"
"par_id3150965\n"
"25\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Printing a Brochure"
msgstr "Udskrivning af en brochure"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"bm_id6743064\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>printing; individual brochures</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>booklet printing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>brochures; printing individual</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>udskrive; individuelle brochurer</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>hæfteudskrivning</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>brochurer; udskrivning af individuelle</bookmark_value>"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN105F6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"print_brochure\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp\">Printing a Brochure</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"print_brochure\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp\">Udskrivning af en brochure</link></variable>"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN10614\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can print a Writer document as a brochure or a booklet. That is, Writer prints two pages on each side of the paper, so that when you fold the paper, you can read the document as a book."
msgstr "Du kan udskrive et Writer-dokument som en brochure eller et hæfte. Det vil sige, at Writer udskriver to sider på hver side af papiret, så du, når du folder papiret, kan læse dokumentet som en bog."

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN106DE\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you create a document that you want to print as a brochure, use portrait orientation for the pages. Writer applies the brochure layout when you print the document."
msgstr "Når du opretter et dokument, som du vil udskrive som en brochure, skal du bruge stående sideretning til siderne. Writer anvender brochurelayoutet, når du udskriver dokumentet."

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN1061A\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Print a Brochure"
msgstr "For at udskrive en brochure"

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN10621\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Filer - Udskriv</emph>."

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN106B6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Print</emph> dialog, click <emph>Properties</emph>."
msgstr "I dialogen <emph>Udskriv</emph> skal du klikke på <emph>Egenskaber</emph>."

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN1070E\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the properties dialog for your printer, set the paper orientation to landscape."
msgstr "I egenskabsdialogen til din printer skal du indstille papirretningen til liggende."

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_id8947416\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If your printer prints duplex, and because brochures always print in landscape mode, you should use the \"duplex - short edge\" setting in your printer setup dialog."
msgstr "Hvis din printer udskriver duplex, og fordi brochurer altid udskrives i liggende format, bør du bruge indstillingen \"duplex - kort kant\" i din printeropsætningsdialog."

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN10628\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Return to <emph>Print</emph> dialog, and click the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page."
msgstr "Vend tilbage til dialogen <emph>Udskriv</emph> og klik på fanebladet <emph>Sidelayout</emph>."

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN1062C\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Brochure</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Brochure</emph>."

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN10740\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For a printer that automatically prints on both sides of a page, specify to include \"All pages\"."
msgstr "For en printer, som automatisk skriver på begge sider af papiret, skal du angive \"Alle sider\"."

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN10630\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: print_brochure.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_brochure.xhp\n"
"par_idN106EA\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If %PRODUCTNAME prints the pages in the wrong order, open the <emph>Options</emph> tab page, select <emph>Print in reverse page order</emph>, and then print the document again."
msgstr "Hvis %PRODUCTNAME udskriver siderne i den forkerte rækkefølge, skal du åbne fanebladet <emph>Indstillinger</emph>, vælge <emph>Udskriv i omvendt rækkefølge</emph>, og så udskrive dokumentet igen."

#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Previewing a Page Before Printing"
msgstr "Forhåndsvisning af en side før udskrivning"

#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155179\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>printing; previews</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>previews; print layouts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>print layout checks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>book view</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages;previews</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>udskrive; forhåndsvisninger</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>forhåndsvisninger; udskriftlayout</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>udskriftslayoutkontrol</bookmark_value>  <bookmark_value>bogvisning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sider;forhåndsvisninger</bookmark_value>"

#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155179\n"
"9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"print_preview\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp\" name=\"Previewing a Page Before Printing\">Previewing a Page Before Printing</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"print_preview\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp\" name=\"Forhåndsvisning af en side før udskrivning\">Forhåndsvisning af en side før udskrivning</link></variable>"

#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"par_id3149847\n"
"34\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File</emph> - <emph>Page Preview</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Filer</emph>-<emph>Vis udskrift</emph>."

#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"par_id3155055\n"
"35\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the zoom icons on the <emph>Page Preview</emph> bar to reduce or enlarge the view of the page."
msgstr "Brug zoomikonet på linjen <emph>Vis udskrift</emph> til at reducere eller forstørre visningen på siden."

#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"par_idN1067F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To print your document scaled down, set the print options on the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Print</item> dialog."
msgstr "For at udskrive dit dokument skaleret til mindre størrelse, skal du indstille udskriftsindstillingerne i fanebladet <emph>Sidelayout</emph> i dialogen <item type=\"menuitem\">Filer - Udskriv</item>."

#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"par_id3145093\n"
"36\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the arrow keys or the arrow icons on the <emph>Page Preview</emph> bar to scroll through the document."
msgstr "Brug piletasterne eller pileikonerne på linjen <emph>Vis udskrift</emph> til at rulle gennem dokumentet."

#: print_preview.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_preview.xhp\n"
"par_id3154265\n"
"37\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\" name=\"File - Page Preview\">File - Page Preview</link>."
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp\" name=\"File - Page Preview\">Filer - Vis udskrift</link>."

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet"
msgstr "Udskrivning af flere sider på et ark"

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149694\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>multi-page view of documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages;printing multiple on one sheet</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>overviews;printing multi-page view</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>printing;multiple pages per sheet</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>reduced printing of multiple pages</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>flersidevisning af dokumenter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sider;udskrive flere på et enkelt ark</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>overblik;udskrive flersidet visning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>udskrive;flere sider per ark</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>reduceret udskrivning af flere sider</bookmark_value>"

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149694\n"
"17\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"print_small\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp\" name=\"Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet\">Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"print_small\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp\" name=\"Udskrivning af flere sider på et ark\">Udskrivning af flere sider på et ark</link></variable>"

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"par_id3149829\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type=\"menuitem\">File - Print</item> dialog, you have the option to print multiple pages on one sheet."
msgstr "I fanebladet <emph>Sidelayout</emph> i dialogen <item type=\"menuitem\">Filer - Udskriv</item> har du mulighed for at udskrive flere sider på et ark."

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"par_id3156098\n"
"19\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph> and click the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Filer - Udskriv</emph> og klik på fanebladet <emph>Sidelayout</emph>."

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"par_id3155055\n"
"31\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gør et af følgende:"

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"par_id3149603\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To print two pages side by side on the same sheet, select \"2\" in the <emph>Pages per sheet</emph> box."
msgstr "For at udskrive to sider ved siden af hinanden på samme ark skal du vælge \"2\" i feltet <emph>Sider per ark</emph>."

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"par_id3153388\n"
"22\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To print multiple pages on the same sheet, select the number of pages per sheet and optionally set the order of pages. The small preview shows the arrangement of pages."
msgstr "For at udskrive flere sider på samme ark, markér sideantallet per ark og indstil eventuelt rækkefølgen af sider. Det lille eksempel viser opstillingen af sider."

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"par_id3154841\n"
"21\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Print</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>Udskriv</emph>."

#: print_small.xhp
msgctxt ""
"print_small.xhp\n"
"par_id3150004\n"
"23\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/main0210.xhp\" name=\"File - Page Preview\">File - Page Preview</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/main0210.xhp\" name=\"Filer - Vis udskrift\">Filer - Vis udskrift</link>"

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Selecting printer paper trays"
msgstr "Valg af papirbakker i printeren"

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"bm_id6609088\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>selecting;paper trays</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paper tray selection</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>vælge;papirbakker</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>papirbakkevalg</bookmark_value>"

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155909\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"printer_tray\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp\" name=\"Selecting printer paper trays\">Selecting Printer Paper Trays</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"printer_tray\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp\" name=\"Selecting printer paper trays\">Valg af papirbakker i printeren</link></variable>"

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3155858\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use page styles to specify different paper sources for different pages in your document."
msgstr "Brug sidetypografier til at angive forskellige papirkilder for forskellige sider i dit dokument."

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3149841\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph>."

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3156108\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Page Styles</item>               icon."
msgstr "Klik på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sidetypografier</item>."

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3155066\n"
"9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click the page style in the list that you want to specify the paper source for, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "Højreklik i listen på den sidetypografi, som du vil angive papirkilden for, og vælg så <emph>Modificer</emph>."

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3153416\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paper tray</item>               box, select the paper tray that you want to use."
msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Papirbakke</item>, markeres den papirbakke, som du vil bruge."

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3153140\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3149649\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeat steps 1-5 for each page style that you want to specify the paper for."
msgstr "Gentag trin 1-5 for hver sidetypografi, som du vil angive papiret for."

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3149616\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Apply the page style to the pages that you want."
msgstr "Anvend sidetypografien på de sider, som du ønsker."

#: printer_tray.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printer_tray.xhp\n"
"par_id3154260\n"
"13\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Creating and applying page styles\">Creating and applying page styles</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp\" name=\"Oprette og anvende sidetypografier\">Oprette og anvende sidetypografier</link>"

#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Printing in Reverse Order"
msgstr "Udskrivning i omvendt rækkefølge"

#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>ordering;printing in reverse order</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>printing; reverse order</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>rækkefølge; udskrive i omvendt rækkefølge</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>udskrive; omvendt rækkefølge</bookmark_value>"

#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149688\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"printing_order\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp\" name=\"Printing in Reverse Order\">Printing in Reverse Order</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"printing_order\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp\" name=\"Udskrivning i omvendt rækkefølge\">Udskrivning i omvendt rækkefølge</link></variable>"

#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"par_id3155854\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Filer - Udskriv</emph>."

#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"par_id3149836\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <emph>General</emph> tab."
msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <emph>Generelt</emph>."

#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"par_id3156106\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Print in reverse page order</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Udskriv i omvendt rækkefølge</emph>."

#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"par_id3153418\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Print</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>Udskriv</emph>."

#: printing_order.xhp
msgctxt ""
"printing_order.xhp\n"
"par_id3149616\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01130000.xhp\" name=\"Printing\">Printing</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01130000.xhp\" name=\"Udskrive\">Udskrive</link>"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer"
msgstr "Beskyt indhold i %PRODUCTNAME Writer"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"bm_id3150620\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>indexes;unprotecting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables of contents;unprotecting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables;protecting/unprotecting cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sections;protecting/unprotecting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>unprotecting tables of contents and indexes</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>protecting;tables and sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells;protecting/unprotecting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>indeks;ophæve beskyttelse</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indholdsfortegnelser;ophæve beskyttelse</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabeller;beskytte/ophæve beskyttelse celler</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sektioner;beskytte/ophæve beskyttelse</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ophæve beskyttelse af indholdsfortegnelser og indekser</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>beskytte;tabeller og Sektioner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>celler;beskytte/ophæve beskyttelse</bookmark_value>"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"hd_id6007263\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"protection\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\" name=\"Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer\">Protecting Content in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer</item></link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"protection\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\" name=\"Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer\">Beskytte indhold i <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME Writer</item></link> </variable>"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id1924802\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The following is an overview of the different ways of protecting contents in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer from being modified, deleted or viewed."
msgstr "Følgende er et overblik over de forskellige måder indhold kan beskyttes i <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer fra at blive ændret, slettet eller vist."

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150114\n"
"29\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Protecting Sections in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer"
msgstr "Beskytte sektioner i <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3150592\n"
"30\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Any section of a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer text document can be protected against changes with a password."
msgstr "Enhver sektion af et <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer tekstdokument kan beskyttes mod ændringer med en adgangskode."

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id4545426\n"
"help.text"
msgid "This protection is not intended to be a secure protection. It is just a switch to protect the section against accidental changes."
msgstr "Beskyttelsen er ikke tænkt som en sikker beskyttelse. Den er kun en mulighed for at beskytte sektionen mod utilsigtede ændringer."

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3166413\n"
"31\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Turning on protection"
msgstr "Slå beskyttelse til"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3144764\n"
"32\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text. Choose <emph>Insert - Section - Section</emph>, then under <emph>Write protection</emph> mark the <emph>Protect</emph> and <emph>With password</emph> check boxes. (If the section already exists: <emph>Format - Sections</emph>.) Enter and confirm a password of at least 5 characters."
msgstr "Marker teksten. Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Sektion - Sektion</emph> og marker så under <emph>Skrivebeskyttelse</emph> afkrydsningsfelterne <emph>Beskyt</emph> og <emph>Med adgangskode</emph>. (Hvis sektionen allerede findes:<emph>Formater - Sektioner</emph>.) Indtast og bekræft en adgangskode på mindst 5 tegn."

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3147497\n"
"33\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Turning off protection"
msgstr "Slå beskyttelse fra"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3147173\n"
"34\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Sections - Section</emph> and under <emph>Write protection</emph> clear the <emph>Protect</emph> check box. Enter the correct password."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Sektioner - Sektion</emph> og under <emph>Skrivebeskyttelse</emph> skal du rydde afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Beskyt</emph>. Indtast den rigtige adgangskode."

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"hd_id3146081\n"
"35\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Protecting Cells in a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer Table"
msgstr "Beskytte celler i en  <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer tabel"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3154480\n"
"36\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can protect the contents of individual cells of a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer text table from changes."
msgstr "Du kan beskytte indholdet af en enkelt celle i en <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer tekst tabel mod ændringer."

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id363170\n"
"help.text"
msgid "This protection is not intended to be a secure protection. It is just a switch to protect the cells against accidental changes."
msgstr "Denne beskyttelse er ikke tænkt som en sikker beskyttelse. Den er kun en mulighed for at beskytte cellerne mod utilsigtede ændringer."

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3154360\n"
"37\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Turning on protection"
msgstr "Slå beskyttelse til"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3145643\n"
"38\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in a cell or select cells. Right-click to open the context menu, then choose <emph>Cell - Protect</emph>."
msgstr "Placer markøren i en celle eller marker celler. Højreklik for at åbne genvejsmenuen og vælg så <emph>Celle - Beskyt</emph>."

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3150042\n"
"39\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Turning off protection"
msgstr "Slå beskyttelse fra"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3155178\n"
"40\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the cell or select the cells. First, if necessary, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph> and mark <emph>Cursor in protected areas - Enable</emph>. Then right-click the cell to open the context menu, choose <emph>Cell - Unprotect</emph>."
msgstr "Placer markøren i cellen eller marker cellerne. Først skal du om nødvendigt vælge <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formateringshjælp</emph> og markere <emph>Markør i beskyttede zoner - Aktiver</emph>. Højreklik derefter på cellen for at åbne genvejsmenuen og vælg <emph>Celle - Ophæv beskyttelse</emph>."

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3151189\n"
"41\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the table in the Navigator, open the context menu and select <emph>Table - Unprotect</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg tabellen i Navigatoren, åbn genvejsmenuen og vælg <emph>Tabel - Ophæv beskyttelse</emph>."

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3147322\n"
"42\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use Shift+Ctrl+T to remove protection for the entire current table or all selected tables."
msgstr "Brug Skift+Ctrl+T for at fjerne beskyttelse af hele den aktuelle tabel eller alle valgte tabeller."

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149259\n"
"43\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Automatic Protection of Indexes and Tables"
msgstr "Automatisk beskyttelse af indekser og tabeller"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3153966\n"
"44\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Tables of contents and indexes created automatically in a <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer text are automatically protected against accidental changes."
msgstr "Indholdsfortegnelser og indekser oprettet automatisk i en <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer tekst er automatisk beskyttet mod utilsigtede ændringer."

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id814539\n"
"help.text"
msgid "This protection is not intended to be a secure protection. It is just a switch to protect the contents against accidental changes."
msgstr "Denne beskyttelse er ikke tænkt som en sikker beskyttelse. Den er kun en mulighed for at beskytte indholdet mod utilsigtede ændringer."

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3145767\n"
"45\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Turning on protection"
msgstr "Slå beskyttelse til"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3153786\n"
"46\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the index/table of contents."
msgstr "Placer markøren i indekset/indholdsfortegnelse."

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3159088\n"
"47\n"
"help.text"
msgid "From the context menu choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>. On the Index/Table tab page, mark <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph>."
msgstr "Fra genvejsmenuen skal du vælge <emph>Rediger indeks/oversigt</emph>. På fanebladet Indeks/oversigt, skal du markere <emph>Beskyttet mod manuelle ændringer</emph>."

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3154118\n"
"48\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Turning off protection"
msgstr "Slå beskyttelse fra"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3148463\n"
"49\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the index. First of all, if necessary, under <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids </emph>, mark <emph>Cursor in protected areas - Enable</emph>."
msgstr "Placer markøren i indekset. Først skal du om nødvendigt i <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formateringshjælp</emph> markere <emph>Markør i beskyttede områder - Aktiver</emph>."

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3152968\n"
"50\n"
"help.text"
msgid "From the context menu choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>. On the Index/Table tab page, unmark <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph>."
msgstr "Fra genvejsmenuen skal du vælge <emph>Rediger indeks/oversigt</emph>. På fanebladet Indeks/oversigt, skal du fjerne markeringen <emph>Beskyttet mod manuelle ændringer</emph>."

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id3152774\n"
"51\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the Navigator, select the index, then open the context menu in the Navigator and select <emph>Index - Read-only</emph>."
msgstr "I Navigator skal du vælge indekset, åbne genvejsmenuen i Navigatoren og vælge <emph>Indeks - Skrivebeskyttet</emph>."

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B8C\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<embedvar href=\"text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp#digital_signatures\"/>"
msgstr "<embedvar href=\"text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp#digital_signatures\"/>"

#: protection.xhp
msgctxt ""
"protection.xhp\n"
"par_id7858516\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/protection.xhp\">Protecting Other Contents</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/guide/protection.xhp\">Beskyt andet indhold</link>"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Cross-References"
msgstr "Indsætte krydshenvisninger"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145087\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>references; inserting cross-references</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting and updating</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; cross-referencing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pictures; cross-referencing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>objects; cross-referencing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>OLE objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>draw objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>updating;cross-references</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;cross-references</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>henvisninger; indsætte krydshenvisninger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>krydshenvisninger; indsætte og opdatere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabeller; krydshenvise</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>billeder; krydshenvise</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objekter; krydshenvise</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>OLE-objekter;krydshenvise</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tegningsobjekter;krydshenvise</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opdatere;krydshenvisninger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indsætte;krydshenvisninger</bookmark_value>"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145087\n"
"28\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"references\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Cross-References\">Inserting Cross-References</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"references\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references.xhp\" name=\"Indsætte krydshenvisninger\">Indsætte krydshenvisninger</link></variable>"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3159263\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Cross-references allow you to jump to specific text passages and objects in a single document. A cross-reference consists of a target and a reference that are inserted as <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"fields\">fields</link> in the document."
msgstr "Krydshenvisninger giver dig mulighed for at hoppe til specifikke tekstpassager og objekter i et enkelt dokument. En krydshenvisning består af et mål og en henvisning, der er indsat som <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp\" name=\"fields\">felter</link> i dokumentet."

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3155860\n"
"21\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Objects with captions and bookmarks can be used as targets."
msgstr "Objekter med billedtekster og bogmærker kan bruges som mål."

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149833\n"
"38\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Cross-Referencing Text"
msgstr "Krydshenvisning til tekst"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3149846\n"
"39\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Before you can insert a cross-reference, you must first specify the targets in your text."
msgstr "Før du kan indsætte en krydshenvisning, skal du angive målene i din tekst."

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156105\n"
"52\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Target"
msgstr "For at indsætte et mål"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3153408\n"
"40\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to use as a target for the cross-reference."
msgstr "Vælg den tekst, som du vil brug som et mål til krydshenvisningen."

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3153125\n"
"41\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Krydshenvisning</emph>."

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3149634\n"
"42\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item> list, select “Set Reference”."
msgstr "I listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Type</item>, vælg \"Sæt henvisning\"."

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3149614\n"
"43\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name for the target in the <emph>Name</emph> box. The selected text is displayed in the <emph>Value</emph> box."
msgstr "Skriv et navn på målet i feltet <emph>Navn</emph>. Den markerede tekst vises i feltet <emph>Værdi</emph>."

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3145110\n"
"44\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert</item>. The name of the target is added to the <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item>               list."
msgstr "Klik på <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt</item>. Navnet på målet bliver føjet til listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Markering</item>."

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3156257\n"
"45\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Leave the dialog open and proceed to the next section."
msgstr "Lad dialogen være åben og fortsæt til næste sektion."

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153370\n"
"53\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a Cross-Reference to a Target"
msgstr "For at oprette en krydshenvisning til et mål"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id7032074\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Position the cursor in the text where you want to insert a cross-reference."
msgstr "Placer markøren det sted i teksten, hvor du vil indsætte en krydsreference."

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id7796868\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph> to open the dialog, if it is not open already."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Krydshenvisning</emph> for at  åbne dialogen, hvis den ikke allerede er åben."

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3153392\n"
"46\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select \"Insert Reference\"."
msgstr "I listen <emph>Type</emph>, vælg \"Indsæt henvisning\"."

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3154256\n"
"47\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the target that you want to cross-reference."
msgstr "I listen <emph>Markering</emph>, vælg målet, som du vil krydshenvise til."

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3154856\n"
"48\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, select the format for the cross-reference. The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">format</link> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, \"Reference\" inserts the target text, and \"Page\" inserts the page number where the target is located. For footnotes the footnote number is inserted."
msgstr "I listen <emph>Indsæt reference til</emph> vælges formatet for krydshenvisningen. <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">Formatet</link> specificerer typen af information, der vises som krydshenvisning. For eksempel indsætter \"Henvisning\" målteksten, og \"Side\" indsætter sidenummeret, hvor målet er placeret. For fodnoter vil fodnotens nummer blive indsat."

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3155895\n"
"49\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>Indsæt</emph>."

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3148685\n"
"54\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>Luk</emph> når du er færdig."

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149980\n"
"29\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Cross-Referencing an Object"
msgstr "Krydshenvisning til et objekt"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3149992\n"
"30\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can cross-reference most objects in your document, such as graphics, drawing objects, OLE objects, and tables, so long as they have a caption. To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Caption\"><emph>Insert - Caption</emph></link>."
msgstr "Du kan krydshenvise til de fleste objekter i dit dokument, såsom grafik, tegneobjekter, OLE-objekter og tabeller, så længe de har en billedtekst. For at føje en billedtekst til et objekt, skal du vælge objektet, og så vælge <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp\" name=\"Insert - Caption\"><emph>Indsæt - Billedtekst</emph></link>."

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3147123\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to insert the cross-reference."
msgstr "Klik i dokumentet, hvor du vil indsætte krydshenvisningen."

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3150212\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Krydshenvisning</emph>."

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3150236\n"
"32\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select the caption category of the object."
msgstr "I listen <emph>Type</emph>, vælg billedtekstkategorien for objektet."

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3150942\n"
"33\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the caption number of the object that you want to cross-reference."
msgstr "I listen <emph>Markering</emph>, vælg nummeret på billedteksten for det objekt, som du vil krydshenvise."

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3150968\n"
"34\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, select the format of the cross-reference. The <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">format</link> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, \"Reference\" inserts the caption category and caption text of the object."
msgstr "I <emph>Indsæt reference til</emph> listen, vælg formatet for krydshenvisningen. I <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp\" name=\"format\">Format</link> specificerer du typen af information, der vises som krydshenvisning. For eksempel indsætter \"Henvisning\" billedtekstens kategori og selve billedteksten fra objektet."

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3150535\n"
"35\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>Indsæt</emph>."

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3151092\n"
"55\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>Luk</emph> når du er færdig."

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151115\n"
"56\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Updating Cross-References"
msgstr "Opdater krydshenvisninger"

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id3153594\n"
"51\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To manually update the cross-references in a document, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Fields</emph> from the menu or press F9."
msgstr "Opdater krydsreferencerne i et dokument manuelt ved at vælge <emph>Funktioner - Opdatér - Felter </emph> i menuen eller tryk F9."

#: references.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references.xhp\n"
"par_id7321390\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>View - Fields</emph> to switch between viewing the reference names and the reference contents."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Vis - Felter</emph> for at skifte mellem visning af henvisningsnavnet og henvisningsindholdet."

#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Modifying Cross-References"
msgstr "Modificering af krydshenvisninger"

#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149291\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>references; modifying cross-references</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cross-references; modifying</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing;cross-references</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>searching;cross-references</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>henvisninger; ændre krydshenvisninger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>krydshenvisninger; ændre</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>redigere;krydshenvisninger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>søge;krydshenvisninger</bookmark_value>"

#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149291\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"references_modify\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp\" name=\"Modifying Cross-References\">Modifying Cross-References</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"references_modify\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp\" name=\"Modificering af krydshenvisninger\">Modificering af krydshenvisninger</link></variable>"

#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"par_id3153132\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in front of the cross-reference that you want to modify."
msgstr "Klik foran krydshenvisningen som du vil ændre."

#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"par_id3149632\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you cannot see the field shading of the cross-reference, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph> or press <emph>Ctrl+F8</emph>."
msgstr "Hvis du ikke kan se feltskyggen på krydshenvisningen, skal du vælge <emph>Vis - Feltskygger</emph> eller trykke <emph>Ctrl+F8</emph>."

#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"par_id3149611\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Rediger - Felter</emph>."

#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"par_id3145101\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Set the options that you want, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Definer indstillingerne, som du vil, og klik så på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: references_modify.xhp
msgctxt ""
"references_modify.xhp\n"
"par_id3154255\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the arrow buttons in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit Fields</item>         dialog to browse through the cross-references in the current document."
msgstr "Brug piletasterne i dialogen <item type=\"menuitem\">Rediger felter</item> til at gennemse krydshenvisningerne i det aktuelle dokument."

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Printing Register-true"
msgstr "Udskrive Hold register"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"bm_id4825891\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>rows; register-true text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lines of text; register-true</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>pages;register-true</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraphs;register-true</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>register-true;pages and paragraphs</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>spacing;register-true text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;register-true text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>rækker; hold register tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstlinjer; hold register</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sider; hold register</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afsnit; hold register</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hold register; sider og afsnit</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afstand;hold register tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatere;hold register tekst</bookmark_value>"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10652\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"registertrue\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp\">Printing Register-true</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"registertrue\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp\">Udskrive Hold register</link></variable>"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN1065E\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Set a Document to Register-True Printing"
msgstr "Indstille et dokument til hold register udskrivning"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10665\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the whole document."
msgstr "Marker hele dokumentet."

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10669\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Page - Page</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Side - Side</emph>."

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10671\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Register-true</item> checkbox and click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "Marker afkrydsningsfeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Hold register</item> og klik på <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10678\n"
"help.text"
msgid "All the paragraphs in the document will be printed register-true, unless otherwise specified."
msgstr "Alle afsnittene i dokumentet vil blive udskrevet med hold register, med mindre andet specificeres."

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN1067B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Exempt Paragraphs From Register-True Printing"
msgstr "Udelade afsnit fra hold register udskrivning"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10682\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gør et af følgende:"

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10685\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select all the paragraphs you want to exempt, then choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</emph>."
msgstr "Marker de afsnit, som du vil udelade, vælg derefter <emph>Formater - Afsnit - Indrykning og afstand</emph>."

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN1068C\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the Styles and Formatting window, click the Paragraph Style you want to exempt, right-click that style, choose <emph>Modify</emph>. In the dialog, click the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab."
msgstr "Åbn vinduet Typografier og formatering, klik på afsnitstypografien du vil udelade, højreklik på typografien, vælg <emph>Modificer</emph>. I dialogen klikker du på fanebladet <emph>Indrykning og afstand</emph>."

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN10698\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Clear the <emph>Register-true</emph> checkbox."
msgstr "Ryd afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Hold register</emph>."

#: registertrue.xhp
msgctxt ""
"registertrue.xhp\n"
"par_idN106AA\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">Register-true</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05030100.xhp\">Hold register</link>"

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Removing Line Breaks"
msgstr "Fjerne linjeskift"

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149687\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>hard returns in pasted text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>line breaks;removing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting; line breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>copies;removing line breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraph marks;removing</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>hårde linjeskift i indsat tekst</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>linjeskift;fjern</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>slet; linjeskift</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>ko;fjern linjeskift</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>afsnitskift ;fjern</bookmark_value>"

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155916\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"removing_line_breaks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp\">Removing Line Breaks</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"removing_line_breaks\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp\">Fjerne linjeskift</link></variable>"

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3155858\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the AutoCorrect feature to remove line breaks that occur within sentences. Unwanted line breaks can occur when you copy text from another source and paste it into a text document."
msgstr "Brug Autokorrekturfunktionen til at fjerne linjeskift, som forekommer inden i sætninger. Uønskede linjeskift kan forekomme, når du kopierer tekst fra en anden kilde og indsætter den i et tekstdokument."

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3153413\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "This AutoCorrect feature only works on text that is formatted with the \"Default\" paragraph style."
msgstr "Denne Autokorrektur-funktion virker kun på tekst, som er formateret med afsnitstypografien \"Standard\"."

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3153138\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner - Autokorrektur - Indstillinger</item>."

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3149645\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Options</emph> tab, ensure that <emph>Combine single line paragraphs if length greater than 50%</emph> is selected. To change the minimum percentage for the line length, double-click the option in the list, and then enter a new percentage."
msgstr "På fanebladet <emph>Indstillinger</emph>, vær sikker på at <emph>Kombiner enkeltlinjede afsnit fra 50%</emph> er valgt. For at ændre minimumsprocentdelen for linjelængden, dobbeltklik på indstillingen, og indtast så en ny procentdel."

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3145093\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3145118\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text containing the line breaks that you want to remove."
msgstr "Vælg den tekst der indeholder de linjeskift, som du vil fjerne."

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3156253\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Apply Style</item> box on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> bar, choose “Default”."
msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Anvend typografi</item> på værktøjslinjen <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatering</item> skal du vælge \"Standard\"."

#: removing_line_breaks.xhp
msgctxt ""
"removing_line_breaks.xhp\n"
"par_id3153388\n"
"9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Autokorrektur - Anvend</emph>."

#: reset_format.xhp
msgctxt ""
"reset_format.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Resetting Font Attributes"
msgstr "Nulstilling af skrifttypeattributter"

#: reset_format.xhp
msgctxt ""
"reset_format.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149963\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>formats; resetting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>font attributes; resetting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>fonts; resetting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>resetting; fonts</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>direct formatting;exiting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;exiting direct formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>exiting;direct formatting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>formater; nulstille</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skrifttypeattributter; nulstille</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skrifttyper; nulstille</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>nulstille; skrifttyper</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>direkte formatering;forlade</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatering; forlade direkte formatering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forlade;direkte formatering</bookmark_value>"

#: reset_format.xhp
msgctxt ""
"reset_format.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149963\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"reset_format\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp\" name=\"Resetting Font Attributes\">Resetting Font Attributes</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"reset_format\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp\" name=\"Nulstilling af skrifttypeattributter\">Nulstilling af skrifttypeattributter</link></variable>"

#: reset_format.xhp
msgctxt ""
"reset_format.xhp\n"
"par_id3154091\n"
"27\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can quickly exit manual formatting by pressing Ctrl+Shift+X. For example, if you have pressed Ctrl+B to apply the bold typeface to the text that you type, press Ctrl+Shift+X to return to the default character format of the paragraph."
msgstr "Du kan hurtigt afslutte manuel formattering ved at trykke Ctrl+Skift+X. Hvis du for eksempel har trykket Ctrl+B for at anvende fed typografi på den tekst, du indtaster, tryk Ctrl+Skift+X for at vende tilbage til afsnittets standardtypografi."

#: reset_format.xhp
msgctxt ""
"reset_format.xhp\n"
"par_id3155854\n"
"28\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To reset all direct formatting of existing text, select that text, then choose the menu command <emph>Format - Clear Direct Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "For at nulstille al direkte formattering af eksisterende tekst vælg teksten, vælg så menukommandoen <emph>Format - Ryd direkte formattering</emph>."

#: resize_navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Docking and Resizing Windows"
msgstr "Fastgørelse og ændring af vinduesstørrelse"

#: resize_navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145088\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>Navigator;docking and resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting window;docking and resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Gallery;docking and resizing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>docking; Navigator window</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;windows</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>Navigator;fastgøre og ændre størrelse på</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Typografier og formatering vindue;fastgøre og ændre størrelse på</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Galleri;fastgøre og ændre størrelse på</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fastgøre; Navigator vindue</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ændrer størrelse;vinduer</bookmark_value>"

#: resize_navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145088\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"resize_navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp\" name=\"Docking and Resizing Windows\">Docking and Resizing Windows</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"resize_navigator\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp\" name=\"Fastgørelse og ændring af vinduesstørrelse\">Fastgørelse og ændring af vinduesstørrelse</link></variable>"

#: resize_navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
"par_id3155916\n"
"25\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can dock, undock and resize most $[officename] program windows such as the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr "Du kan fastgøre, frigøre og ændre størrelse på de fleste programvinduer i $[officename] såsom Navigator eller Typografierne og Formatering."

#: resize_navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
"par_id3155861\n"
"27\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To dock or undock the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window, hold down the <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item> key and double-click on a gray area in the window. Alternatively, press <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Shift+F10</item>."
msgstr "For at fastgøre eller frigøre Navigator eller vinduet Typografier og formatering skal du holde <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl</item> nede og dobbeltklikke på et gråt område i vinduet. Alternativt kan du trykke på <item type=\"keycode\">Ctrl+Skift+F10</item>."

#: resize_navigator.xhp
msgctxt ""
"resize_navigator.xhp\n"
"par_id3156096\n"
"28\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To resize the window, drag a corner or an edge of the window."
msgstr "For at ændre størrelsen af vinduet, skal du trække i et hjørne eller en kant af vinduet."

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Rulers"
msgstr "Brug af linealer"

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"bm_id8186284\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>rulers;using rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>horizontal rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vertical rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indents; setting on rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>page margins on rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>table cells;adjusting the width on rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>showing;rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hiding;rulers</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>adjusting page margins and cell widths</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>linealer;bruge linealer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vandrette linealer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>lodrette linealer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indrykninger; indstilling på linealer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sidemargener på linealer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabelceller;justere bredden på linealer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>vise;linealer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skjule;linealer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>justere sidemargener og cellebredder</bookmark_value>"

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"par_idN1065F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"ruler\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\">Using Rulers</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"ruler\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp\">Brug af linealer</link></variable>"

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"par_idN1067D\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To show or hide rulers, choose <emph>View - Ruler</emph>. To show the vertical ruler, choose <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"Writer - View\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph></link>, and then select <emph>Vertical ruler</emph> in the <emph>Ruler</emph> area."
msgstr "For at vise eller skjule linealer skal du vælge <emph>Vis - Lineal</emph>. For at vise den lodrette lineal skal du vælge <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href=\"text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp\" name=\"Writer - View\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Vis</emph></link>, og så vælge <emph>Lodret lineal</emph> i området <emph>Lineal</emph>."

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149686\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adjusting Page Margins"
msgstr "Juster sidemargener"

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"par_id3155175\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The margins of a page are indicated by the filled areas at the ends of the rulers."
msgstr "Sidemargenerne vises med udfyldte områder i linealernes ender."

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149038\n"
"22\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing Indents"
msgstr "Skift indrykning"

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"par_id3153631\n"
"23\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Indents are adjusted with the three small triangles on the horizontal ruler."
msgstr "Indrykning justeres med de tre små trekanter på den vandrette lineal."

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"par_id3152776\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the left or the right paragraph indent, select the paragraph(s) that you want change the indent for, drag the bottom left or the bottom right triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location."
msgstr "For at ændre den venstre eller den højre afsnitsindrykning skal du markere det afsnit, som du ønsker at ændre indrykningen for og trække nederste venstre eller nederste højre trekant på den vandrette lineal til en ny position."

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"par_id3145769\n"
"27\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the first line indent of a selected paragraph, drag the top left triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location."
msgstr "For at ændre den første linjes indrykning i et valgt afsnit skal du trække øverste venstre trekant på den vandrette lineal til en ny position."

#: ruler.xhp
msgctxt ""
"ruler.xhp\n"
"par_id3149164\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also double-click anywhere on the horizontal ruler, and adjust the indents in the <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030000.xhp\" name=\"Paragraph\"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link> dialog."
msgstr "Du kan også dobbeltklikke hvor som helst på den vandrette lineal og tilpasse indrykningerne i dialogen <link href=\"text/shared/01/05030000.xhp\" name=\"Paragraph\"><emph>Afsnit</emph></link>."

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Wildcards in Text Searches"
msgstr "Brug af jokertegn i tekstsøgninger"

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"bm_id3150099\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>wildcards, see regular expressions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>searching; with wildcards</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>regular expressions;searching</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>examples for regular expressions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>characters;finding all</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>invisible characters;finding</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraph marks;searching</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>jokertegn, se regulære udtryk</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>søge; med jokertegn</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>regulære udtryk;søge</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>eksempler for regulære udtryk</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tegn;finde alle</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>usynlige tegn;finde</bookmark_value>"

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"hd_id3150099\n"
"15\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"search_regexp\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp\">Using Wildcards in Text Searches</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"search_regexp\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp\">Brug af jokertegn i tekstsøgninger</link></variable>"

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id0509200916345516\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Wildcards or placeholders can be used to search for some unspecified or even invisible characters."
msgstr "Jokertegn eller pladsholdere kan bruges til at søge efter visse uspecificerede eller enddog usynlige tegn."

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3155182\n"
"50\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can use wildcards when you find and replace text in a document. For example, \"s.n\" finds \"sun\" and \"son\"."
msgstr "Du kan bruge jokertegn, når du søger og erstatter tekst i et dokument. For eksempel finder \"s.n\" både \"sin\" og \"søn\"."

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3155907\n"
"40\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Edit - Find & Replace</item>."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Rediger - Søg og erstat</item>."

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id2142399\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">More Options</item> to expand the dialog."
msgstr "Klik <item type=\"menuitem\">Flere indstillinger</item> for at udvide dialogen."

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3155861\n"
"41\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Regular expressions</item> check box."
msgstr "Marker afkrydsningsfeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Regulære udtryk</item>."

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3149843\n"
"42\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Search for</item> box, type the search term and the wildcard(s) that you want to use in your search."
msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Søg efter</item>, skal du indtaste søgeordet og de(t) jokertegn, som du vil bruge i din søgning."

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3156113\n"
"51\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <item type=\"menuitem\">Find</item> or <item type=\"menuitem\">Find All</item>."
msgstr "Klik <item type=\"menuitem\">Søg</item> eller <item type=\"menuitem\">Søg alle</item>."

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153401\n"
"52\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Regular Expression Examples"
msgstr "Eksempler på regulære udtryk"

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3149641\n"
"44\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The wildcard for a single character is a period (.)."
msgstr "Jokertegnet for et enkelt tegn er et punktum (.)."

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3153136\n"
"43\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The wildcard for zero or more occurrences of the previous character is an asterisk. For example: \"123*\" finds \"12\" \"123\", and \"1233\"."
msgstr "Jokertegnet for nul eller flere forekomster af det foregående tegn er en stjerne. For eksempel: \"123*\" finder \"12\", \"123\" og \"1233\"."

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3149609\n"
"45\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The wildcard combination to search for zero or more occurrences of any character is a period and asterisk (.*)."
msgstr "Jokertegnskombinationen til søgning efter nul eller flere forekomster af et vilkårligt tegn er et punktum og stjerne (.*)."

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3149854\n"
"46\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The wildcard for the end of a paragraph is a dollar sign ($). The wildcard character combination for the start of a paragraph is a caret and a period (^.)."
msgstr "Jokertegnet for slutningen af et afsnit er et dollartegn ($). Jokertegnskombinationen for starten af et afsnit er en cirkumfleks og et punktum (^.)."

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id0509200916345545\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The wildcard for a tab character is \\t."
msgstr "Jokertegnet for tabulator tegnet er \\t."

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3153414\n"
"49\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A search using a regular expression will work only within one paragraph. To search using a regular expression in more than one paragraph, do a separate search in each paragraph."
msgstr "Du kan kun søge med regulære udtryk indenfor et enkelt afsnit. Hvis du vil søge med regulære udtryk i mere end et afsnit, skal du lave en separat søgning i hvert afsnit."

#: search_regexp.xhp
msgctxt ""
"search_regexp.xhp\n"
"par_id3149875\n"
"48\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02100001.xhp\" name=\"List of Wildcards\">List of Wildcards</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/02100001.xhp\" name=\"Liste over jokertegn\">Liste over jokertegn</link>"

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Editing Sections"
msgstr "Redigering af sektioner"

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149816\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections; editing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sections;deleting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deleting;sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing;sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>read-only sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>protecting;sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>converting;sections, into normal text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hiding;sections</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>afsnit; redigér</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afsnit;slet</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slet;afsnit</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>rediger;afsnit</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>kun læseadgang afsnit</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>beskyt;afsnit</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>konvertér;afsnit,til normal tekst</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>hiding;sections</bookmark_value>"

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149816\n"
"13\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"section_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp\" name=\"Editing Sections\">Editing Sections</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"section_edit\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp\" name=\"Editing Sections\">Redigér afsnit</link></variable>"

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3155858\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can protect, hide, and convert sections to normal text in your document."
msgstr "Du kan beskytte, skjule, og konvertere sektioner til normal tekst i dit dokument."

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3154224\n"
"15\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\"><emph>Format - Sections</emph></link>."
msgstr "Vælg <link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\"><emph>Formater - Sektioner</emph></link>."

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3149848\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Section</item> list, click the section you want to modify. You can press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A to select all sections in the list, and you can Shift+click or <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+click to select some sections."
msgstr "Klik på det afsnit på<item type=\"menuitem\">Afsnit</item> listen, som du vil ændre. Du kan trykke <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A for at vælge alle afsnit på listen, og kan trykke på Skift+klik  <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+click for at vælge nogle afsnit."

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3153397\n"
"17\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gør et af følgende:"

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3153120\n"
"18\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To convert a section into normal text, click <emph>Remove</emph>."
msgstr "For at konvertere et afsnit til normal tekst, klik <emph>Fjern</emph>."

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3149631\n"
"19\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To make a section read-only, select the <emph>Protected</emph> check box in the <emph>Write Protection</emph> area."
msgstr "For kun at give læseadgang til et afsnit, vælg tjekboksen <emph>Beskyttet</emph> i området <emph>Skrivebeskyttelse</emph>."

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3149609\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To hide a section, select the <emph>Hide</emph> check box in the <emph>Hide</emph> area."
msgstr "For at skjule et afsnit, vælg tjekboksen <emph>Skjul </emph> i området <emph>Skjul </emph>."

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id3156255\n"
"22\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Format - Sections\">Format - Sections</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp\" name=\"Formater - Sektioner\">Formater - Sektioner</link>"

#: section_edit.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_edit.xhp\n"
"par_id973540\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\">Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp\">Beskyt indhold i %PRODUCTNAME Writer</link>"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Sections"
msgstr "Indsætte sektioner"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections; inserting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting; sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>HTML documents;inserting linked sections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>updating;linked sections, manually</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>links;inserting sections</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sektioner; indsætte</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indsætte; sektioner</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>HTML-dokumenter;indsætte kædede sektioner</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>opdatere;kædede sektioner, manuelt</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kæder;indsætte sektioner</bookmark_value>"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149695\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"section_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Sections\">Inserting Sections</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"section_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp\" name=\"Indsætte sektioner\">Indsætte sektioner</link></variable>"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3155917\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert new sections, or links to sections in other documents into the current document. If you insert a section as a link, the content of the link changes when you modify the source document."
msgstr "Du kan indsætte nye sektioner eller referencer til sektioner i andre dokumenter i det aktuelle dokument. Hvis du indsætter en sektion som en kæde, ændres indholdet af kæden når du ændrer kildedokumentet."

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155863\n"
"27\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a New Section"
msgstr "For at indsætte en ny sektion"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149843\n"
"23\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert a new section, or select the text that you want to convert to a section."
msgstr "Klik i dit dokument, hvor du vil indsætte en ny sektion, eller vælg den tekst, som du vil konvertere til en sektion."

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3156103\n"
"28\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you select a text that occurs within a paragraph, the text is automatically converted into a new paragraph."
msgstr "Hvis du vælger en tekst, der er indenfor et afsnit, vil teksten automatisk blive konverteret til et nyt afsnit."

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149281\n"
"24\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Sektion</emph>."

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153404\n"
"29\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Section</item>               box, type a name for the section."
msgstr "Skriv et navn på sektionen i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Ny sektion</item>."

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153127\n"
"25\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Set the options for the section, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "Definerer indstillingerne for sektionen, og klik så på <emph>Indsæt</emph>."

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149635\n"
"30\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Section as a Link"
msgstr "For at indsætte en sektion som en sammenkædning"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149648\n"
"31\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Before you can insert a section as link, you must first create sections in the source document."
msgstr "Før du kan indsætte en sektion i en sammenkædning, skal du først oprette sektioner i kildedokumentet."

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149611\n"
"18\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you open a document that contains linked sections, $[officename] prompts you to update the contents of the sections. To manually update a link, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph>."
msgstr "Når du åbner et dokument, der indeholder sammenkædede sektioner, spørger $[officename] dig om at opdatere indholdet i sektionerne. For at opdatere en sammenkædning manuelt, skal du vælge <emph>Funktioner - Opdater - Kæder</emph>."

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149860\n"
"22\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also insert linked sections in HTML documents. When you view the page in a web browser, the content of the sections corresponds to the content of the sections at the time the HTML document was last saved."
msgstr "Du kan også indsætte sammenkædede sektioner i HTML-dokumenter. Når du viser siden i en webbrowser, vil indholdet af sektionerne modsvare indholdet af sektionerne på det tidspunkt, hvor HTML-dokumentet sidst blev gemt."

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3145104\n"
"32\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in your document where you want to insert the linked section."
msgstr "Klik i dit dokument, hvor du vil indsætte den sammenkædede sektion."

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3156241\n"
"33\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Sektion</emph>."

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153363\n"
"34\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Section</item>               box, type a name for the section."
msgstr "Skriv et navn på sektionen i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Ny sektion</item>."

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153387\n"
"35\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item>               area, select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link</item>               check box. <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Under Windows, you can also select the <item type=\"menuitem\">DDE</item> check box to automatically update the contents of the section when the section in the source document is changed. </caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr "Marker afkrydsningsfeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Kæde</item> i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Kæde</item>. <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Under Windows kan du også vælge afkrydsningsfeltet <item type=\"menuitem\">DDE</item> for automatisk at opdatere sektionens indhold, når sektionen i kildedokumentet bliver ændret. </caseinline></switchinline>"

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154852\n"
"36\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the browse button (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">File name</item>               box."
msgstr "Klik gennemsynsknappen (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) ved siden af feltet<item type=\"menuitem\">Filnavn</item>."

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3155882\n"
"37\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Locate the document containing the section that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "Find det dokument, der indeholder den sektion, som du vil sammenkæde med, og klik så på <emph>Indsæt</emph>."

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149978\n"
"38\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Section</item>               box, select the section that you want to insert."
msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sektion</item> vælges den sektion, som du vil indsætte."

#: section_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"section_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3150003\n"
"39\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>Indsæt</emph>."

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Sections"
msgstr "Brug af sektioner"

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149832\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>multi-column text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; multi-column</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>columns; on text pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text columns</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>sections; columns in/use of</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>flerspaltet tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekst; flerspaltet</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>spalter; på tekstsider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekstspalter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sektioner; spalter i/brug af</bookmark_value>"

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149832\n"
"40\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"sections\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp\" name=\"Using Sections\">Using Sections</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"sections\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp\" name=\"Brug af sektioner\">Brug af sektioner</link></variable>"

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3153128\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Sections are named blocks of text, including graphics or objects, that you can use in a number of ways:"
msgstr "Sektioner er navngivne tekstblokke, inklusiv grafik eller objekter, som du kan bruge på flere måder:"

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3149284\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To prevent text from being edited."
msgstr "For at forhindre tekst i at blive redigeret."

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3149630\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To show or hide text."
msgstr "For at vise eller skjule tekst."

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3149647\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To reuse text and graphics from other $[officename] documents."
msgstr "For at genbruge tekst og grafik fra andre $[officename] dokumenter."

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3149612\n"
"38\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert sections of text that uses a different column layout than the current page style."
msgstr "For at indsætte sektioner af tekst, som bruger et andet spaltelayout end den aktuelle sidetypografi."

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3149855\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A section contains at least one paragraph. When you select a text and create a section, a paragraph break is automatically inserted at the end of the text."
msgstr "En sektion indeholder mindst ét afsnit. Når du vælger en tekst og opretter en sektion, bliver et afsnitsskift automatisk indsat i slutningen af teksten."

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3149872\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert sections from a text document, or an entire text document as a section into another text document. You can also insert sections from a text document as links in another text document, or in the same document."
msgstr "Du kan indsætte sektioner fra et tekstdokument eller et helt tekstdokument som en sektion i et andet tekstdokument. Du kan også indsætte sektioner fra et tekstdokument som kæde til et andet tekstdokument eller i det samme dokument."

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3153367\n"
"39\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert a new paragraph immediately before or after a section, click in front or behind the section, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter."
msgstr "For at indsætte et nyt afsnit umiddelbart før eller efter en sektion skal du klikke før eller efter sektionen og så trykke <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter."

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154242\n"
"44\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Sections and Columns"
msgstr "Sektioner og spalter"

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3154255\n"
"41\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert sections into an existing section. For example, you can insert a section containing two columns into a section that contains one column."
msgstr "Du kan indsætte sektioner i en eksisterende sektion. For eksempel kan du indsætte en sektion, som indeholder to spalter, i en sektion, der indeholder en spalte."

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3154845\n"
"42\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A section layout, for example on the number of columns, has priority over the page layout defined in a page style."
msgstr "Et sektionslayout på for eksempel antallet af spalter har forrang over sidelayoutet, der er defineret i en sidetypografi."

#: sections.xhp
msgctxt ""
"sections.xhp\n"
"par_id3155883\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde\" name=\"DDE\">DDE</link>"

#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Saving Text Documents in HTML Format"
msgstr "Gem tekstdokumenter i HTML-format"

#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145087\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text documents; publishing in HTML</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>HTML documents; creating from text documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>homepage creation</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>saving;in HTML format</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekstdokumenter; udgive i HTML</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>HTML-dokumenter; oprette fra tekstdokumenter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hjemmesideoprettelse</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gemme;i HTML-format</bookmark_value>"

#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145087\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"send2html\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp\" name=\"Saving Text Documents in HTML Format\">Saving Text Documents in HTML Format</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"send2html\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp\" name=\"Gem tekstdokumenter i HTML-format\">Gem tekstdokumenter i HTML-format</link></variable>"

#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"par_id3149825\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can save a $[officename] Writer document in HTML format, so that you can view it in a web browser. If you want, you can associate a page break with a specific heading paragraph style to generate a separate HTML page each time the style appears in the document. $[officename] Writer automatically creates a page containing hyperlinks to each of these pages."
msgstr "Du kan gemme et $[officename] Writer dokument i HTML-format, så du kan vise det i en webbrowser. Hvis du vil, kan du forbinde et sideskift med en specifik overskriftstypografi for at genere en selvstændig HTML-side, hver gang typografien forekommer i dokumentet. $[officename] Writer opretter automatisk en side, som indeholder hyperlinks til hver af disse sider."

#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"par_id3155922\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you save a text document in HTML format, any graphics in the document are saved into the HTML document as embedded data streams. $[officename] tries to keep the original format of graphics, i.e. JPEG pictures or SVG images will be saved into HTML as such. All other graphic formats are saved as PNG."
msgstr "Når du gemmer et tekstdokument i HTML-format, gemmes alle billeder i dokumentet i HTML-filen som indlejrede data streams. $[officename] forsøger at bibeholde det oprindelige grafikformat, f.eks. gemmes JPEG billeder eller SVG-billeder i HTML-dokumentet i deres originale format. Alle andre grafikformater gemmes som PNG."

#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"par_id3155868\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Apply one of the default $[officename] heading paragraph styles, for example, \"Heading 1\", to the paragraphs where you want to generate a new HTML page."
msgstr "Anvend en af standardoverskriftstypografierne i $[officename] til afsnitsoverskrifter, for eksempel, \"Overskrift 1\", til de afsnit hvor du vil generere en ny HTML-side."

#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"par_id3156100\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Send - Create HTML Document</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Filer - Send - Opret HTML-dokument</emph>."

#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"par_id3149281\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles</item>               box, select the paragraph style that you want to use to generate a new HTML page."
msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Typografier</item> skal du vælge den afsnitstypografi, som du vil bruge til at generere en ny HTML-side."

#: send2html.xhp
msgctxt ""
"send2html.xhp\n"
"par_id3153407\n"
"9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Enter a path and a name for the HTML document, and then click <emph>Save</emph>."
msgstr "Angiv en sti og et navn for HTML-dokumentet, og klik så på <emph>Gem</emph>."

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Applying Text Formatting While You Type"
msgstr "Anvendelse af tekstformatering mens du skriver"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149689\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; formatting bold while typing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting; bold, while typing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>keyboard;bold formatting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>bold;formatting while typing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>shortcut keys;bold formatting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; fed formatering mens du skriver</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>formatering; fed, mens du skriver</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tastatur;fed formatering</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fed;formatering mens du skriver</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>genvejstaster;fed formatering</bookmark_value>"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149689\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"shortcut_writing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp\" name=\"Applying Text Formatting While You Type\">Applying Text Formatting While You Type</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"shortcut_writing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp\" name=\"Anvendelse af tekstformatering mens du skriver\">Anvendelse af tekstformatering mens du skriver</link></variable>"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155909\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply bold formatting"
msgstr "For at anvende fed formatering"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3155861\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to format."
msgstr "Vælg den tekst, som du vil formatere."

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3149836\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B."
msgstr "Tryk<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B."

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3156112\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B, type the text that you want to format in bold, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B when you are finished."
msgstr "Du kan også trykke<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B, skrive den tekst, som du vil formatere i fed og så trykke så<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B når du er færdig."

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151909\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply italic formatting"
msgstr "For at anvende kursivformatering"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3151861\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to format."
msgstr "Vælg den tekst, som du vil formatere."

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3141836\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I."
msgstr "Tryk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I."

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3151112\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I, type the text that you want to format in italic, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I when you are finished."
msgstr "Du kan også trykke <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I, skrive den tekst, der skal formateres som kursiv, og så trykke <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I når du er færdig."

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3152909\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To underline text"
msgstr "Understregning af tekst"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3152861\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to underline."
msgstr "Vælg den tekst, som du vil understrege."

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3142836\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U."
msgstr "Tryk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U."

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3152112\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U, type the text that you want underlined, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U when you are finished."
msgstr "Du kan også trykke på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U, skriv teksten som du vil have understreget, og til sidst trykke  <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U igen når du er færdig."

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3149648\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp\" name=\"Keyboard shortcut for text documents\">Keyboard shortcut for text documents</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp\" name=\"Tastaturgenvej for tekstdokumenter\">Tastaturgenvej for tekstdokumenter</link>"

#: shortcut_writing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"shortcut_writing.xhp\n"
"par_id3149611\n"
"13\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/main0400.xhp\" name=\"Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]\">Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/main0400.xhp\" name=\"Tastaturgenvej i $[officename]\">Tastaturgenvej i $[officename]</link>"

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using Smart Tags"
msgstr "Brug af Smartmærker"

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155622\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>options;smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>disabling;smart tags</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>installing;smart tags</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>smartmærker</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Autokorrekturfunktion; smartmærker</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indstillinger;smartmærker</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deaktiverer;smartmærker</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>installere;smartmærker</bookmark_value>"

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"hd_id3563951\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"smarttags\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp\">Using Smart Tags</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"smarttags\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp\">Brug af Smartmærker</link></variable>"

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id368358\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Smart Tags provide additional information and functionality to specified words in a Writer document. The available features can be different for different Smart Tags extensions."
msgstr "Smartmærker leverer yderligere information og funktionalitet til udvalgte ord i et Writer-dokument. De tilgængelige funktionaliteter kan være forskellige for forskellige Smartmærke-udvidelser."

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"hd_id9298379\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Installing Smart Tags"
msgstr "Installation af Smartmærker"

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id1827448\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Smart Tags can be supplied as <link href=\"text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp\">extensions</link> to %PRODUCTNAME Writer."
msgstr "Smartmærker kan leveres som <link href=\"text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp\">udvidelser</link> til %PRODUCTNAME Writer."

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id2508621\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To install a Smart Tag, do one of the following:"
msgstr "For at installere et Smartmærke skal du gøre et af følgende:"

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id3856013\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Save the *.oxt extension file to your harddrive, then double-click the *.oxt file in your file manager. Alternatively, in %PRODUCTNAME choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Extension Manager</item> to open the Extension Manager, click Add and browse to the file."
msgstr "Gem filen med *.oxt endelse på din harddisk, dobbelklik derefter på *.oxt filen i din stifinder. Alternativt, i %PRODUCTNAME vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner - Udvidelsesadministration</item> for at åbne udvidelsesadministratoren, klik på tilføj og find filen."

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id7814264\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click a Smart Tag *.oxt file link on a web page and open the link with the default application. This requires a properly configured Web browser."
msgstr "Dobbeltklik på et Smartmærke *.oxt fil link på en webside. Dette kræver en korrekt konfigureret webbrowser."

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"hd_id8142338\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Smart Tags Menu"
msgstr "Menuen Smartmærker"

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id1917477\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Any text in a Writer document can be marked with a Smart Tag, by default a magenta colored underline. You can change the color in <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - Appearance</item>."
msgstr "Enhver tekst i et Writer-tekstdokument kan markeres med et Smartmærke, som standard en magenta farvet understregning. Du kan ændre farven i <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - Udseende</item>."

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id192266\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you point to a Smart Tag, a tip help informs you to Ctrl-click to open the Smart Tags menu. If you don't use a mouse, position the cursor inside the marked text and open the context menu by Shift+F10."
msgstr "Når du peger på et Smartmærke, vil et tip informere dig om at du kan åbne menuen Smartmærker med Ctrl+klik. Hvis du ikke bruger en mus, skal du placere markøren inden i den markerede tekst og åbne genvejsmenuen med Skift+F10."

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id1998962\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the Smart Tags menu you see the available actions that are defined for this Smart Tag. Choose an option from the menu. The <item type=\"menuitem\">Smart Tags Options</item> command opens the <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">Smart Tags</link> page of Tools - Autocorrect Options."
msgstr "I menuen Smartmærker ser du de tilgængelige handlinger, der er defineret for dette Smartmærke. Vælg en indstilling fra menuen. Kommandoen <item type=\"menuitem\">Indstillinger for smartmærker</item> åbner siden <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">Smartmærker</link> under Funktioner - Autokorrekturindstillinger."

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"hd_id2376476\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Enable and Disable Smart Tags"
msgstr "For at aktivere og deaktivere Smartmærker"

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id349131\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you have installed at least one Smart Tags extension, you see the <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">Smart Tags</link> page in <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - Autocorrect Options</item>. Use this dialog to enable or disable Smart Tags and to manage the installed tags."
msgstr "Når du har installeret mindst en Smartmærke udvidelse, vil du se <link href=\"text/shared/01/06040700.xhp\">Smartmærke</link> siden i dialogen <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner  - Autokorrekturindstillinger</item>. Brug denne dialog til at aktivere eller deaktivere Smartmærker og til at administrere de installerede Smartmærker."

#: smarttags.xhp
msgctxt ""
"smarttags.xhp\n"
"par_id1216467\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Text that is recognized as a Smart Tag is not checked by the automatic spellcheck."
msgstr "Tekst der genkendes som et Smartmærke bliver ikke kontrolleret med den automatisk stavekontrol."

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Checking Spelling and Grammar"
msgstr "Kontroller stavning og grammatik"

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149684\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>spellcheck; checking text documents manually</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>checking spelling;manually</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>grammar checker</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>stavekontrol; kontrollere tekstdokumenter manuelt</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kontrollere stavning;manuelt</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>grammatikkontrol</bookmark_value>"

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149684\n"
"37\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"spellcheck_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Checking Spelling and Grammar\">Checking Spelling and Grammar</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"spellcheck_dialog\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp\" name=\"Kontrollerer stavning og grammatik\">Kontrollerer stavning og grammatik</link></variable>"

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3149814\n"
"9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can manually check the spelling and grammar of a text selection or the entire document."
msgstr "Du kan kontrollere stavning og grammatik manuelt i en tekstmarkering eller i hele dokumentet."

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id0525200902184476\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. For many languages three different dictionaries exist: a spellchecker, a hyphenation dictionary, and a thesaurus. Each dictionary covers one language only. Grammar checkers can be downloaded and installed as extensions. See the <link href=\"http://extensions.libreoffice.org/dictionary\">extensions web page</link>."
msgstr "For at kontrollere for stave- og grammatikfejl i en tekst, skal de tilhørende ordbøger være installeret. For mange sprog findes tre ordbogstyper: Stavekontrol, orddelingsregler og synonymordbog. Hver ordbog dækker et enkelt sprog. Grammatikkontrol kan hentes særskilt og installeres som udvidelse. Se <link href=\"http://extensions.libreoffice.org/dictionary\">Udvidelseshjemmesiden</link>."

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3149828\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The spellcheck starts at the current cursor position, or at the beginning of the text selection."
msgstr "Stavekontrollen begynder ved den aktuelle markørplacering eller ved begyndelsen af tekstmarkeringen."

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3155859\n"
"43\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document, or select the text that you want to check."
msgstr "Klik i dokumentet, eller vælg den tekst, som du vil kontrollere."

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3149836\n"
"44\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Spelling and Grammar</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Funktioner - Stave- og grammatikkontrol</emph>."

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3156104\n"
"45\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When a possible spelling error is encountered, the <item type=\"menuitem\">Spellcheck</item>               dialog opens and $[officename] offers some suggested corrections."
msgstr "Når en mulig stavefejl forekommer, åbner dialogen <item type=\"menuitem\">Stavekontrol</item> og $[officename] foreslår nogle rettelser."

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3149861\n"
"46\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gør et af følgende:"

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3145099\n"
"47\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To accept a correction, click the suggestion, and then click <emph>Change</emph>."
msgstr "For at acceptere en rettelse skal du klikke på forslaget og så klikke på <emph>Skift</emph>."

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3156241\n"
"48\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Edit the sentence in the upper text box, and then click <emph>Change</emph>."
msgstr "Rediger sætningen i det øverste tekstfelt og klik så på <emph>Skift</emph>."

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3155886\n"
"40\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To add the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary, click <emph>Add</emph>."
msgstr "For at føje det ukendte ord til en brugerdefineret ordbog skal du klikke på <emph>Tilføj</emph>."

#: spellcheck_dialog.xhp
msgctxt ""
"spellcheck_dialog.xhp\n"
"par_id3147107\n"
"49\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06010000.xhp\" name=\"Spellcheck dialog\">Spelling and Grammar dialog</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06010000.xhp\" name=\"Spellcheck dialog\">Dialogen Stave- og grammatikkontrol</link>"

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode"
msgstr "Anvendelse af typografier i fyldformattilstand"

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145084\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>fill format mode</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>copying; styles, by fill format mode</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>brush for copying styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles; transferring</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>fyldformattilstand</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kopiere; typografier, med fyldformattilstand</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatpensel til at kopiere typografier</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>typografier; overføre</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formater; kopiere og indsætte</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstformater; kopiere og indsætte</bookmark_value>"

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145084\n"
"31\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"stylist_fillformat\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp\" name=\"Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode\">Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"stylist_fillformat\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp\" name=\"Anvendelse af typografier i fyldformattilstand\">Anvendelse af typografier i fyldformattilstand</link></variable>"

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"par_id3155855\n"
"42\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can quickly apply styles, such as paragraph and character styles, in your document by using the Fill Format Mode in the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr "Du kan hurtigt anvende typografier, såsom afsnit- og tegntypografier, i dit dokument ved at bruge Fyldformattilstand i vinduet Typografier og formatering."

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"par_id3156114\n"
"32\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph>."

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"par_id3153128\n"
"33\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to apply."
msgstr "Klik på ikonet for den typografikategori som du vil anvende."

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"par_id3145090\n"
"17\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the style, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Fill Format Mode</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3149644\" src=\"cmd/sc_fillstyle.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149644\">Icon</alt></image> in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Styles and Formatting</item> window."
msgstr "Klik på typografien, og klik så på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Fyldformattilstand</item> <image id=\"img_id3149644\" src=\"cmd/sc_fillstyle.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149644\">Ikon</alt></image> i vinduet <item type=\"menuitem\">Typografier og formatering</item>."

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"par_id3153371\n"
"29\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Move the mouse pointer to where you want to apply the style in the document, and click. To apply the style to more than one item, drag to select the items, and then release."
msgstr "Flyt musemarkøren til hvor du vil for at anvende typografien i dokumentet og klik. For at anvende typografien på mere end ét element, skal du trække for at vælge elementerne og så slippe."

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"par_id3154263\n"
"34\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <item type=\"keycode\">Esc</item> when finished."
msgstr "Tryk på <item type=\"keycode\">Esc</item>, når du er færdig."

#: stylist_fillformat.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fillformat.xhp\n"
"par_id3159259\n"
"35\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Typografier og formatering\">Typografier og formatering</link>"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating New Styles From Selections"
msgstr "Oprettelse af nye typografier ud fra markeringer"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155911\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>styles; creating from selections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>drag and drop;creating new styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>copying;styles, from selections</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>typografier; oprette fra markeringer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>træk og slip;oprette nye typografier</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kopiere;typografier, fra markeringer</bookmark_value>"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155911\n"
"34\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"stylist_fromselect\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp\" name=\"Creating New Styles From Selections\">Creating New Styles From Selections</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"stylist_fromselect\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp\" name=\"Oprettelse af nye typografier ud fra markeringer\">Oprettelse af nye typografier ud fra markeringer</link></variable>"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3149829\n"
"35\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a New Style From a Manually Formatted Selection"
msgstr "For at oprette en ny typografi på baggrund af et manuelt formateret afsnit"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3156097\n"
"36\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph>."

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3153402\n"
"42\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to create."
msgstr "Klik på ikonet for den typografikategori, som du vil oprette."

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3153119\n"
"37\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the document where you want to copy the style from, for example, in a paragraph that you applied manual formatting to."
msgstr "Klik i dokumentet, hvor du vil kopiere typografien fra, for eksempel i et afsnit som du har anvendt manuel formatering på."

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3153138\n"
"38\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Style from Selection</item> icon and choose <item type=\"menuitem\">New Style from Selection</item>               from the submenu"
msgstr "Klik på pilen ved siden af ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Ny typografi fra markering</item> og vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Ny typografi fra markering</item> fra undermenuen."

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3156260\n"
"43\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Style Name</item>               box."
msgstr "Skriv et navn i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Typografinavn</item>."

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3154411\n"
"44\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153373\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a New Style by Drag-And-Drop"
msgstr "For at oprette en ny typografi ved hjælp af træk og slip"

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3154233\n"
"31\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph>."

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3154258\n"
"45\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to create."
msgstr "Klik på ikonet for den typografikategori, som du vil oprette."

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3154851\n"
"32\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select at least one character, or object, in the style that you want to copy. For page and frame styles, select at least one character or object in the page or frame."
msgstr "Marker mindst ét tegn eller objekt i den typografi, som du vil kopiere. For side- og rammetypografier, marker mindst ét tegn eller objekt på siden eller i rammen."

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3154871\n"
"33\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag the character or object to the Styles and Formatting window and release."
msgstr "Træk tegnet eller objektet til vinduet Typografier og formatering og slip."

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_idN107B2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For paragraph and character styles, you can drag-and-drop onto the respective icon in the Styles and Formatting window. You do not need to open that style category in advance."
msgstr "For afsnits- og tegntypografier, kan du trække-og-slippe på det tilsvarende ikon i vinduet Typografier og formatering. Du behøver ikke at åbne typografikategorien på forhånd."

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_idN107B5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also drag-and-drop a frame into the Styles and Formatting window to create a new frame style: Click the frame, wait a moment with the mouse button pressed down, but without moving the mouse, then drag to the Styles and Formatting window and drop the frame onto the Frame Styles icon."
msgstr "Du kan også trække-og-slippe en ramme ind i vinduet Typografier og formatering for at oprette en ny rammetypografi: Klik på rammen, vent et øjeblik med museknappen trykket ned, men uden at flytte musen, træk så rammen til vinduet Typografier og formatering og slip rammen på ikonet Rammetypografier."

#: stylist_fromselect.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_fromselect.xhp\n"
"par_id3149988\n"
"40\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Typografier og formatering\">Typografier og formatering</link>"

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Updating Styles From Selections"
msgstr "Opdatering af typografier fra markeringer"

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155915\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>Stylist, see Styles and Formatting window</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles; updating from selections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>templates; updating from selections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting window; updating from selections</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>updating; styles, from selections</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>Stylist, se Typografier og formatering-vinduet</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>typografier; opdatere fra markeringer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skabeloner; opdatere fra markeringer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Typografier og formatering-vindue; opdatere fra markeringer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opdatere; typografier, fra markeringer</bookmark_value>"

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155915\n"
"38\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"stylist_update\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp\" name=\"Updating Styles From Selections\">Updating Styles From Selections</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"stylist_update\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp\" name=\"Updating Styles From Selections\">Opdatering af typografier fra markeringer</link></variable>"

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"par_id3149838\n"
"40\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph>."

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"par_id3156107\n"
"47\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the icon of the style category that you want to update."
msgstr "Klik på ikonet for den typografikategori som du vil opdatere."

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"par_id3149283\n"
"41\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the document, click from where you want to copy the updated style. For example, click a paragraph to which you applied some manual formatting that you want to copy now."
msgstr "Klik i dokumentet, hvor du vil kopiere den opdaterede typografi fra. Klik for eksempel på et manuelt formateret afsnit, som du ønsker at kopiere formatteringen fra nu."

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"par_id3153402\n"
"42\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the Styles and Formatting window, click the style that you want to update."
msgstr "I vinduet Typografier og formatering skal du klikke på den typografi, du vil opdatere."

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"par_id3153119\n"
"43\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and choose <emph>Update Style</emph> from the submenu."
msgstr "Klik på pilen ved siden af ikonet <emph>Ny typografi fra markering</emph> og vælg <emph>Opdater typografi</emph> fra undermenuen."

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"par_id0310200910360780\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Only the manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles and Formatting window. Any attributes that were applied as part of a style will not be added to the updated style."
msgstr "Kun de manuelt formaterede attributter af teksten ved markørens placering i dokumentet vil blive tilføjet til typografien som er valgt i vinduet Typografier og formatering. Alle attributter som blev anvendt som en del af typografien vil ikke blive tilføjet til den opdaterede typografi."

#: stylist_update.xhp
msgctxt ""
"stylist_update.xhp\n"
"par_id3155498\n"
"45\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Styles and Formatting\">Styles and Formatting</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp\" name=\"Typografier og formatering\">Typografier og formatering</link>"

#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Making Text Superscript or Subscript"
msgstr "Fremstilling af hævet skrift eller sænket skrift"

#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155174\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; subscript and superscript</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>superscript text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>subscript text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>characters;subscript and superscript</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; sænket skrift og hævet skrift</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>hævet skrift tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sænket skrift tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tegn;sænket skrift og hævet skrift</bookmark_value>"

#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155174\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"subscript\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp\" name=\"Making Text Superscript or Subscript\">Making Text Superscript or Subscript</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"subscript\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp\" name=\"Fremstilling af hævet skrift eller sænket skrift\">Fremstilling af hævet skrift eller sænket skrift</link></variable>"

#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"par_id3155917\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to make superscript or subscript."
msgstr "Vælg den tekst, som du vil lave til hævet eller sænket skrift."

#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"par_id3155865\n"
"28\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gør et af følgende:"

#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"par_id3149829\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Character - Position</emph>, and then select <emph>Superscript</emph> or <emph>Subscript</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Format - Tegn - Position</emph>, og vælg så <emph>Hævet</emph> eller <emph>Sænket</emph>."

#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"par_id3156111\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+P to make the text superscript, and <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+B to make the text subscript."
msgstr "Tryk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+P to make the text superscript, and <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+B to make the text subscript."

#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"par_id3153416\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05020500.xhp\" name=\"Format - Character - Position\">Format - Character - Position</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/05020500.xhp\" name=\"Formater - Tegn - Placering\">Formater - Tegn - Placering</link>"

#: subscript.xhp
msgctxt ""
"subscript.xhp\n"
"par_id3154705\n"
"27\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040200.xhp\" name=\"Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace\">Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040200.xhp\" name=\"Funktioner - Autokorrektur - Erstat\">Funktioner - Autokorrektur - Erstat</link>"

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Merging and Splitting Cells"
msgstr "Fletning og opdeling af celler"

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147240\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>cells; merging/splitting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; merging cells</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cell merges</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>splitting cells;by menu command</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>merging;cells</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>celler; flette/dele</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabeller; flette celler</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cellefletning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dele celler;med menukommando</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>flette;celler</bookmark_value>"

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"hd_id6618243\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"table_cellmerge\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp\" name=\"Merging and Splitting Cells\">Merging and Splitting Cells</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_cellmerge\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp\" name=\"Fletning og opdeling af celler\">Fletning og opdeling af celler</link></variable>"

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"par_id1211890\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can select adjacent cells, then merge them into a single cell. Conversely, you can take a large cell and divide it into individual cells."
msgstr "Du kan markere tilstødende celler, og så flette dem  ind i en enkelt celle. Omvendt kan du tage en stor celle og inddele den i individuelle celler."

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"hd_id3463850\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Merge Cells"
msgstr "For at flette celler"

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"par_id5708792\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the adjacent cells."
msgstr "Marker de tilstødende celler."

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"par_id6301461\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Merge Cells</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg fanebladet <emph>Tabel - Flet celler</emph>."

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"hd_id9156468\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Split Cells"
msgstr "For at opdele celler"

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"par_id3415936\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the cell to be split."
msgstr "Placer markøren i cellen der skal opdeles."

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"par_id4044312\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Split Cells</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Tabel - Opdel celler</emph>."

#: table_cellmerge.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cellmerge.xhp\n"
"par_id634174\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A dialog allows you to split the cell into two or more cells, horizontally or vertically."
msgstr "En dialog giver dig mulighed for opdele cellen i to eller flere celler, vandret eller lodret."

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard"
msgstr "Tilføjelse eller sletning af en række eller en kolonne i en tabel ved brug af tastaturet"

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"bm_id3156377\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>rows; inserting/deleting in tables by keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>columns; inserting/deleting in tables by keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; editing by keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>keyboard;adding or deleting rows/columns</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>splitting cells;by keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>merging;cells, by keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deleting;rows/columns, by keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;rows/columns, by keyboard</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>rækker; indsætte/slette i tabeller med tastatur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kolonner; indsætte/slette i tabeller med tastatur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabeller; redigere med tastatur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tastatur;tilføje eller slette rækker/kolonner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>opdele celler;med tastatur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>flette;celler, med tastatur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slette;rækker/kolonner, med tastatur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indsætte;rækker/kolonner, med tastatur</bookmark_value>"

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156377\n"
"22\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"table_cells\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp\" name=\"Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard\">Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_cells\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp\" name=\"Tilføjelse eller sletning af en række eller en kolonne i en tabel ved brug af tastaturet\">Tilføjelse eller sletning af en række eller en kolonne i en tabel ved brug af tastaturet</link></variable>"

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"par_id3149487\n"
"27\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can add or delete rows or columns in tables as well as split or merge table cells using the keyboard."
msgstr "Du kan tilføje eller slette rækker eller kolonner i tabeller, såvel som opdele eller flette tabelceller, ved brug af tastaturet."

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"par_id3155906\n"
"28\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert a new row in a table, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then press the up or down arrow key. You can also move the cursor to the last cell in the table, and then press Tab."
msgstr "For at indsætte en ny række i en tabel, skal du placere markøren i en tabelcelle, trykke <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, og så trykke på Pil op eller Pil ned. Du kan også flytte markøren til den sidste celle i tabellen og så trykke på Tabulator."

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"par_id3147412\n"
"25\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To insert a new column, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then press the left or right arrow key."
msgstr "For at indsætte en ny kolonne skal du placere markøren i en tabelcelle, trykke <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Ins og så trykke på venstre eller højre piletast."

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"par_id3156096\n"
"29\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To split a table cell instead of adding a column, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you press the left or right arrow key."
msgstr "For at opdele en tabelcelle i stedet for at tilføje en kolonne, skal du trykke <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, og derefter holde<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> nede, mens du trykker på venstre- eller højrepiletasten."

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"par_id3153408\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To delete a row, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, and then press the up or down arrow key."
msgstr "For at slette en række skal du placere markøren i en tabelcelle, trykke på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete og så trykke på en af tasterne Pil op eller Pil ned."

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"par_id3149626\n"
"30\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To delete a column, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, and then press the left or the right arrow key."
msgstr "For at slette en kolonne skal du placere markøren i en tabelcelle, trykke <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete og så trykke på en af tasterne Venstrepil eller Højrepil."

#: table_cells.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_cells.xhp\n"
"par_id3149612\n"
"31\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To merge a table into an adjacent cell, place the cursor in the cell, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrow key."
msgstr "For at flette en tabel med en tilstødende celle, placer markøren i cellen, tryk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, hold <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>nede, og tryk så på venstre- eller højre-piletast."

#: table_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_delete.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table"
msgstr "Sletning af tabeller eller indholdet af en tabel"

#: table_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_delete.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149489\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>deleting; tables or table contents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables; deleting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>slette; tabeller eller tabelindhold</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabeller; slette</bookmark_value>"

#: table_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_delete.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149489\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"table_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp\" name=\"Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table\">Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_delete\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp\" name=\"Sletning af tabeller eller indholdet af en tabel\">Sletning af tabeller eller indholdet af en tabel</link></variable>"

#: table_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3155918\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can delete a table from your document, or delete the contents of the table."
msgstr "Du kan slette en tabel fra dit dokument, eller slette indholdet af tabellen."

#: table_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3155863\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To delete a whole table, click in the table, and then choose <emph>Table - Delete - Table</emph>."
msgstr "For at slette en hel tabel skal du klikke i tabellen og så vælge <emph>Tabel - Slet - Tabel</emph>."

#: table_delete.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_delete.xhp\n"
"par_id3153415\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To delete the contents of a table, click in the table, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A until all cells are selected, and then press Delete or Backspace."
msgstr "For at slette indholdet af en tabel skal du klikke i tabellen, trykke <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A indtil alle celler er markeret, og så trykke Delete eller Tilbage."

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting Tables"
msgstr "Indsætning af tabeller"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"bm_id3156377\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; inserting text tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting; tables in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>DDE; inserting tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>OLE objects; inserting tables in</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>cells;inserting from spreadsheets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>tables in spreadsheets;inserting in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>spreadsheets;inserting tables from</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabeller; indsætte teksttabeller</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indsætte; tabeller i tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>DDE; indsætte tabeller</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>OLE-objekter; indsætte tabeller i</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>celler;indsætte fra regneark</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tabeller i regneark;indsætte i tekst</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>regneark;indsætte tabeller fra</bookmark_value>"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156377\n"
"31\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"table_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp\" name=\"Inserting Tables\">Inserting Tables</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_insert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp\" name=\"Indsætning af tabeller\">Indsætning af tabeller</link></variable>"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149489\n"
"32\n"
"help.text"
msgid "There are several ways to create a table in a text document. You can insert a table from a toolbar, through a menu command, or from a spreadsheet."
msgstr "Der er flere metoder til at oprette en tabel i et tekstdokument. Du kan indsætte en tabel fra en værktøjslinje, gennem en menukommando eller fra et regneark."

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155908\n"
"33\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Table From a Toolbar"
msgstr "For at indsætte en tabel fra en værktøjslinje"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3155861\n"
"34\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table."
msgstr "Placer markøren i dit dokument, hvor du vil indsætte tabellen."

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3147416\n"
"28\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <emph>Standard</emph> or the <emph>Insert</emph> bar, click the arrow next to the <emph>Table</emph> icon."
msgstr "klik på pilen ud for ikonet <emph>Tabel</emph> på værktøjslinjen <emph>Standard</emph> eller <emph>Indsæt</emph>."

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153398\n"
"29\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the table grid, drag to select the numbers of rows and columns that you want, and then release."
msgstr "Træk i tabelgitteret for at vælge antallet af rækker og kolonner som du ønsker og slip så."

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153416\n"
"30\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To cancel, drag to the other side until <emph>Cancel</emph> appears in the preview area of the grid."
msgstr "For at annullere skal du trække til den anden side indtil <emph>Annuller</emph> vises i forhåndsvisningsområdet for gitteret."

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153135\n"
"35\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Table With a Menu Command"
msgstr "For at indsætte en tabel med en menukommando"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149642\n"
"36\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table."
msgstr "Placer markøren i dit dokument, hvor du vil indsætte tabellen."

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149609\n"
"37\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Tabel - Indsæt - Tabel</emph>."

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149858\n"
"66\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Size</emph> area, enter the number of rows and columns."
msgstr "I området <emph>Størrelse</emph>, indtast antal rækker og kolonner."

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3145097\n"
"67\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the options that you want, click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Væg de indstillinger, som du vil bruge, og klik <emph>OK</emph>."

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149572\n"
"43\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Table From a Calc Spreadsheet"
msgstr "For at indsætte en tabel fra et Calc-regneark"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149594\n"
"44\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert."
msgstr "Åbn det $[officename] Calc-regneark der indeholder det celleområde, som du vil indsætte."

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3156250\n"
"45\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells."
msgstr "I regnearket, træk for at vælge cellerne."

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154395\n"
"68\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Copy</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Rediger - Kopier</emph>."

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154420\n"
"46\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In your text document, do one of the following:"
msgstr "I dit tekstdokument, gør et af følgende:"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153383\n"
"47\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>. The cell range is pasted as an OLE object. To edit the contents of the cells, double-click the object."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Redigér - Sæt ind</emph>. Celleområdet indsættes som et OLE objekt. For at redigere indholdet af cellerne, skal du dobbeltklikke på objektet."

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154248\n"
"48\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>, and choose from the following options:"
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Rediger - Indsæt speciel</emph> og vælg mellem følgende muligheder:"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154844\n"
"49\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Indstillinger"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154867\n"
"50\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Is inserted as..."
msgstr "Er indsat som..."

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3155893\n"
"51\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] $[officeversion] Spreadsheet"
msgstr "$[officename] $[officeversion] Regneark"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149986\n"
"52\n"
"help.text"
msgid "OLE object - as with <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V or drag-and-drop"
msgstr "OLE-objekt - som med <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V eller træk-og-slip"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3148674\n"
"53\n"
"help.text"
msgid "GDIMetaFile"
msgstr "GDIMetaFile"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3148697\n"
"54\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Graphic"
msgstr "Grafik"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153027\n"
"55\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Bitmap"
msgstr "Bitmap"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3148957\n"
"56\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Graphic"
msgstr "Grafik"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3147104\n"
"57\n"
"help.text"
msgid "HTML"
msgstr "HTML"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3147126\n"
"58\n"
"help.text"
msgid "HTML table"
msgstr "HTML tabel"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3150223\n"
"59\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Unformatted text"
msgstr "Uformateret tekst"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3150246\n"
"60\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Text only, tab stops as separators"
msgstr "Tekst kun, tabulatorer som separatorer"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3145227\n"
"61\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Formatted text [RTF]"
msgstr "Formateret tekst [RTF]"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3150938\n"
"62\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Text table"
msgstr "Teksttabel"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3150965\n"
"63\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">DDE link (only under Windows) </caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">DDE-kæde (kun under Windows)</caseinline></switchinline>"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3154377\n"
"64\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Table structure and contents, without formatting. With updating </caseinline></switchinline>"
msgstr "<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"WIN\">Tabelstruktur og indhold, uden at formatere. Med opdatering</caseinline></switchinline>"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151093\n"
"38\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag-and-Drop a Cell Range From a Calc Spreadsheet"
msgstr "Træk og slip et celleområde fra et Calc-regneark"

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3151116\n"
"39\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert."
msgstr "Åbn det $[officename] Calc-regneark der indeholder det celleområde, som du vil indsætte."

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3150515\n"
"69\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells."
msgstr "I regnearket, træk for at vælge cellerne."

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3150534\n"
"40\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click and hold the mouse button in the selected cells."
msgstr "Klik og hold museknappen i de valgte celler."

#: table_insert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_insert.xhp\n"
"par_id3147527\n"
"41\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag the selected cells into the text document."
msgstr "Træk de markerede celler ind i tekstdokumentet."

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Repeating a Table Header on a New Page"
msgstr "Gentagelse af en tabeloverskrift på en ny side"

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155870\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>tables; heading repetition after page breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>repeating; table headings after page breaks</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>headings; repeating in tables</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>multi-page tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabeller; overskriftgentagelse efter sideskift</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>gentage; tabeloverskrifter efter sideskift</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabeloverskrifter; gentage i tabeller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>flersidede tabeller</bookmark_value>"

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153406\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"table_repeat_multiple_headers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\" name=\"Repeating a Table Header on a New Page\">Repeating a Table Heading on a New Page</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_repeat_multiple_headers\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\" name=\"Repeating a Table Header on a New Page\">Gentagelse af en tabeloverskrift på en ny side</link></variable>"

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"par_id3149636\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can repeat a table heading on each new page that the table spans."
msgstr "Du kan gentage en tabeloverskrift på hver ny side som tabellen spænder over."

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"par_id3145098\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Tabel - Indsæt - Tabel</emph>."

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"par_id3156240\n"
"9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the <item type=\"menuitem\">Heading</item>               and the <item type=\"menuitem\">Repeat heading</item>               check boxes."
msgstr "Marker afkrydsningsfelterne <item type=\"menuitem\">Overskrift</item> og <item type=\"menuitem\">Gentag tabeloverskrift</item>."

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"par_id3153376\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the number of rows and columns for the table."
msgstr "Marker antal rækker og kolonner for tabellen."

#: table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp\n"
"par_id3153393\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: table_select.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_select.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Selecting Tables, Rows, and Columns"
msgstr "Valg af tabeller, rækker og kolonner"

#: table_select.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_select.xhp\n"
"bm_id7693411\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>selecting;tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables;selecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns;selecting</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows;selecting</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>vælge;tabeller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabeller;vælge</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kolonner;vælge</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rækker;vælge</bookmark_value>"

#: table_select.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_select.xhp\n"
"par_idN105F0\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"table_select\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp\">Selecting Tables, Rows, and Columns</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_select\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp\">Valg af tabeller, rækker og kolonner</link></variable>"

#: table_select.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_select.xhp\n"
"par_idN1060E\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can select a table in a text document with a keyboard or with a mouse."
msgstr "Du kan vælge en tabel i et tekstdokument med et tastatur eller med en mus."

#: table_select.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_select.xhp\n"
"par_idN10614\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To select a table with the keyboard, move the cursor into the table, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A until all the cells are selected."
msgstr "For at vælge en tabel med tastaturet skal du flytte markøren ind i tabellen og så trykke på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A, indtil alle cellerne er markeret."

#: table_select.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_select.xhp\n"
"par_idN10633\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To select a table with the mouse, move the mouse pointer to a position just above and left of the table. The mouse pointer becomes a diagonal arrow. Click to select the table."
msgstr "For at vælge en tabel med musen, skal du flytte musemarkøren til en placering lige over og til venstre for tabellen. Musemarkøren bliver en diagonal pil. Klik for at vælge tabellen."

#: table_select.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_select.xhp\n"
"par_idN10637\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To select a row or column with the mouse, point to a position just left of the row or above the column. The mouse pointer becomes an arrow. Click to select the row or column."
msgstr "For at vælge en række eller kolonne med musen skal du pege på en placering lige til venstre for rækken eller over kolonnen. Musemarkøren bliver til en pil. Klik for at vælge rækken eller kolonnen."

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table"
msgstr "Ændring af række- og kolonnestørrelse i en teksttabel"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"bm_id3156108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>cells; enlarging and reducing in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>table cells; enlarging/reducing in text</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard; resizing rows/columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>resizing;rows and columns in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>enlarging columns,cells and table rows</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>reducing rows and columns in text tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; resizing/juxtaposing</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>juxtaposing tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>heights of table rows</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>widths of table columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rows;resizing in tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>columns;resizing in tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>column widths in tables</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>celler; forstørre og formindske i teksttabeller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabelceller; forstørre/formindske i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tastatur; ændre størrelse på rækker/kolonner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ændre størrelse;rækker og kolonner i teksttabeller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>forstørre kolonner, celler og tabelrækker</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>reducere rækker og kolonner i teksttabeller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabeller; ændre størrelse/sammenligning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sammenligning i tabeller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>højde af tabelrækker</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>bredde af tabelkolonner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rækker;ændre størrelse i tabeller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kolonner; ændre størrelse i tabeller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kolonnebredde i tabeller</bookmark_value>"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"table_sizing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp\" name=\"Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table\">Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"table_sizing\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp\" name=\"Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table\">Ændre størrelse på rækker og kolonner i teksttabeller</link></variable>"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3153140\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can resize the width of table cells and columns, as well as change the height of table rows."
msgstr "Du kan ændre bredden af tabelceller og kolonner ligesom du kan ændre højden af tabelrækker."

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3149615\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149622\" src=\"cmd/sc_optimizetable.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149622\">Icon</alt></image>"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149622\" src=\"cmd/sc_optimizetable.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149622\">Ikon</alt></image>"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3146497\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also distribute rows and columns evenly using the icons on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Optimize</item> toolbar on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table</item> Bar."
msgstr "Du kan også inddele rækker og kolonner regelmæssigt ved at bruge ikonerne på værktøjsbjælken <item type=\"menuitem\">Optimer</item> på bjælken <item type=\"menuitem\">Tabel</item>."

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145109\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing the Width of Columns and Cells"
msgstr "Ændring af bredden på kolonner og celler"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149574\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Width of a Column"
msgstr "For at ændre bredden på en kolonne"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3149587\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gør et af følgende:"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3156246\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line until the pointer becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location."
msgstr "Lad musecursoren svæve over delelinjen mellem kolonnerne, indtil cursoren bliver til en separator og træk linjen til en ny placering."

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3145390\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line on the ruler until the pointer becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location."
msgstr "Lad musecursoren svæve over delelinjen mellem kolonnerne på linealen, indtil cursoren bliver til en separator og træk linjen til en ny placering."

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id0918200811260957\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and then click and drag a line to scale all cells right or above the line proportionally."
msgstr "Hold <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> nede og klik og træk så en linje for ændre alle celler til højre eller proportionalt over linjen."

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3145411\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in a cell in the column, hold down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press the left or the right arrow key."
msgstr "Placér markøren i en celle i kolonnen, hold<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Valg</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> ned, og tryk på højre eller venstre piletast."

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3153364\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To increase the distance from the left edge of the page to the edge of the table, hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and then press the right arrow key."
msgstr "For at øge afstanden fra venstre kant af siden til kanten af tabellen, hold <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Valg</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Skift, og tryk så på højre piletast."

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3155891\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can specify the behavior for the arrow keys by choosing <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph>, and selecting the options that you want in the <emph>Keyboard handling</emph> area."
msgstr "Du kan specificere piletasternes adfærd ved at vælge<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Funktioner - Indstillinger</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Tabel</emph> og træffe dine valg i området <emph> Tastaturadfærd</emph>."

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149993\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Width of a Cell"
msgstr "For at ændre bredden af en celle"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3148676\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Hold down <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option+Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt+Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrow key"
msgstr "Hold <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option+Æble </caseinline><defaultinline> Alt+Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, og tryk derefter venstre eller højre piletast"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153014\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing the Height of a Row"
msgstr "Ændre højden på en række"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3153035\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the height of a row, place the cursor in a cell in the row, hold down the <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press the up or the down arrow key."
msgstr "For at ændre højde på en række, placér cursoren i rækken og hold<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Valg</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> nede tryk på pil op eller pil ned tasten."

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"hd_id8478041\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Resizing a Whole Table"
msgstr "Ændre størrelse af en hel tabel"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id3358867\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the width and height of a table, do one of the following:"
msgstr "For at ændre bredde og højde af en tabel, skal du gøre et af følgende:"

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id5366679\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click inside the table. In the rulers, drag the border between the white and the gray area to resize the table."
msgstr "Klik inden for tabellen. I linealerne trækker du i kanten mellem det hvide og det grå område for at ændre størrelse på tabellen."

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id1279030\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click inside the table. Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Table - Table Properties</item> to open a dialog and set the properties to the numbers."
msgstr "Klik inden for tabellen. Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Tabel - Tabelegenskaber</item> for at åbne en dialog og bestemme tallenes egenskaber."

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id5009308\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To wrap text to the sides of a table, and to arrange two tables next to another, you must insert the tables into a frame. Click inside the table, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A twice to select the whole table, then choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>."
msgstr "For at ombryde en tekst efter siderne på en tabel og for at placere to tabeller ved siden af hinanden skal du sætte tabellerne ind i en ramme. Klik inde i tabellen, tryk på <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A to gange for at vælge hel tabellen og vælg så <emph>Indsæt - Ramme</emph>."

#: table_sizing.xhp
msgctxt ""
"table_sizing.xhp\n"
"par_id4190496\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Tables within HTML pages do not offer the full range of properties and commands as tables in OpenDocument format."
msgstr "Tabeller indenfor HTML-sider tilbyder ikke alle de samme egenskaber og kommandoer som tabeller i OpenDocument format."

#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard"
msgstr "Modificering af rækker og kolonner med tastaturet"

#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155856\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>table mode selection</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>proportional distribution of tables</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>relative distribution of table cells</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tables; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cells; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>keyboard;modifying the behavior of rows/columns</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>behavior of rows/columns</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tabeltilstandsvalg</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>proportional fordeling af tabeller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>relativ fordeling af tabelceller</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tabeller; tilpasse bredden med tastatur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>celler; tilpasse bredden med tastatur</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tastatur;ændre adfærd for rækker/kolonner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>adfærd for rækker/kolonner</bookmark_value>"

#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155856\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"tablemode\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp\" name=\"Modifying the Behavior of Rows and Columns for Table\">Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"tablemode\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp\" name=\"Modifying the Behavior of Rows and Columns for Table\">Modificering af rækker og kolonner med tastaturet</link></variable>"

#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"par_id3149835\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you insert or delete cells, rows or columns in a table, the <item type=\"menuitem\">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options determine how the neighboring elements are affected. For example, you can only insert new rows and columns into a table with fixed row and column dimensions if space permits."
msgstr "Når du indsætter eller sletter celler, rækker eller kolonner i en tabel, vil indstillingerne <item type=\"menuitem\">Adfærd for rækker og kolonner</item> bestemme, hvordan de tilstødende elementer bliver påvirket. Du kan for eksempel kun indsætte nye rækker og kolonner i en tabel med Faste række- og kolonnedimensioner, hvis pladsen tillader det."

#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"par_id7344279\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Note that these properties are valid only for changes to the column width that are made using the keyboard. Using the mouse, you are free to make any column width changes."
msgstr "Bemærk at disse egenskaber kun er gyldige for ændringer til kolonnebredde, som er skabt ved brug af tastaturet. Ved brug af musen, er du frit stillet til at ændre kolonnebredde."

#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"par_id3156110\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To set the <item type=\"menuitem\">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options for tables in text documents, choose <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>, or use the <item type=\"menuitem\">Fixed</item>, <item type=\"menuitem\">Fixed/Proportional</item>, and <item type=\"menuitem\">Variable</item> icons on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Table</item> Bar. There are three display modes for tables:"
msgstr "For at sætte indstillingerne for <item type=\"menuitem\">Adfærd for rækker og kolonner</item> for tabeller i tekstdokumenter, skal du vælge <item type=\"menuitem\"><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Tabel</item>, eller bruge ikonerne <item type=\"menuitem\">Fast</item>, <item type=\"menuitem\">Fast/Proportional</item>, og <item type=\"menuitem\">Variabel</item> på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Tabel</item>. Der er tre visningstilstande for tabeller:"

#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"par_id3149638\n"
"9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<emph>Fixed</emph> - changes only affect the adjacent cell, and not the entire table. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cell becomes narrower, but the width of the table remains constant."
msgstr "<emph>Faste</emph> - ændringer påvirker kun den tilstødende celle og ikke hele tabellen. Når du for eksempel gør en celle bredere, vil den tilstødende celle bliver gjort smallere, men tabelbredden forbliver konstant."

#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"par_id3149613\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<emph>Fixed, proportional</emph> - changes affect the entire table, and wide cells shrink more than narrow cells. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cells become proportionally narrower, but the width of the table remains constant."
msgstr "<emph>Fast, proportional</emph> - ændringer vedrører hele tabellen, og brede celler formindskes mere end smalle celler. Når du for eksempel gør en celle bredere, bliver den tilstødende celler proportionalt smallere, men tabelbredden forbliver konstant."

#: tablemode.xhp
msgctxt ""
"tablemode.xhp\n"
"par_id3149864\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<emph>Variable</emph> - changes affect the table size. For example, when you widen a cell, the width of the table increases."
msgstr "<emph>Variabel</emph> - ændringer påvirker tabellens størrelse. Når du for eksempel gør en celle bredere, forøges tabelbredden."

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Creating a Document Template"
msgstr "Oprettelse af en dokumentskabelon"

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149688\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>document templates</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>templates; creating document templates</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>dokumentskabeloner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skabeloner;oprette dokumentskabeloner</bookmark_value>"

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149688\n"
"62\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"template_create\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp\" name=\"Creating a Document Template\">Creating a Document Template</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"template_create\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp\" name=\"Oprettelse af en dokumentskabelon\">Oprettelse af en dokumentskabelon</link></variable>"

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3149492\n"
"63\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can create a template to use as the basis for creating new text documents."
msgstr "Du kan oprette en skabelon til brug som grundlag for at oprette nye tekstdokumenter."

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3155915\n"
"64\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Create a document and add the content and formatting styles that you want."
msgstr "Opret et dokument og tilføj indhold og typografier, som du ønsker."

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3147422\n"
"65\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Save As Template</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Filer - Gem som skabelon</emph>."

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3149829\n"
"66\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">New Template</item>               box, type a name for the new template."
msgstr "Skriv et navn på den nye skabelon i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Ny skabelon</item>"

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3156098\n"
"70\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select a template category in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Categories</item>               list."
msgstr "Vælg en skabelonkategori i listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Kategorier</item>."

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3149281\n"
"71\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3153404\n"
"67\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To create a document based on the template, choose         <item type=\"menuitem\">File - New - Templates</item>, select the template, and then click         <item type=\"menuitem\">Open</item>."
msgstr "For at oprette et dokument baseret på skabelonen, vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Fil - Ny - Skabelon</item>, vælg skabelonen, og klik så på <item type=\"menuitem\">Åben</item>."

#: template_create.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_create.xhp\n"
"par_id3149636\n"
"68\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01110300.xhp\" name=\"File - Save As Template\">File - Save As Template</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01110300.xhp\" name=\"File - Save As Template\">Filer - Gem som skabelon</link>"

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing the Default Template"
msgstr "Ændring af standardskabelonen"

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155913\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>default templates;defining/resetting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>defaults; templates</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>templates; default templates</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text documents;default templates</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>standardskabeloner; definere/nulstille</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>standarder; skabeloner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skabeloner; standardskabeloner</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstdokumenter;standardskabeloner</bookmark_value>"

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155913\n"
"28\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"template_default\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Default Template\">Changing the Default Template</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"template_default\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp\" name=\"Ændring af standardskabelonen\">Ændring af standardskabelonen</link></variable>"

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3145569\n"
"68\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The default template contains the default formatting information for new text documents. If you want, you can create a new template and use it as the default template."
msgstr "Standardskabelonen indeholder standardformateringsinformation til nye tekstdokumenter. Hvis du vil, kan du oprette en ny skabelon og bruge den som standardskabelon."

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"hd_id6414990\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Create a Default Template"
msgstr "For at oprette en standardskabelon"

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3149838\n"
"102\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Create a document and the content and formatting styles that you want."
msgstr "Opret et dokument og det indhold og de typografier som du ønsker."

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3156101\n"
"113\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - Save As Template</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Filer - Gem som skabelon</emph>."

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3149283\n"
"106\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>New Template</emph> box, type a name for the new template."
msgstr "I feltet <emph>Ny skabelon</emph> skriv et navn på den nye skabelon."

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3153409\n"
"114\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Categories</item> list, select \"My Templates\", and then click <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."
msgstr "I listen <item type=\"menuitem\">Kategorier</item> skal du vælge \"Mine skabeloner\" og så klikke på <item type=\"menuitem\">OK</item>."

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3153140\n"
"107\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>File - New - Templates</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Filer - Ny(t) - Skabeloner</emph>."

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3149952\n"
"108\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Double-click the \"My Templates\" folder."
msgstr "Dobbeltklik folderen \"Mine skabeloner\"."

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3149970\n"
"105\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click on the template that you created, and click <emph>Set as Default</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på den skabelon, du har oprettet, og klik på <emph>Sæt som standard</emph>."

#: template_default.xhp
msgctxt ""
"template_default.xhp\n"
"par_id3149620\n"
"115\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Close the dialog."
msgstr "Luk dialogen."

#: templates_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Templates and Styles"
msgstr "Skabeloner og typografier"

#: templates_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
"bm_id3153396\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>formatting styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>organizing; templates (guide)</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>templates; organizing (guide)</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>typografier; typografier og skabeloner</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>typografier; typografier og skabeloner</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>organisere; skabeloner (vejledning)</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>skabeloner; organisere (vejledning)</bookmark_value>"

#: templates_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153396\n"
"15\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"templates_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp\" name=\"Templates and Styles\">Templates and Styles</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"templates_styles\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp\" name=\"Skabeloner og typografier\">Skabeloner og typografier</link></variable>"

#: templates_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3149635\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A template is a document that contains specific formatting styles, graphics, tables, objects, and other information. A template is used as the basis for creating other documents. For example, you can define paragraph and character styles in a document, save the document as a template, and then use the template to create a new document with the same styles."
msgstr "En skabelon er et dokument, der indeholder specifikke typografier, grafik, tabeller, objekter og anden information. En skabelon bliver brugt som grundlag for at oprette andre dokumenter. Du kan for eksempel definere afsnits- og tegntypografier i et dokument, gemme dokumentet som en skabelon, og så bruge skabelonen til at oprette et nyt dokument med de samme typografier."

#: templates_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3149957\n"
"18\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Unless you specify otherwise, every new $[officename] text document is based on the default template."
msgstr "Med mindre du angiver andet, vil ethvert nyt $[officename] tekstdokument være baseret på standardskabelonen."

#: templates_styles.xhp
msgctxt ""
"templates_styles.xhp\n"
"par_id3149974\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] has a number of <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp\" name=\"predefined templates\">predefined templates</link> that you can use to create different types or text documents, such as business letters."
msgstr "$[officename] har et antal <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp\" name=\"predefined templates\">foruddefinerede skabeloner</link>, som du kan bruge til at oprette forskellige typer eller tekstdokumenter, såsom forretningsbreve."

#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Animating Text"
msgstr "Animation af tekst"

#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"bm_id3151182\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text animation</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>effects; text animation</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>animations;text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekstanimation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>effekter;tekstanimation</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>animationer;tekst</bookmark_value>"

#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"hd_id3151182\n"
"17\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_animation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp\" name=\"Animating Text\">Animating Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_animation\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp\" name=\"Animation af tekst\">Animation af tekst</link></variable>"

#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"par_id3145080\n"
"18\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can only animate text that is contained in a drawing object, such as rectangles, lines, or text objects. For example, draw a rectangle, then double-click the rectangle and enter your text."
msgstr "Du kan kun animere tekst, der er indeholdt i et tegneobjekt, såsom rektangler, linjer eller tekstobjekter. Tegn for eksempel et rektangel, dobbeltklik så på rektanglet og indtast din tekst."

#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"par_id3149811\n"
"19\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the drawing object containing the text that you want to animate."
msgstr "Marker tegneobjektet som indeholder den tekst, som du vil animere."

#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"par_id3155178\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Object - Text Attributes</item>, and then click the               <item type=\"menuitem\">Text Animation</item> tab."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Objekt - Tekstattributter</item> og klik så på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Tekstanimation</item>."

#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"par_id3149819\n"
"21\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Effect</item>               box, select the animation that you want."
msgstr "Vælg den animation, som du ønsker i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Effekt</item>."

#: text_animation.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_animation.xhp\n"
"par_id3145786\n"
"22\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Set the properties of the effect, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Definer effektens egenskaber, og klik så på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Changing the Case of Text"
msgstr "Ændre STORE/små bogstaver i en tekst"

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155182\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>characters; uppercase or lowercase</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; uppercase or lowercase</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lowercase letters; text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>uppercase; formatting text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing;cases of text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>initial capitals in titles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>small capitals (guide)</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tegn; store eller små bogstaver</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst; store eller små bogstaver</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>små bogstaver; tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>store bogstaver; formatering af tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>store bogstaver;ændre til små bogstaver</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skifte;mellem små og store bogstaver</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>første bogstav i titler med stort</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>kapitæler (vejledning)</bookmark_value>"

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155182\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_capital\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp\" name=\"Changing the Case of Text\">Changing the Case of Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_capital\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp\" name=\"Ændre STORE/små bogstaver i en tekst\">Ændre STORE/små bogstaver i en tekst</link></variable>"

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id3155916\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can change the case of text, format text with small capitals, or capitalize the first letter of each word in a selection."
msgstr "Du kan skifte mellem store og små bogstaver i en tekst, formatere tekst med store bogstaver i reduceret størrelse eller ændre første bogstav i hvert ord i en markering til stort bogstav."

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_idN10728\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you apply a formatting to your text by <emph>Format - Character</emph>, the text stays the same, it is only displayed in another way. On the other hand, when you choose <emph>Format - Change Case</emph>, the text is permanently changed."
msgstr "Når du anvender en formatering til din tekst med <emph>Formater - Tegn</emph>, forbliver teksten den samme, bare vist på en anden måde. Hvis du i stedet vælger <emph>Formater - STORE/små bogstaver</emph>, bliver teksten permanent ændret."

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155861\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Capitalize Text"
msgstr "For at ændre tekst til store bogstaver"

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id3147420\n"
"9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to capitalize."
msgstr "Vælg den tekst, som du vil ændre til store bogstaver."

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id3149841\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gør et af følgende:"

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id1120200910485778\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Change Case - Uppercase</item>."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - STORE/små bogstaver - STORE BOGSTAVER</item>."

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id1120200910485775\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select the type of capitalization in the Effects box. \"Capitals\" capitalizes all letters. \"Title\" capitalizes the first letter of each word. \"Small capitals\" capitalizes all letters, but in a reduced font size."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Tegn</item>, klik på fanebladet Skrifteffekter,vælg så brugen af store bogstaver i boksen Effekter. \"Store\" skriver alle bogstaver stort. \"Titel\" skriver første bogstave i hvert ord stort. \"Kapitæler\" skriver alle bogstaver stort men i en mindre fonststørrelse."

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149644\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change Text to Lowercase"
msgstr "For at ændre tekst til små bogstaver"

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id3149964\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to change to lowercase."
msgstr "Vælg den tekst, som du vil ændre til små bogstaver."

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id3149606\n"
"13\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Do one of the following:"
msgstr "Gør et af følgende:"

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id112020091049000\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Change Case - Lowercase</item>."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Store/små bogstaver - små bogstaver</item>."

#: text_capital.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_capital.xhp\n"
"par_id1120200910490034\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select \"Lowercase\" in the Effects box."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\"> Formater - Tegn</item>, klik på fanebladet Skrifteffekter og vælg så \"små bogstaver\" i boksen Effekter."

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page"
msgstr "Brug af en ramme til at centrere tekst på en side"

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155177\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text frames; centering on pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>centering;text frames on pages</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>title pages; centering text on</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekstrammer; centrere på sider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>centrere;tekstrammer på sider</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>titelsider; centrere tekst på</bookmark_value>"

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155177\n"
"94\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_centervert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp\" name=\"Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page\">Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_centervert\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp\" name=\"Brug af en ramme til at centrere tekst på en side\">Brug af en ramme til at centrere tekst på en side</link></variable>"

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3155920\n"
"78\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to center on the page."
msgstr "Vælg den tekst, som du vil centrere på siden."

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3155868\n"
"79\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Ramme</emph>."

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3152765\n"
"82\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Anchor</item>               area, select <item type=\"menuitem\">To page</item>."
msgstr "I området <item type=\"menuitem\">Forankring</item>, vælg  <item type=\"menuitem\">Til siden</item>."

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149844\n"
"95\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Size</item>               area, set the dimensions of the frame."
msgstr "Sæt dimensionerne for rammen i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Størrelse</item>."

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3156114\n"
"96\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Position</item>               area, select \"Center\" in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Horizontal</item>               and <item type=\"menuitem\">Vertical</item>               boxes."
msgstr "I området <item type=\"menuitem\">Placering</item> skal du vælge \"Centreret\" i boksene <item type=\"menuitem\">Vandret</item> og <item type=\"menuitem\">Lodret</item>."

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3153410\n"
"97\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3149615\n"
"84\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To hide the borders of the frame, select the frame, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Frame/Object</item>. Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Borders</item> tab, and then click in the         <item type=\"menuitem\">Set No Border</item> box in the         <item type=\"menuitem\">Line Arrangement</item> area."
msgstr "For at skjule kanterne på rammen, skal du vælge rammen og så vælge <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Ramme/Objekt</item>. Klik på fanebladet<item type=\"menuitem\">Kanter</item>, og klik så i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sæt ingen kant</item> i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Linjeplacering</item>."

#: text_centervert.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_centervert.xhp\n"
"par_id3145098\n"
"83\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To resize the frame, drag the edges of the frame."
msgstr "For at ændre rammens størrelse, træk i kanterne på rammen."

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Using the Direct Cursor"
msgstr "Brug af direkte-markøren"

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155178\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>entering text with direct cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>direct cursor; settings</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>writing with direct cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>cursor;direct cursor</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>settings;direct cursor</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; markør</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indtaste tekst med direkte-markør</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>direkte-markør; indstillinger</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skrive med direkte-markør</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>markør;direkte-markør</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indstillinger;direkte-markør</bookmark_value>"

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155178\n"
"24\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_direct_cursor\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp\" name=\"Using the Direct Cursor\">Using the Direct Cursor</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_direct_cursor\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp\" name=\"Brug af direkte-markøren\">Brug af direkte-markøren</link></variable>"

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_id3155908\n"
"25\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The direct cursor allows you to enter text anywhere on a page."
msgstr "Direkte-markøren giver dig mulighed for at indtaste tekst hvor som helst på en side."

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_id3155921\n"
"41\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To set the behavior of the direct cursor, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>."
msgstr "For at bestemme hvordan direkte-markøren skal opføre sig, skal du vælge <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Indstillinger</caseinline><defaultinline>Funktioner - Indstillinger</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formateringshjælp</emph>."

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_idN106A3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools</item> bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Direct Cursor</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3149846\" src=\"cmd/sc_shadowcursor.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149846\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr "På værktøjslinjen <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner</item>, klik på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Direkte-markør</item> <image id=\"img_id3149846\" src=\"cmd/sc_shadowcursor.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149846\">Ikon</alt></image>."

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_idN106C5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in a free space in the text document. The mouse pointer changes to reflect the alignment that will be applied to the text that you type:"
msgstr "Klik i et frit mellemrum i tekstdokumentet. Musemarkøren ændrer sig for at vise justeringen som vil blive anvendt til den tekst, som du skriver:"

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_idN106C8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id5471987\" src=\"res/helpimg/dircursleft.png\" width=\"0.1457in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id5471987\">Icon</alt></image> Align left"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id5471987\" src=\"res/helpimg/dircursleft.png\" width=\"0.1457in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id5471987\">Ikon</alt></image> Venstrejusteret"

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_idN106E4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id5730253\" src=\"res/helpimg/dircurscent.png\" width=\"0.2398in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id5730253\">Icon</alt></image> Centered"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id5730253\" src=\"res/helpimg/dircurscent.png\" width=\"0.2398in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id5730253\">Ikon</alt></image> Centreret"

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_idN10700\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id6953622\" src=\"res/helpimg/dircursright.png\" width=\"0.1563in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id6953622\">Icon</alt></image> Align right"
msgstr "<image id=\"img_id6953622\" src=\"res/helpimg/dircursright.png\" width=\"0.1563in\" height=\"0.3228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id6953622\">Ikon</alt></image> Højrejusteret"

#: text_direct_cursor.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_direct_cursor.xhp\n"
"par_idN1071D\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type your text. %PRODUCTNAME automatically inserts the required number of blank lines, and, if the options are enabled, tabs and spaces."
msgstr "Skriv din tekst. %PRODUCTNAME indsætter automatisk det nødvendige antal tomme linjer, og hvis indstillingerne er aktiveret også tabulatorer og mellemrum."

#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Emphasizing Text"
msgstr "Fremhævelse af tekst"

#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149820\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; emphasizing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>emphasizing text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; fremhæve</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fremhævelse af tekst</bookmark_value>"

#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149820\n"
"65\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_emphasize\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp\" name=\"Emphasizing Text\">Emphasizing Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_emphasize\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp\" name=\"Fremhævelse af tekst\">Fremhævelse af tekst</link></variable>"

#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"par_id3155922\n"
"66\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Here are a few examples of how to emphasize text in a document:"
msgstr "Her er nogle få eksempler på, hvordan man fremhæver tekst i et dokument:"

#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"par_id3147412\n"
"67\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text and apply a different font style or effect, such as <emph>bold</emph>."
msgstr "Marker teksten og anvend en anden skrifttypografi eller effekt, såsom <emph>fed</emph>."

#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"par_id3149840\n"
"68\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in a paragraph, choose <emph>Paragraph, </emph>set the options that you want, for example, the background color, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Højreklik i et afsnit, vælg <emph>Afsnit</emph>, lav de indstillinger, som du ønsker, for eksempel baggrundsfarven, og klik så på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"par_id3150084\n"
"69\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text, and then choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Insert - Frame</item>."
msgstr "Vælg teksten, og vælg så <item type=\"menuitem\">Indsæt ramme</item>."

#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"par_id6924649\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the Text tool on the Drawing toolbar."
msgstr "Brug tekstværktøjet i værktøjslinjen Tegning"

#: text_emphasize.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_emphasize.xhp\n"
"par_idN106E7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use Fontwork. To open the Fontwork window, click the Fontwork Gallery icon on the Drawing bar."
msgstr "Brug Fontwork. For at åbne Fontwork vinduet skal du klikke på ikonet Fontwork på værktøjslinjen Tegning."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames"
msgstr "Indsættelse, redigering og sammenkædning af tekstrammer"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149487\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text frames; inserting/editing/linking</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editing;text frames</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;text frames</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>resizing;text frames, by mouse</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>scaling; text frames, by mouse</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>links;text frames</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text flow; from frame to frame</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>frames; linking</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>printing;hiding text frames from printing</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekstrammer; indsætte/redigere/sammenkæde</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>redigere;tekstrammer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indsætte;tekstrammer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ændre størrelse;tekstrammer, med mus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>skalere; tekstrammer, med mus</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ændre; størrelse af tekstrammer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>sammenkædninger;tekstrammer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekstforløb; fra ramme til ramme</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>rammer; sammenkæde</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>udskrive;skjule tekst fra udskrivning</bookmark_value>"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149487\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_frame\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp\" name=\"Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames\">Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_frame\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp\" name=\"Indsættelse, redigering og sammenkædning af tekstrammer\">Indsættelse, redigering og sammenkædning af tekstrammer</link></variable>"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3149842\n"
"65\n"
"help.text"
msgid "A text frame is a container for text and graphics that you can place anywhere on a page. You can also use a frame to apply a column layout to text."
msgstr "En tekstramme er en beholder for tekst og grafik, som du kan placere hvor som helst på en side. Du kan også bruge en ramme til at tilføje et spaltelayout til tekst."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156104\n"
"64\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Text Frame"
msgstr "For at indsætte en tekstramme"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3149961\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to include in the frame."
msgstr "Vælg den tekst, som du vil inkludere i rammen."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3149602\n"
"9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>, and click OK."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Ramme</emph> og klik OK."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145115\n"
"66\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Edit a Text Frame"
msgstr "For at redigere tekstrammer"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3149578\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To edit the contents of a text frame, click in the frame, and make the changes that you want."
msgstr "For at redigere indholdet af en tekstramme, klik i rammen, og lav de ændringer du ønsker."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3156239\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To edit a frame, select the frame, right-click, and then choose a formatting option. You can also right-click the selected frame, and choose <emph>Frame</emph>."
msgstr "For at redigere en ramme, skal du vælge rammen, højreklikke, og så vælge en formateringsindstilling. Du kan også højreklikke på den valgte ramme, og vælge <emph>Ramme</emph>."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3156261\n"
"63\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To resize a text frame, click an edge of the frame, and drag one of the edges or corners of the frame. Hold down Shift while you drag to maintain the proportion of the frame."
msgstr "For at ændre størrelsen af en tekstramme skal du klikke på kanten af rammen og trække i en af kanterne eller et af hjørnerne på rammen. Hold Skift nede mens du trækker for at bibeholde rammens proportioner."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153386\n"
"98\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Hide Text From Printing"
msgstr "For at skjule tekst ved udskrivning"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3154262\n"
"99\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Any Writer text frame can be set to a mode which allows viewing the text on screen, but hides the text from printing."
msgstr "Hvilken som helst tekstramme kan sættes til en tilstand, som tillader visning af teksten på skærmen, men skjuler teksten ved udskrivning."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3154858\n"
"100\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text frame (you see the eight handles)."
msgstr "Marker tekstrammen (du ser de otte håndtag)."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3155875\n"
"101\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Frame/Object - Options</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Ramme/Objekt - Indstillinger</emph>."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3155899\n"
"102\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, unmark the <emph>Print</emph> check box and click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "I området <emph>Egenskaber</emph>, fjern markering af afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Udskriv</emph> og klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"hd_id3148701\n"
"83\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Link Text Frames"
msgstr "For at sammenkæde tekstrammer"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3149986\n"
"84\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can link Writer text frames so that their contents automatically flow from one frame to another."
msgstr "Du kan sammenkæde tekstrammer i Writer, så deres indhold automatisk forløber fra den ene ramme til den anden."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3153025\n"
"71\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the edge of a frame that you want to link. Selection handles appear on the edges of the frame."
msgstr "Klik på kanten af en ramme, som du vil kæde. Markeringshåndtag fremkommer på kanterne af rammen."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3150223\n"
"87\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Frame</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Link Frames</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3148968\" src=\"cmd/sc_chainframes.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148968\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr "På værktøjslinjen <item type=\"menuitem\">Ramme</item> skal du klikke på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sammenkæd rammer</item><image id=\"img_id3148968\" src=\"cmd/sc_chainframes.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3148968\">Ikon</alt></image>."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3150930\n"
"89\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the frame that you want to link to."
msgstr "Klik på rammen som du vil sammenkæde til."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3150947\n"
"75\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can only link frames if:"
msgstr "Du kan kun sammenkæde rammer hvis:"

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3150969\n"
"76\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The target frame is empty."
msgstr "Målrammen er tom."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3154365\n"
"77\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The target frame is not linked to another frame."
msgstr "Målrammen ikke er kædet til en anden ramme."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3154383\n"
"78\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The source and the target frames are in the same section. For example, you cannot link a header frame to a footer frame."
msgstr "Kilde- og målrammerne er i samme sektion. For eksempel kan du ikke sammenkæde en sidehovedramme med en sidefodsramme."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3145559\n"
"79\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The source frame does not have a next link."
msgstr "Kilderammen har ikke en næste kæde."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3145577\n"
"81\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The target or the source frame are not contained in each other."
msgstr "Mål- eller kilderamme er ikke indeholdt i hinanden."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id3151083\n"
"90\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you select a linked frame, a line is displayed that connects the linked frames."
msgstr "Når du vælger en sammenkædet ramme, bliver en linje, som forbinder de forbundne rammer, vist."

#: text_frame.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_frame.xhp\n"
"par_id5853144\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The AutoSize feature is available only for the last frame in a chain of linked frames."
msgstr "Faciliteten Automatisk størrelse er kun tilgængelig for den sidste ramme i en række af kædede rammer."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard"
msgstr "Navigering og markering med tastaturet"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"bm_id3159260\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; navigating and selecting with keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>navigating; in text, with keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>selecting;text, with keyboard</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>keyboard; navigating and selecting in text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; navigere og markere med tastaturet</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>navigere; i tekst, med tastaturet</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>markere;tekst, med tastaturet</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tastatur; navigere og markere i tekst</bookmark_value>"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"hd_id3159260\n"
"33\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_nav_keyb\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp\" name=\"Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard\">Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_nav_keyb\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp\" name=\"Navigering og markering med tastaturet\">Navigering og markering med tastaturet</link></variable>"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3155179\n"
"13\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can navigate through a document and make selections with the keyboard."
msgstr "Du kan navigere gennem et dokument og lave markeringer med tastaturet."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id1031200810571916\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To move the cursor, press the key or key combination given in the following table."
msgstr "For at flytte markøren skal du trykke på tasten eller tastekombination vist i den følgende tabel."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id1031200810571929\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To select the characters under the moving cursor, additionally hold down the Shift key when you move the cursor."
msgstr "For at vælge tegnene under markøren mens du flytter den, skal du desuden holde Skift-tasten nede, mens du flytter markøren."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3155918\n"
"23\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Tast"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3155870\n"
"24\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Function"
msgstr "Funktion"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3156220\n"
"25\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<emph>+</emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>Command key</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl key</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>"
msgstr "<emph>+</emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\"><emph>Æble-tast</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl-tast</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3156113\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right, left arrow keys"
msgstr "Højrepil og Venstrepil"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3150105\n"
"27\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor one character to the left or to the right."
msgstr "Flytter markøren et tegn til venstre eller til højre."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3153418\n"
"28\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor one word to the left or to the right."
msgstr "Flytter markøren et ord til venstre eller til højre."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3149629\n"
"29\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Up, down arrow keys"
msgstr "Pil op og Pil ned"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3149949\n"
"30\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor up or down one line."
msgstr "Flytter markøren en linje op eller ned."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3149972\n"
"31\n"
"help.text"
msgid "(<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>) Moves the current paragraph up or down."
msgstr "(<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>) flytter det aktuelle afsnit op eller ned."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3149624\n"
"32\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Home"
msgstr "Home"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3149871\n"
"56\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current line."
msgstr "Flytter markøren til begyndelsen af den aktuelle linje."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3145108\n"
"34\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the document."
msgstr "Flytter markøren til begyndelsen af dokumentet."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3149586\n"
"35\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Home"
msgstr "Home"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3156237\n"
"36\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In a table"
msgstr "I en tabel"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3156260\n"
"37\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents in the current cell."
msgstr "Flytter markøren til begyndelsen af indholdet i den aktuelle celle."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3145409\n"
"38\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the first cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the beginning of the document."
msgstr "Flytter markøren til begyndelsen af indholdet af den aktuelle celle. Tryk igen for at flytte markøren til den første celle i tabellen. Tryk igen for at flytte markøren til begyndelsen af dokumentet."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3154410\n"
"41\n"
"help.text"
msgid "End"
msgstr "End"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3153372\n"
"42\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the current line."
msgstr "Flytter markøren til slutningen af den aktuelle linje."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3154235\n"
"43\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the document"
msgstr "Flytter markøren til slutningen af dokumentet"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3154262\n"
"44\n"
"help.text"
msgid "End"
msgstr "End"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3154850\n"
"45\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In a table"
msgstr "I en tabel"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3154873\n"
"46\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves to the end of the contents in the current cell."
msgstr "Flytter til slutningen af indholdet i den aktuelle celle."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3155894\n"
"47\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the end of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the last cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the end of the document."
msgstr "Flytter markøren til slutningen af indholdet af den aktuelle celle. Tryk igen for at flytte markøren til den sidste celle i tabellen. Tryk igen for at flytte markøren til slutningen af dokumentet."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3155944\n"
"50\n"
"help.text"
msgid "PgUp"
msgstr "Page Up"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3148678\n"
"54\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Scrolls up one page."
msgstr "Ruller en side op."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3148701\n"
"52\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the header."
msgstr "Flytter markøren til sidehovedet."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3149998\n"
"53\n"
"help.text"
msgid "PgDn"
msgstr "Page Down"

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3153018\n"
"51\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Scroll down one page."
msgstr "Rul en side ned."

#: text_nav_keyb.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_nav_keyb.xhp\n"
"par_id3148949\n"
"55\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Moves the cursor to the footer."
msgstr "Flytter markøren til sidefoden."

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Rotating Text"
msgstr "Rotering af tekst"

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155911\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text; rotating</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>rotating;text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekst; rotere</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>rotere;tekst</bookmark_value>"

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155911\n"
"65\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"text_rotate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp\" name=\"Rotating Text\">Rotating Text</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"text_rotate\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp\" name=\"Rotering af tekst\">Rotering af tekst</link></variable>"

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3147410\n"
"66\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can only rotate text that is contained in a drawing object."
msgstr "Du kan kun rotere tekst, der er indeholdt i et tegneobjekt."

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3153130\n"
"67\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">View - Toolbars- Drawing</item> to open the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drawing</item>               toolbar."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Vis - Værktøjslinjer - Tegning</item> for at åbne værktøjslinjen <item type=\"menuitem\">Tegning</item>."

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3149866\n"
"68\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the <link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Text\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Text</item></link> icon <image id=\"img_id3149600\" src=\"cmd/sc_texttoolbox.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149600\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr "Vælg ikonet <link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Text\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Tekst</item></link> <image id=\"img_id3149600\" src=\"cmd/sc_texttoolbox.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149600\">Ikon</alt></image>."

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3149590\n"
"69\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag in your document to draw the text object, and then type your text."
msgstr "Træk i dit dokument for at tegne tekstobjektet og skriv så din tekst."

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3154415\n"
"71\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click outside of the object, then click the text you entered. Click the <link href=\"text/shared/02/05090000.xhp\" name=\"Object Rotation Mode\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Rotate</item></link> icon <image id=\"img_id3145405\" src=\"cmd/sc_toggleobjectrotatemode.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145405\">Icon</alt></image> on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Drawing Object Properties</item> toolbar."
msgstr "Klik udenfor objektet, og klik så på den tekst du indtastede. Klik på ikonet <link href=\"text/shared/02/05090000.xhp\" name=\"Object Rotation Mode\"><item type=\"menuitem\">Roter</item></link> <image id=\"img_id3145405\" src=\"cmd/sc_toggleobjectrotatemode.png\" width=\"0.222in\" height=\"0.222in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3145405\">Ikon</alt></image> på værktøjslinjen <item type=\"menuitem\">Tegneobjektegenskaber</item>."

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3154252\n"
"72\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Drag one of the corner handles of the text object."
msgstr "Træk i et af hjørnehåndtagene på tekstobjektet."

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3154844\n"
"73\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also right-click the text object, choose <emph>Position and Size</emph>, click the <emph>Rotation</emph> tab, and then enter a rotation angle or a new position for the object."
msgstr "Du kan også højreklikke på tekstobjektet, vælge <emph>Placering og størrelse</emph>, klik på fanebladet <emph>Rotation</emph>, og indtast så en rotationsvinkel eller en ny position for objektet."

#: text_rotate.xhp
msgctxt ""
"text_rotate.xhp\n"
"par_id3155888\n"
"74\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Show Draw Functions\">Show Draw Functions</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/02/01140000.xhp\" name=\"Vis tegnefunktioner\">Vis tegnefunktioner</link>"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserting an Entire Text Document"
msgstr "Indsættelse af et helt tekstdokument"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155185\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>sections;inserting external content</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text documents;merging</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>links;inserting text documents as</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;text documents</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>sektioner;indsætte eksternt indhold</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekstdokumenter;flette</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>kæder;indsætte tekstdokumenter som</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>indsætte;tekstdokumenter</bookmark_value>"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155185\n"
"23\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"textdoc_inframe\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp\" name=\"Inserting an Entire Text Document\">Inserting an Entire Text Document</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"textdoc_inframe\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp\" name=\"Indsættelse af et helt tekstdokument\">Indsættelse af et helt tekstdokument</link></variable>"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"hd_id1812799\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert a Text File"
msgstr "For at indsætte en tekstfil"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3155855\n"
"28\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file."
msgstr "Placer markøren i det dokument, hvor du vil indsætte filen."

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3147412\n"
"30\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - File</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Fil</emph>."

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3149839\n"
"31\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Locate the text document that you want to insert, and then click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Find det tekstdokument, som du vil indsætte, og klik så på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3148858\n"
"32\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The contents of the text document are embedded into the current document and are not updated if the source file is changed. If you want the contents to automatically update when you change the source document, insert the file as a link."
msgstr "Indholdet af tekstdokumentet bliver indlejret i det aktuelle dokument og bliver ikke opdateret, hvis kildefilen bliver ændret. Hvis du vil opdatere indholdet automatisk, når du ændrer kildedokumentet, så indsæt filen som en kæde."

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"hd_id3156105\n"
"33\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert an Entire Text Document as a Link"
msgstr "For at indsætte et helt tekstdokument som en kæde"

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3150096\n"
"34\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file."
msgstr "Placer markøren i det dokument, hvor du vil indsætte filen."

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3153404\n"
"35\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Indsæt - Sektion</emph>."

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3153127\n"
"36\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Type a name in the <emph>New Section</emph> box, and then select the <emph>Link</emph> check box."
msgstr "Skriv et navn i feltet <emph>Ny sektion</emph>, og marker så afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Hyperlink</emph>."

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3149642\n"
"37\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">File Name</item>               box, type the name of the file that you want to insert, or click the browse button (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) and locate the file."
msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Filnavn</item>, skriv navnet på den fil, som du vil indsætte, eller klik gennemsynsknappen (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) og find filen."

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3149968\n"
"38\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the target text document contains sections, you can select the section that you want to insert in the               <item type=\"menuitem\">Sections</item> box."
msgstr "Hvis tekstdokumentet, som er mål for handlingen, indeholder sektioner, kan du vælge den sektion, som du vil indsætte i feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Sektioner</item>."

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3149619\n"
"39\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want, set the formatting options for the section."
msgstr "Hvis du ønsker det, så indstil formateringsindstillingerne for sektionen."

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3149862\n"
"40\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Insert</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>Indsæt</emph>."

#: textdoc_inframe.xhp
msgctxt ""
"textdoc_inframe.xhp\n"
"par_id3145099\n"
"41\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] automatically updates the contents of the inserted section whenever the source document is changed. To manually update the contents of the section, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Update All</emph>."
msgstr "$[officename] opdaterer automatisk indholdet af den indsatte sektion hver gang kildedokumentet bliver ændret. Hvis du vil opdatere sektionens indhold manuelt, skal du vælge <emph>Funktioner - Opdater - Opdater alt</emph>."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Hyphenation"
msgstr "Orddeling"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149695\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>hyphenation;manual/automatic</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>separation, see hyphenation</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>automatic hyphenation in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>manual hyphenation in text</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>orddeling;manuel/automatisk</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deling, se orddeling</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>automatisk orddeling i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>manuel orddeling i tekst</bookmark_value>"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149695\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"using_hyphen\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\" name=\"Hyphenation\">Hyphenation</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_hyphen\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp\" name=\"Orddeling\">Orddeling</link></variable>"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3155918\n"
"31\n"
"help.text"
msgid "By default, $[officename] moves words that do not fit on a line to the next line. If you want, you can use automatic or manual hyphenation to avoid this behavior:"
msgstr "Som standard flytter $[officename] ord, som ikke passer på en linje til den næste linje. Hvis du vil, kan du bruge automatisk eller manuel orddeling for at undgå denne opførsel:"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155864\n"
"30\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Automatic Hyphenation"
msgstr "Automatisk orddeling"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3147414\n"
"22\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Automatic hyphenation inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph. This option is only available for paragraph styles and individual paragraphs."
msgstr "Automatisk orddeling indsætter bindestreger, hvor de behøves i et afsnit. Denne indstilling er kun tilgængelig for afsnitstypografier og individuelle afsnit."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149832\n"
"51\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Automatically Hyphenate Text in a Paragraph"
msgstr "For at lave automatisk orddeling af tekst i et afsnit"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3148850\n"
"32\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click in a paragraph, and choose <emph>Paragraph</emph>."
msgstr "Højreklik i et afsnit, og vælg <emph>Afsnit</emph>."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3156104\n"
"34\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab."
msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\"><emph>Tekstforløb</emph></link>."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3150101\n"
"35\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the Hyphenation area, select the Automatically check box."
msgstr "I området <emph>Orddeling</emph> skal du markere afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Automatisk</emph>."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3153121\n"
"52\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149629\n"
"53\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Automatically Hyphenate Text in Multiple Paragraphs"
msgstr "For at lave automatisk orddeling af tekst i flere afsnit"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3149644\n"
"33\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to automatically hyphenate more than one paragraph, use a paragraph style."
msgstr "Hvis du automatisk vil lave orddeling i mere end et enkelt afsnit, kan du bruge en afsnitstypografi."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3149956\n"
"48\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For example, enable the automatic hyphenation option for the \"Default\" paragraph style, and then apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate."
msgstr "Aktiver for eksempel den automatiske orddelingsindstilling for afsnitstypografien \"Standard\", og anvend derefter typografien på de afsnit, som du vil orddele."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3149611\n"
"54\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Typografier og formatering</emph>, og klik så på ikonet <emph>Afsnitstypografier</emph>."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3149867\n"
"55\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click the paragraph style that you want to hyphenate, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "Højreklik på afsnitstypografien, som du vil orddele, og vælg så <emph>Modificer</emph>."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3145106\n"
"56\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the Text Flow tab."
msgstr "Klik på fanebladet Tekstforløb."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3149582\n"
"57\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <emph>Hyphenation</emph> area, select the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box."
msgstr "I området <emph>Orddeling</emph>, marker afkrydsningsfeltet <emph>Automatisk</emph>."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3156250\n"
"58\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3145400\n"
"59\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate."
msgstr "Anvend typografien på de afsnit, som du vil orddele."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145417\n"
"36\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Manual Hyphenation"
msgstr "Manuel orddeling"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3154400\n"
"23\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can insert a hyphen where you want on a line, or let $[officename] search for the words to hyphenate, and then offer a suggested hyphenation."
msgstr "Du kan indsætte en bindestreg, hvor du ønsker på en linje, eller lade $[officename] søge efter ordene til orddeling, og derefter foreslå en orddeling."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"hd_id6587651\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Manually Hyphenate Single Words"
msgstr "For at dele enkelte ord manuelt"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3153363\n"
"24\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To quickly insert a hyphen, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Hyphen(-)."
msgstr "For hurtigt at indsætte en bindestreg skal du klikke i ordet, hvor du vil tilføje bindestregen og så trykke på<switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+bindestreg(-)."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3154244\n"
"37\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you insert a manual hyphen in a word, the word is only hyphenated at the manual hyphen. No additional automatic hyphenation is applied for this word. A word with a manual hyphen will be hyphenated without regard to the settings on the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab page."
msgstr "Hvis du indsætter en manual bindestreg i et ord, bliver ordet kun delt ved den manuelle bindestreg. Yderligere automatisk orddeling bliver ikke anvendt på dette ord. Et ord med en manual bindestreg vil blive orddelt uden hensyntagen til indstillingerne på fanebladet <emph>Tekstforløb</emph>."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154847\n"
"60\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Manually Hyphenate Text in a Selection"
msgstr "For manuelt at lave orddeling af tekst i en markering"

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3154869\n"
"61\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the text that you want to hyphenate."
msgstr "Vælg den tekst, som du vil dele."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3155886\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Hyphenation</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Funktioner - Sprog - Orddeling</emph>."

#: using_hyphen.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_hyphen.xhp\n"
"par_id3154361\n"
"46\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Text Flow\">Text Flow</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp\" name=\"Tekstforløb\">Tekstforløb</link>"

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adding Bullets"
msgstr "Tilføjelse af punkttegn"

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155186\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>bullet lists;turning on and off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraphs; bulleted</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>bullets;adding and editing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;bullets</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>removing;bullets in text documents</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>changing;bulleting symbols</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>punktopstillinger;slå til og fra</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>afsnit; punktopstillede</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>punkttegn;tilføje og redigere</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatere;punkttegn</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>fjerne;punkttegn i tekstdokumenter</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>ændre;punkttegnssymboler</bookmark_value>"

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155186\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Adding Bullets\">Adding Bullets</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp\" name=\"Tilføjelse af punkttegn\">Tilføjelse af punkttegn</link></variable>"

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"hd_id3291116\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Add Bullets"
msgstr "For at tilføje punkttegn"

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3149829\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add bullets to."
msgstr "Marker de afsnit, som du vil føje punkttegn til."

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3149635\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Bullets On/Off</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3156108\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultbullet.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156108\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr "På værktøjslinjen <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatering</item> skal du klikke på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Punkttegn til/fra</item> <image id=\"img_id3156108\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultbullet.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3156108\">Ikon</alt></image>."

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3145403\n"
"17\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To remove bullets, select the bulleted paragraphs, and then click the <emph>Bullets On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar."
msgstr "For at fjerne punkttegn skal du markere det punktopstillede afsnit og så klikke på ikonet <emph>Punkttegn til/fra</emph> på værktøjslinjen <emph>Formatering</emph>."

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154403\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Format Bullets"
msgstr "For at formatere punkttegn"

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3154416\n"
"9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the formatting of a bulleted list, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>."
msgstr "For at ændre formateringen af punktopstillinger skal du vælge <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Punktopstilling</item>."

#: using_numbered_lists.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists.xhp\n"
"par_id3153390\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
msgid "For example, to change the bulleting symbol, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Options</item> tab, click the browse button (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) next to <item type=\"menuitem\">Character</item>, and then select a special character. You can also click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Graphics</item> tab, and then click a symbol style in the <item type=\"menuitem\">Selection</item>         area."
msgstr "For eksempel, for at ændre punkttegnsymbolet, klik på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Indstillinger</item>, klik på gennemsynsknappen (<item type=\"menuitem\">...</item>) ved siden af <item type=\"menuitem\">Tegn</item>, og vælg så et specialtegn. Du kan også klikke på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Grafik</item>, og klik så på en symboltypografi i området <item type=\"menuitem\">Udvalg</item>."

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Adding Numbering"
msgstr "Tilføjelse af nummerering"

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"bm_id3147418\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering;paragraphs, on and off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraphs; numbering on/off</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting;numbered lists</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>inserting;numbering</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>nummerering;afsnit, til og fra</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afsnit;nummerering til/fra</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatering;nummererede lister</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>indsætte;nummerering</bookmark_value>"

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"hd_id3147418\n"
"15\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp\" name=\"Adding Numbering\">Adding Numbering</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_numbered_lists2\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp\" name=\"Adding Numbering\">Tilføjelse af nummerering</link> </variable>"

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"hd_id4188970\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Add Numbering to a List"
msgstr "For at tilføje nummerering til en liste"

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"par_id3153396\n"
"23\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add numbering to."
msgstr "Marker de(t) afsnit, hvor du vil tilføje nummerering."

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"par_id3149968\n"
"24\n"
"help.text"
msgid "On the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item> icon <image id=\"img_id3153125\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultnumbering.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153125\">Icon</alt></image>."
msgstr "På værktøjslinjen <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatering</item> skal du klikke på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering til/fra</item> <image id=\"img_id3153125\" src=\"cmd/sc_defaultnumbering.png\" width=\"0.1665in\" height=\"0.1665in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153125\">Ikon</alt></image>."

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"par_id3149573\n"
"29\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the formatting and the hierarchy of a numbered list, click in the list, and then open the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> toolbar."
msgstr "For at ændre formateringen og hierarkiet for en nummereret liste skal du klikke i listen og så åbne værktøjslinjen <emph>Punktopstilling</emph>."

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"par_id3153365\n"
"25\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To remove numbering, select the numbered paragraphs, and then click the <emph>Numbering On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar."
msgstr "For at fjerne nummerering skal du vælge de nummererede afsnit og så klikke på ikonet <emph>Nummerering til/fra</emph> på værktøjslinjen <emph>Formatering</emph>."

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154233\n"
"30\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Format a Numbered List"
msgstr "For at formatere en nummereret liste"

#: using_numbered_lists2.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbered_lists2.xhp\n"
"par_id3154246\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the formatting of a numbered list, click in the list, then choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>."
msgstr "For at ændre formateringen af en nummereret liste skal du klikke i listen og så vælge <emph>Formater - Punktopstilling</emph>."

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Numbering and Numbering Styles"
msgstr "Nummerering og nummereringstypografier"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"bm_id3155174\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>numbering; manually/by styles</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>manual numbering in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>paragraph styles;numbering</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>nummerering; manuelt/med typografier</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>manuel nummerering i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afsnitstypografier;nummerering</bookmark_value>"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3155174\n"
"30\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"using_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Numbering and Numbering Styles\">Numbering and Numbering Styles</link> </variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_numbering\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp\" name=\"Numbering and Numbering Styles\">Nummerering og nummereringstypografier</link> </variable>"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3149818\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can apply numbering to a paragraph manually or with a paragraph style."
msgstr "Du kan tilføje nummerering til et afsnit manuelt eller med en afsnitstypografi."

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id6140629\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply Numbering Manually"
msgstr "For at sætte nummerering manuelt"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3155866\n"
"33\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply numbering manually, click in the paragraph, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering On/Off</item>         icon on the <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatting</item> Bar."
msgstr "For at tilføje nummerering manuelt skal du klikke i afsnittet og så klikke på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummerering til/fra</item> på værktøjslinjen <item type=\"menuitem\">Formatering</item>."

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3153405\n"
"27\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You cannot apply manual numbering to paragraphs that are listed under \"Special Styles\" in the Styles and Formatting window."
msgstr "Du kan ikke anvende manuel nummerering til afsnit, som er listet under \"Specialtypografier\" i vinduet Typografier og formatering."

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN10711\n"
"help.text"
msgid "When you press Enter in a numbered or bulleted list, <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> automatically numbers the next paragraph. To remove the numbering or bullet from the new paragraph, press Enter again."
msgstr "Når du trykker Enter i en nummereret eller punktopstillet liste, nummererer <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> automatisk det næste afsnit. For at fjerne nummereringen eller punkttegnet fra det nye afsnit, kan du trykke Enter igen."

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN1072B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the hierarchical level of a bullet in a list, click in front of the paragraph, then press the Tab key."
msgstr "For at ændre det hierarkiske niveau for et punkttegn i en liste skal du klikke foran afsnittet og så trykke Tabulator."

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN1072F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the bullets or numbering format for the current paragraph only, select a character or word in the paragraph, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a new format."
msgstr "For kun at ændre punkttegn- eller nummereringsformat i det aktuelle afsnit skal du markere et tegn eller ord i afsnittet, vælge <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Punktopstilling</item> og så klikke på et nyt format."

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN10733\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To change the bullet or numbering format for all paragraphs in the list, ensure that the cursor is in the list, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a new format."
msgstr "For at ændre punkttegn- eller nummereringsformat for alle afsnit på listen skal du sikre at markøren er i listen, vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Punktopstilling</item>, og klik så på et nyt format."

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN10737\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To apply the same bullet or numbering format to all paragraphs in the list, select all paragraphs, choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a format."
msgstr "For at anvende det samme punkttegn- eller nummereringsformat til alle afsnit på listen skal du markere alle afsnit, vælge <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Punktopstilling</item>, og så klikke på et format."

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_idN1073A\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can also use the commands on the <link href=\"text/swriter/main0206.xhp\" name=\"Numbering Object Bar\">Bullets and Numbering</link> toolbar to edit a numbered or bulleted list. To change the numbering or bullet format, click the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> icon."
msgstr "Du kan også bruge kommandoerne i værktøjslinjen <link href=\"text/swriter/main0206.xhp\" name=\"Numbering Object Bar\">Punktopstilling</link> til at redigere en punktopstillet liste. For at ændre formateringen for punkttegn skal du klikke på ikonet <emph>Punktopstilling</emph>."

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"hd_id3153123\n"
"34\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Apply Numbering With a Paragraph Style"
msgstr "For at anvende nummerering med en afsnitstypografi"

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3153137\n"
"31\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Paragraph Styles give you greater control over numbering that you apply in a document. When you change the numbering format of the style, all paragraphs using the style are automatically updated."
msgstr "Afsnitstypografier giver dig større kontrol over nummerering, som du anvender i et dokument. Når du ændrer typografiens nummereringsformat, vil alle afsnit, der bruger typografien, automatisk blive opdateret."

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3149646\n"
"35\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Paragraph Styles</item>               icon."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Formater - Typografier og formatering</item>, og klik så på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Afsnitstypografier</item>."

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3149599\n"
"36\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Right-click the paragraph style that you want to apply numbering to, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>."
msgstr "Højreklik på afsnitstypografien som du vil føje nummerering til og vælg så <emph>Modificer</emph>."

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3149850\n"
"37\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Outline & Numbering</item>               tab."
msgstr "Klik på fanebladet <item type=\"menuitem\">Disposition & nummerering</item>."

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3149874\n"
"38\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the <item type=\"menuitem\">Numbering Style</item> box, select the type of numbering that you want to use."
msgstr "I feltet <item type=\"menuitem\">Nummereringstypografier</item>, vælg den nummereringstype, som du vil bruge."

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3145113\n"
"39\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: using_numbering.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_numbering.xhp\n"
"par_id3149589\n"
"40\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to add numbering to."
msgstr "Anvend typografien på de afsnit som du vil føje nummerering til."

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Thesaurus"
msgstr "Synonymordbog"

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"bm_id3145576\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>thesaurus; related words</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>related words in thesaurus</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>spelling in thesaurus</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>dictionaries; thesaurus</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>lexicon, see thesaurus</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>synonyms in thesaurus</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>searching;synonyms</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>synonymordbog; relaterede ord</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>relaterede ord i synonymordbog</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>stavning i synonymordbog</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ordbøger; synonymordbog</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>leksikon, se synonymordbog</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>synonymer i synonymordbog</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>søgning;synonymer</bookmark_value>"

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"hd_id3145576\n"
"15\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"using_thesaurus\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\">Thesaurus</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"using_thesaurus\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp\" name=\"Synonymordbog\">Synonymordbog</link></variable>"

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3149820\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can use the thesaurus to look up synonyms or related terms."
msgstr "Du kan bruge synonymordbogen til opslag af synonymer og relaterede ord."

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3155920\n"
"17\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click in the word that you want to look up or replace."
msgstr "Klik på ordet som du vil slå op."

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3155867\n"
"39\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Thesaurus</emph>, or press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F7."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Funktioner - Sprog - Synonymordbog</emph>, eller tryk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F7."

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3149848\n"
"40\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In the Alternatives list, click an entry to copy that related term to the \"Replace with\" text box."
msgstr "klik på en af valgmulighederne i listen med synonymer for at kopier valget til tekstboksen \"Erstat med\"."

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3153136\n"
"45\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Optionally double-click an entry to look up related terms for that entry. On your keyboard, you can also press the arrow up or down keys to select an entry. Then press Return to replace, or press the spacebar to look up."
msgstr "Du kan også dobbeltklikke på en indtastning for at slå beslægtede udtryk op. Du kan også trykke på tastaturets op- og nedpile for at vælge en indtastning. Tryk så Retur for at erstatte eller mellemrumstasten for slå op."

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3149644\n"
"46\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>Replace</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>Slet</emph>."

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3156263\n"
"19\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Initially, the thesaurus uses the language of the selected word in the document, if a thesaurus library for that language is installed. The title bar of the Thesaurus dialog displays the language in use."
msgstr "Synonymordbogen viser i begyndelsen sproget for det valgte ord i dokumentet, hvis der er installeret et synonym bibliotek for det sprog. Synonymdialogens titelbjælke viser det aktuelle sprog."

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3145113\n"
"18\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To look up the word in a different language, click the Language button, and select one of the installed thesaurus languages. A thesaurus library may not be available for all installed languages. You can install languages with a thesaurus library from the <link href=\"http://extensions.libreoffice.org/\">Extensions</link> web page."
msgstr "For at slå et ord op i en anden ordbog, skal du klikke på knappen Sprog, og vælge en af de installerede synonymordbøger. Det er ikke alle installerede sprog, som har synonymordbog installeret. Du kan installere synonymordbøger fra hjemmesiden <link href=\"http://extensions.libreoffice.org/\">udvidelser</link>."

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3196263\n"
"19\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If a thesaurus library is installed for the language of a word, the context menu of the word shows a Synonyms submenu. Select any of the terms from the submenu to replace the word."
msgstr "Hvis der er installeret et synonymbibliotek for et ords sprog vil ordets højreklikmenu vise en undermenu Synonymer. Vælg et hvilket som helst udtryk fra undermenuen for at erstatte ordet."

#: using_thesaurus.xhp
msgctxt ""
"using_thesaurus.xhp\n"
"par_id3154392\n"
"41\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06020000.xhp\" name=\"Thesaurus\">Thesaurus</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06020000.xhp\" name=\"Synonymordbog\">Synonymordbog</link>"

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Word Completion for Text Documents"
msgstr "Ordfuldførelse i tekstdokumenter"

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"bm_id3148882\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>automatic word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>completion of words</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>word completion;using/disabling</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>disabling;word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>switching off;word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>deactivating;word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>refusing word completions</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>rejecting word completions</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>automatisk ordfuldførelse</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>fuldførelse af ord</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>Autokorrekturfunktion; ordfuldførelse</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ordfuldførelse;bruge/slå fra</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>slå fra;ordfuldførelse</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afbryde;ordfuldførelse</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>deaktivere;ordfuldførelse</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>nægte ordfuldførelse</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>afvise ordfuldførelse</bookmark_value>"

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN10751\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"word_completion\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Word Completion for Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"word_completion\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Ordfuldførelse i tekstdokumenter</link></variable>"

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN1076F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "$[officename] collects words that you frequently use in the current session. When you later type the first three letters of a collected word, $[officename] automatically completes the word."
msgstr "$[officename] indsamler ord, som du ofte bruger i den aktuelle session. Når du senere skriver de første tre bogstaver af et indsamlet ord, færdiggør $[officename] automatisk ordet."

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_id3149346\n"
"91\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If there is more than one word in the AutoCorrect memory that matches the three letters that you type, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab to cycle through the available words. To cycle in the opposite direction, press <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Tab."
msgstr "Hvis der er mere end et enkelt ord i Autokorrekturs hukommelse, der svarer til de tre bogstaver, tryk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tabulator for at gennemløbe de tilgængelige ord. For at gennemløbe i den modsatte retning, tryk <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Skift+Tabulator."

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN1078D\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Accept/Reject a Word Completion"
msgstr "For at acceptere eller afvise ordfuldførelse"

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN10794\n"
"help.text"
msgid "By default, you accept the word completion by pressing the Enter key."
msgstr "Som standard accepterer du ordfuldførelse ved at trykke på Enter."

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN1079B\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To reject the word completion, continue typing with any other key."
msgstr "For at afvise ordfuldførelsen, fortsætter du bare med at skrive."

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN1079E\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Switch off the Word Completion"
msgstr "For at slå ordfuldførelse fra"

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN107A5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools - AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item>."
msgstr "Vælg <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner - Autokorrekturindstillinger - Ordfuldførelse</item>."

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_idN107AD\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Clear <emph>Enable word completion</emph> ."
msgstr "Nulstil <emph>Aktiver ordfuldførelse</emph>."

#: word_completion.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion.xhp\n"
"par_id7504806\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">Finjustering af ordfuldførelse</link>"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Fine-Tuning the Word Completion for Text Documents"
msgstr "Finjustering af ordfuldførelse i tekstdokumenter"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"bm_id3148882\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>settings;word completion</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>word completion;settings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text documents;word completion settings</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>weekdays; automatically completing</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>months; automatically completing</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>indstillinger;ordfuldførelse</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>ordfuldførelse;indstillinger</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>tekstdokumenter;ordfuldførelse indstillinger</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>ugedage; automatisk fuldførelse</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>måneder; automatisk fuldførelse</bookmark_value>"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"hd_id4745017\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"word_completion_adjust\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion for Text Documents</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"word_completion_adjust\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp\">Finjustering af ordfuldførelse i tekstdokumenter</link></variable>"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_id4814294\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you like it that $[officename] automatically completes the words that you frequently use, you can make further adjustments to refine that behavior. If you want, you can also save the current list of collected words so that it can be used in the next session."
msgstr "Hvis du ønsker at $[officename] automatisk færdiggør de ord, som du ofte bruger, kan du forfine ordfuldførelsen ved at finindstille funktionen. Hvis du vil, kan du også gemme den aktuelle liste med indsamlede ord, så den kan bruges i næste session."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_id2593462\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To fine-tune the word completion choose <item type=\"menuitem\">Tools – AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item> and select any of the following options:"
msgstr "For at finindstille ordfuldførelsen skal du vælge <item type=\"menuitem\">Funktioner - Autokorrekturindstillinger - Ordfuldførelse</item> og vælge mellem følgende indstillinger:"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN107C6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Insert an Additional Space Character"
msgstr "For at Indsætte et ekstra mellemrumstegn"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B03\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select <emph>Append space</emph>."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Tilføj mellemrum</emph>."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B0E\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The space character is appended after you type the first character of the next word after the auto-completed word. The space character is suppressed if the next character is a delimiter, such as a full stop or a new line character."
msgstr "Mellemrumstegnet bliver tilføjet efter du har skrevet det første tegn af det næste ord efter det automatisk fuldførte ord. Mellemrumstegn bliver ikke tilføjet, hvis det næste tegn er et skilletegn, såsom et punktum eller et linjeskift."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN107CC\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Define the Accept Key"
msgstr "Vælge accepter-tasten"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B20\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose the key to accept the suggested word using the <emph>Accept with</emph> list box."
msgstr "I rullelisten <emph>Accepter med</emph> kan du vælge tasten til at acceptere det foreslåede ord."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN107D2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Select the Minimum Number of Characters"
msgstr "For at vælge det mindste antal tegn"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B36\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the <emph>Min. word length</emph> box to set the minimum number of characters a word must have to be collected into the list."
msgstr "Brug feltet <emph>Min. ordlængde</emph> til at bestemme det mindste antal tegn, et ord skal have for at blive indsamlet i listen."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN107D8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Select the Scope of Collected Words"
msgstr "Markere omfanget af indsamlede ord"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B4C\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Disable the option <emph>When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list</emph>."
msgstr "Ryd afkrydsningen <emph>Når et dokument lukkes, så fjern de ord der er indsamlet fra dokumentet fra listen</emph>."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B53\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Now the list is also valid for other documents that you open. When you close the last %PRODUCTNAME document, the word list is deleted."
msgstr "Nu er listen også gyldig i andre dokumenter, som du åbner. Når du lukker det sidste %PRODUCTNAME dokument, bliver ordlisten slettet."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B56\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you enable the checkbox, the list is only valid as long as the current document is open."
msgstr "Hvis du markerer afkrydsningsfeltet, gælder listen kun så længe, det aktuelle dokument er åbent."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_id2634968\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want the word list to exist longer than the current %PRODUCTNAME session, save it as a document, as described in the following section."
msgstr "Hvis du ønsker at ordlisten eksisterer længere end den aktuelle %PRODUCTNAME session, skal du gemme den som et dokument som beskrevet i følgende afsnit."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN107DE\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Use the Word List for Further Sessions"
msgstr "For at bruge ordlisten fremover"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10B94\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If the automatic spellcheck option is enabled, only the words that are recognized by the spellcheck are collected."
msgstr "Hvis indstillingen for automatisk stavekontrol er aktiveret, er det kun de ord, som genkendes af stavekontrollen, der bliver indsamlet."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10BA1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the word list to always start with a defined set of technical terms for the word completion feature."
msgstr "Brug ordlisten for altid at starte med et bestemt sæt af tekniske begreber til ordfuldførelsen."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10BA7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Open the text document that contains the terms that you want to use for word completion."
msgstr "Åbn det tekstdokument, der indeholder de udtryk, som du vil bruge til ordfuldførelse."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10BAB\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The word completion feature collects the words."
msgstr "Ordfuldførelsesfunktionen indsamler ordene."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN107ED\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select all or some of the words in the list."
msgstr "Vælg alle eller nogle af ordene på listen."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN107F4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C to copy all selected words into the clipboard. Paste the clipboard into a new document and save it to get a reference list of collected words."
msgstr "Brug <switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">Æble</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C til at kopiere alle valgte ord til udklipsholderen. Indsæt fra udklipsholderen i et nyt dokument og gem det for at få en referenceliste med indsamlede ord."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10BC6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Later you can open the reference list and automatically collect the words, so that the word completion feature starts with a defined set of words."
msgstr "Senere kan du åbne referencelisten og automatisk opsamle ordene, så ordfuldførelse starter med et defineret sæt af ord."

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_idN10809\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\">Word Completion</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/06040600.xhp\">Ordfuldførelse </link>"

#: word_completion_adjust.xhp
msgctxt ""
"word_completion_adjust.xhp\n"
"par_id5458845\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Using Word Completion</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp\">Bruger ordfuldførelse</link>"

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Counting Words"
msgstr "Tælle ord"

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"bm_id3149686\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>words; counting in text</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>number of words</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>documents; number of words/characters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; number of words/characters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>characters; counting</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>number of characters</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>counting words</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>word counts</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>ord; tælle i tekst</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>antal ord</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>dokumenter; antal ord/tegn</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst; antal ord/tegn</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tegn; tælle</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>antal tegn</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tælle ord</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ordantal</bookmark_value>"

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149686\n"
"1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"words_count\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp\" name=\"Counting Words\">Counting Words</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"words_count\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp\" name=\"Tælle ord\">Tælle ord</link></variable>"

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_idN105D1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Word count is shown in the status bar, and is kept up to date as you edit."
msgstr "Ordoptælling vises i statuslinjen, og opdateres mens du skriver."

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_idN106D1\n"
"help.text"
msgid "If you want to count only some text of your document, select the text."
msgstr "Hvis du kun vil tælle noget at teksten i dit dokument, skal du markere denne tekst."

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_id3149821\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To display extended statistics such as character count, double click the word count in the status bar, or choose <emph>Tools - Word Count</emph>."
msgstr "For at vise yderligere statistik, så som antal tegn, kan du dobbeltklikke på statuslinjen eller vælge  <emph>Funktioner - Ordoptælling</emph>."

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"hd_id1116200901133957\n"
"help.text"
msgid "How does %PRODUCTNAME count words?"
msgstr "Hvordan tæller %PRODUCTNAME ord?"

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_id1116200901133998\n"
"help.text"
msgid "In general, every string of characters between two spaces is a word. Tabs, line breaks, and paragraph breaks are word limits, too."
msgstr "I almindelighed er enhver streng af tegn mellem to mellemrum et ord. Tabulatorer, linjeskift og afsnitsskift er også ordgrænser."

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_id1116200901133985\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Words with dashes or always visible hyphens, as in plug-in, add-on, user/config, are counted as one word each."
msgstr "Ord med skråstreger eller hårde bindestreger, som i plug-in, add-on, user/config, tælles hver især som et ord."

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_id111620090113399\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The words can be a mix of letters, numbers, and special characters. So the following text counts as four words: abc123 1.23 \"$\" http://www.example.com."
msgstr "Ordene kan være sammensat af bogstaver, tal og specialtegn. Således tæller den følgende tekst som fire ord: abc123 1.23 \"$\" http://www.example.com."

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_idN106E2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To get some more statistics about the document, choose <emph>File - Properties - Statistics</emph>."
msgstr "For at få mere statistik om dokumentet, skal du vælge <emph>Filer - Egenskaber - Statistik</emph>."

#: words_count.xhp
msgctxt ""
"words_count.xhp\n"
"par_id3147418\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01100400.xhp\" name=\"File - Properties - Statistics\">File - Properties - Statistics</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/shared/01/01100400.xhp\" name=\"Filer - Egenskaber - Statistik\">Filer - Egenskaber - Statistik</link>"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"tit\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Wrapping Text Around Objects"
msgstr "Ombrydning af tekst omkring objekter"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"bm_id3154486\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text wrap around objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>contour editor</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>contour wrap</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>text; formatting around objects</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>formatting; contour wrap</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>objects; contour wrap</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>wrapping text;editing contours</bookmark_value>      <bookmark_value>editors;contour editor</bookmark_value>"
msgstr "<bookmark_value>tekstombrydning omkring objekter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>konturredigering</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>konturombrydning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>tekst; formatere omkring objekter</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatere; konturombrydning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>objekter; konturombrydning</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>ombryde tekst;redigere konturer</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>redigeringsprogrammer;konturredigering</bookmark_value>"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154486\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"wrap\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp\" name=\"Wrapping Text Around Objects\">Wrapping Text Around Objects</link></variable>"
msgstr "<variable id=\"wrap\"><link href=\"text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp\" name=\"Ombrydning af tekst omkring objekter\">Ombrydning af tekst omkring objekter</link></variable>"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"hd_id4792321\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Wrap Text Around an Object"
msgstr "For at ombryde tekst om et objekt"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3149696\n"
"9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the object."
msgstr "Vælg objektet."

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3155907\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Wrap</emph>, and then choose the wrapping style that you want to apply."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Ombrydning</emph>, og vælg så den ombrydningstypografi, du vil bruge."

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3155859\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
msgid "The current wrapping style is indicated by a bullet."
msgstr "Den aktuelle ombrydningstypografi vises med et punkttegn."

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"hd_id3149834\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Specify the Wrapping Properties"
msgstr "For at angive ombrydningsegenskaber"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3154079\n"
"15\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the object."
msgstr "Vælg objektet."

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3153396\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Choose <emph>Format - Graphics</emph>, and then click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"><emph>Wrap</emph></link> tab."
msgstr "Vælg <emph>Formater - Grafik</emph>, og klik så på fanebladet <link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp\" name=\"Wrap\"><emph>Ombrydning</emph></link>."

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3153370\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Set the options that you want."
msgstr "Definer de indstillinger, som du vil bruge."

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3153386\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Click <emph>OK</emph>."
msgstr "Klik på <emph>OK</emph>."

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"hd_id3154247\n"
"17\n"
"help.text"
msgid "To Change the Wrapping Contour of a Graphic"
msgstr "For at ændre ombrydningskonturen på grafik"

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3154262\n"
"18\n"
"help.text"
msgid "You can change the shape that the text wraps around."
msgstr "Du kan ændre den kontur, som teksten ombrydes efter."

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3154860\n"
"19\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Select the graphic, right-click, and then choose <emph>Wrap - Edit Contour</emph>."
msgstr "Marker grafikken, højreklik og vælg så <emph>Ombrydning - Rediger kontur</emph>."

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3150231\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Use the tools to draw a new contour, and then click the <item type=\"menuitem\">Apply</item>               icon (green check mark)."
msgstr "Brug værktøjerne til at tegne en ny kontur, og klik så på ikonet <item type=\"menuitem\">Anvend</item> (grøn flueben)."

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3150947\n"
"21\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Close the <item type=\"menuitem\">Contour Editor</item>               window."
msgstr "Luk vinduet <item type=\"menuitem\">Konturredigering</item>."

#: wrap.xhp
msgctxt ""
"wrap.xhp\n"
"par_id3150520\n"
"22\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Contour Editor\">Contour Editor</link>"
msgstr "<link href=\"text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp\" name=\"Konturredigering\">Konturredigering</link>"